From gavin at FreeBSD.org Tue May 1 09:32:30 2012 From: gavin at FreeBSD.org (gavin at FreeBSD.org) Date: Tue, 1 May 2012 09:32:30 GMT Subject: docs/165703: Typo in man-page of ng_patch(4) Message-ID: <201205010932.q419WU1W050326@freefall.freebsd.org> Synopsis: Typo in man-page of ng_patch(4) State-Changed-From-To: open->closed State-Changed-By: gavin State-Changed-When: Tue May 1 09:29:15 UTC 2012 State-Changed-Why: Fixed in head as SVN r232538 and merged to stable/9 and stable/8. Thanks for your report! http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=165703 From zeising at daemonic.se Tue May 1 10:50:12 2012 From: zeising at daemonic.se (Niclas Zeising) Date: Tue, 1 May 2012 12:44:45 +0200 (CEST) Subject: docs/167478: [PATCH] misc. updates to the relase notes in current Message-ID: <201205011044.q41Aij57068307@vincent.daemonic.se> >Number: 167478 >Category: docs >Synopsis: [PATCH] misc. updates to the relase notes in current >Confidential: no >Severity: non-critical >Priority: low >Responsible: freebsd-doc >State: open >Quarter: >Keywords: >Date-Required: >Class: update >Submitter-Id: current-users >Arrival-Date: Tue May 01 10:50:11 UTC 2012 >Closed-Date: >Last-Modified: >Originator: Niclas Zeising >Release: FreeBSD 9.0-RELEASE amd64 >Organization: >Environment: System: FreeBSD vincent.daemonic.se 9.0-RELEASE FreeBSD 9.0-RELEASE #0 r232364: Fri Mar 2 01:14:23 CET 2012 root at vincent.daemonic.se:/usr/obj/usr/src/sys/VINCENT amd64 >Description: The release notes in head are usually not updated when new software and other changes are made into head. This can make the creation of the relase notes during the release process a tedious job. >How-To-Repeat: >Fix: Attached patch adds some updates to the release notes. I will try to keep them updated and send new patches when noteworthy things are commited to head. --- relnotes.article.sgml.diff begins here --- Index: head/release/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/relnotes/article.sgml =================================================================== --- head/release/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/relnotes/article.sgml (revision 234868) +++ head/release/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/relnotes/article.sgml (working copy) @@ -323,6 +323,13 @@ Userland Changes + The dynamic linker rtld-elf has added support + for GNU hash support. + + A new version of the memory allocator, jemmalloc, has been + merged and as a consequence the format of + /etc/malloc.conf has changed. + The &man.adduser.8; utility now supports a option to set the mode of a new user's home directory. @@ -438,7 +445,8 @@ <filename>/etc/rc.d</filename> Scripts - + set_rcvar() has been removed from the rc.d + subsystem. @@ -446,6 +454,24 @@ Contributed Software + ACPICA was updated to 20120420 + version. + + The compiler collection clang and + llvm has been updated to upstream + r154661. + + Version 2012-03-20-cddcf8734ed06ada9384a461bc21d58b44f6eba1 of + libcxxrt was added. + + Version r152718 of libc++, from the llvm + project, was added. + + The heimdal kerberos application suite was + updated to 1.5.2. + + BIND was updated to 9.8.2. + AMD has been updated from 6.0.10 to 6.1.5. --- relnotes.article.sgml.diff ends here --- >Release-Note: >Audit-Trail: >Unformatted: From sales.moumita at twamail.com Wed May 2 13:21:20 2012 From: sales.moumita at twamail.com (The Web Artists) Date: Wed, 2 May 2012 18:51:16 +0530 Subject: PSD to xHTML starting at 60$ Message-ID: Dear Sir / Madam, I am reaching out to fellow website development Professionals, and would like to take this opportunity to introduce myself to your organization. I am Rajesh Singh, Business Development Manager of TWA Internet Technologies, established in 1998. We are currently based in India, and have worked with several companies in the U.S., U.K., Australia & Middle East last year. We are interested in expanding our services to assist other web development professionals such as yourself. We have expertise in PSD to xHTML services and offer fast turnaround time for the jobs given to our company. *SAMPLE PRICE LIST (U.S. Dollars)* PSD to xHTML / Email $ 60 Additional xHTML Page $ 20 PSD to xHTML with W3C $ 120 Additional Page with W3C $ 35 Mobile Device Compatibility 80$ *CMS Conversions ( Theme Integration Only )* xHTML to Wordpress $ 150 xHTML to Drupal $ 200 xHTML to Joomla $ 200 xHTML to Magento $ 400 Our turnaround time for deliveries are as fast as 8-12 working hours. Our development team works with major time zones as we have a 24 hours setup. In addition we also offer Dedicated Resource at monthly price. For details you can visit http://www.thewebartists.com/psd-to-xhtml.php I am happy to answer any questions you may have, and truly look forward to seeing how TWA Internet Technologies can be of assistance in ensuring your continued success in 2012. Please let me know how we may be of service. Feel free to provide your live messenger details so that we can chat and answer any questions you may have right away. I look forward to hearing from you and hope to have the opportunity to discuss how we may build a successful business relationship. With kind regards, *Rajesh Singh* Business Development Manager *TWA Internet Technologies Pvt. Ltd.* Phone - USA : +1 (678) 459-2892 (TWA) Email : sales at twamail.com Website : www.thewebartists.com Google / Skype Id : thewebartists From ryusuke at FreeBSD.org Wed May 2 15:10:26 2012 From: ryusuke at FreeBSD.org (Ryusuke SUZUKI) Date: Thu, 03 May 2012 00:10:19 +0900 (JST) Subject: Inquiry In-Reply-To: <20120430131742.GA1835@glenbarber.us> References: <20120429232651.GE18330@glenbarber.us> <20120430.093520.246531373.ryusuke@jp.FreeBSD.org> <20120430131742.GA1835@glenbarber.us> Message-ID: <20120503.001019.193754897.ryusuke@jp.FreeBSD.org> From: Glen Barber Subject: Re: Inquiry Date: Mon, 30 Apr 2012 09:17:42 -0400 > On Mon, Apr 30, 2012 at 09:35:20AM +0900, Ryusuke SUZUKI wrote: > > BTW, floppy is no longer a primary installation media. > > > > How about moving the mention of the boot floppy media of "2.3.7 Prepare the Boot Media" > > to "2.13 Preparing Your Own Installation Media" like CDROM images? > > > > I think this is a good idea. > > Though, the separation of "Prepare the Boot Media" and "Preparing Your > Own Installation Media" has always confused me. Mostly because the > installation media section is the last section in the chapter. > > What do you think about merging these two sections at the beginning of > the chapter? I like the idea of merging these two sections, since I also often confused when I was younger :) It seems that the installation media section is not separated until 4.3R. The separated installation media sections dates from 4.4R (1.89 -> 1.90). This section was separated for some reason, but current structure made us confused. Regards, Ryusuke -------------- next part -------------- A non-text attachment was scrubbed... Name: not available Type: application/pgp-signature Size: 195 bytes Desc: not available URL: From rmgls at free.fr Thu May 3 19:22:11 2012 From: rmgls at free.fr (Raoul Mégélas) Date: Thu, 03 May 2012 21:21:01 +0200 Subject: no ptX device found Message-ID: <20120503192205.65F2CA6217@smtp3-g21.free.fr> Hi all, I dislike crossposting, but i have had no reply for this problem. Please have you any doc on this topic, i does not find anythikng in the man pages, nor in UPDATING. see below, the message posted on current. On current, since about 3 months, no pty device is created. i see only a pts[0] in dev. screen (4.0.1, we cannot use a higher version, for good raisons) does not find any pty device and does not attach. How can i create at least one? my ttys seems to have no effect. I am pretty sure i miss somemthing. In another hand, i see nothing in the man pages on this topic. Thanks in advance for your help. Best regards Raoul rmgls at free.fr From eadler at FreeBSD.org Fri May 4 04:18:16 2012 From: eadler at FreeBSD.org (eadler at FreeBSD.org) Date: Fri, 4 May 2012 04:18:16 GMT Subject: docs/157698: [patch] gpart(8) man page contains old/incorrect size for /boot/gptboot Message-ID: <201205040418.q444IGJ6060926@freefall.freebsd.org> Synopsis: [patch] gpart(8) man page contains old/incorrect size for /boot/gptboot Responsible-Changed-From-To: freebsd-doc->eadler Responsible-Changed-By: eadler Responsible-Changed-When: Fri May 4 04:18:15 UTC 2012 Responsible-Changed-Why: I'll take it. http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=157698 From eadler at FreeBSD.org Fri May 4 04:19:04 2012 From: eadler at FreeBSD.org (eadler at FreeBSD.org) Date: Fri, 4 May 2012 04:19:04 GMT Subject: docs/162699: Handbook/Upgrading instructions: should mention delete-old in order Message-ID: <201205040419.q444J4aQ061144@freefall.freebsd.org> Synopsis: Handbook/Upgrading instructions: should mention delete-old in order Responsible-Changed-From-To: freebsd-doc->eadler Responsible-Changed-By: eadler Responsible-Changed-When: Fri May 4 04:19:04 UTC 2012 Responsible-Changed-Why: I'll take it. http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=162699 From lgusenet at be-well.ilk.org Fri May 4 17:37:53 2012 From: lgusenet at be-well.ilk.org (Lowell Gilbert) Date: Fri, 04 May 2012 13:37:40 -0400 Subject: no ptX device found In-Reply-To: <20120503192205.65F2CA6217@smtp3-g21.free.fr> ("Raoul =?iso-8859-1?Q?=5C=22M=E9g=E9las=5C=22=22's?= message of "Thu, 03 May 2012 21:21:01 +0200") References: <20120503192205.65F2CA6217@smtp3-g21.free.fr> Message-ID: <441umzg84b.fsf@lowell-desk.lan> Raoul "M?g?las" writes: > I dislike crossposting, but i have had no reply for this problem. > Please have you any doc on this topic, i does not find > anythikng in the man pages, nor in UPDATING. > see below, the message posted on current. I'm not running current, but I don't think that matters for this. I'm guessing you haven't read the manual for pty(4)? pty devices seem fairly obsolescent. > On current, since about 3 months, no pty device is created. > i see only a pts[0] in dev. > screen (4.0.1, we cannot use a higher version, for good raisons) > does not find any pty device and does not attach. > How can i create at least one? It should be created automatically when you try to access it. If it's trying to examine the device before opening it, using stat() or something similar might get the device to trigger. > my ttys seems to have no effect. I am pretty sure i miss somemthing. > In another hand, i see nothing in the man pages on this topic. pty devices seem to only be present for backward compatibility, and I don't see them actually needed on any of my systems. From brd at freebsd.org Fri May 4 20:45:29 2012 From: brd at freebsd.org (brd at freebsd.org) Date: Fri, 4 May 2012 16:45:27 -0400 Subject: Career opportunity inside Message-ID: <4FA43CF6.102080@freebsd.org> I would like to take this time to welcome you to our hiring process and give you a brief synopsis of the position's benefits and requirements. If you are taking a career break, are on a maternity leave, recently retired or simply looking for some part-time job, this position is for you. Occupation: Flexible schedule 1 to 3 hours per day. We can guarantee a minimum 20 hrs/week occupation Salary: Starting salary is 3000 EUR per month plus commission. Region: Europe Please note that there are no startup fees or deposits to start working for us. To request an application form, schedule your interview and receive more information about this position please reply to Darlene at employmenteu.com,with your personal identification number for this position IDNO: 3892 From hrs at FreeBSD.org Fri May 4 22:36:10 2012 From: hrs at FreeBSD.org (Hiroki Sato) Date: Sat, 05 May 2012 07:34:32 +0900 (JST) Subject: HEADS UP: CVS->SVN repository conversion In-Reply-To: <20120305.024113.1804223224441444882.hrs@allbsd.org> References: <20120305.024113.1804223224441444882.hrs@allbsd.org> Message-ID: <20120505.073432.1340981733888578154.hrs@allbsd.org> Hi all, This is another heads-up about the cvs->svn repo conversion. It is delayed a bit from the original schedule but it will be finished this weekend or early next week. A preliminary svn repository is already at svn://svn.FreeBSD.org/doc. Note that this is not the final version and may be changed without notice. The repository layout will be what I wrote except for the top level doc/ directory. The URL svn://svn.FreeBSD.org/doc/doc is confusing, so I changed it to "head". svn://svn.FreeBSD.org/doc/head is equivalent to the current "doc" repository. I will send an announcement again just before the repository migration takes place. At the time of the announcement both of the CVS and SVN repository will be frozen and then the SVN repository will be unfrozen after checking if webupdate script works fine on www.FreeBSD.org. I takes 24 hours at the longest. Hiroki Sato wrote in <20120305.024113.1804223224441444882.hrs at allbsd.org>: hr> Hi, hr> hr> A prototype of the CVS->SVN repository conversion of the doc and www hr> tree is ready for public review. It delayed by various reasons but hr> we need to go ahead with that direction to make it possible to merge hr> useful proposals which were submitted and involving large-scale hr> changes to the tree. hr> hr> The conversion itself will be done in a straightforward way. The hr> infrastructure (ACL, commit log, etc) will be almost the same as the hr> src tree. The difference is no SVN->CVS import will be done after hr> the conversion date. hr> hr> The following is descriptions of the prototype and migration plan. hr> You can try to check out the tree while the URL of the repository is hr> a temporary one, of course. As explained in the document, the date hr> when it happens is just after 8.3-RELEASE (currently set to April 7). hr> It might be changed slightly but April is the target. hr> hr> Can you please check if there is something I am missing? Please hr> focus on technical aspects of the conversion. Detail discussions hr> about how to use the converted repository such as projects/ policy, hr> branching, etc. should be held after we can obtain the same rendering hr> results from the converted repository and other automated hr> infrastructure for mirroring works fine as before in the FreeBSD.org hr> cluster. hr> hr> ---- http://docsvn.allbsd.org/MIGRATION.txt ---- hr> hr> CVS->SVN conversion of the doc and www Repositories hr> hr> 1. Repository Layout hr> hr> You can checkout the converted repository by using: hr> hr> % svn co http://docsvn.allbsd.org/base hr> hr> The repository layout in the URL is the following: hr> hr> doc/ hr> www/ hr> release/[0-9]+.[0-9]+.[0-9]+ hr> branches/ hr> user/ hr> projects/ hr> svnadmin/ hr> hr> Note that this is temporary one for conversion and please read the hr> final one explained below. The doc/ and www/ are trunk of each hr> existing repository converted from CVS. Symbolic tags are converted hr> to release/* (the rule "RELEASE_\d+_\d+_\d+ -> release/\1.\2/\3" hr> was applied here). Most of meaningless tags were eliminated. hr> hr> The branches/* were needed only for conversion purpose (technical hr> reason). This means they will be removed by svn rm soon. Some hr> discussions were held about branching of contents such as Handbook hr> but there will be no management policy change at the moment of hr> this conversion. hr> hr> user/, projects/, and svnadmin/ are for the same purpose as the src hr> repository (empty at this moment). hr> hr> After this converted repository is populated, the following steps hr> will be followed: hr> hr> a) deprecate branches/ by simple svn rm hr> b) do svn cp of "www/" to "doc//htdocs" hr> c) deprecate www/ after updating build infrastructure hr> hr> So, the final layout will be the following: hr> hr> doc/ hr> release/[0-9]+.[0-9]+.[0-9]+ hr> user/ hr> projects/ hr> svnadmin/ hr> hr> 2. Migration Plan hr> hr> 2-1) Freeze the current CVS repository on Saturday, April 7 (after hr> 8.3R release date). No more commit to the CVS repository after hr> this freeze. Populate the converted SVN repository, and commit hr> necessary changes for repository administration, build hr> infrastructure for www.FreeBSD.org, and etc. just after that. hr> hr> 2-2) Apply www/ -> doc//htdocs change and commit hr> necessary changes for the www build. This is basically a hr> directory renaming and merge of duplicate parts in www/share and hr> doc/share. This will be done just after 2-1). hr> hr> 2-3) Open the converted repository for doc committers within that day hr> if there is no major problem. hr> hr> Notes: hr> hr> a) No automatic SVN->CVS import after the conversion like the src hr> repository. This is because it is not reliable and deprecating hr> CVS support of the doc and www repository should have a limited hr> impact for most of people. hr> hr> b) We will have to see how well the migration goes for a while after hr> the conversion date. I think 2 or 3 weeks are enough. More hr> specifically, for that period, normal commits to the doc/ hr> directory are allowed but sweeping changes or using user/ and hr> projects/ are not allowed. After such a period, let us use user/ hr> and projects/ for large projects like Handbook reorganization and hr> SGML->XML conversion. hr> ---- hr> hr> -- Hiroki -------------- next part -------------- A non-text attachment was scrubbed... Name: not available Type: application/pgp-signature Size: 196 bytes Desc: not available URL: From n_hibma at freebsd.org Fri May 4 22:57:30 2012 From: n_hibma at freebsd.org (n_hibma at freebsd.org) Date: Fri, 4 May 2012 17:57:28 -0500 Subject: Work offer inside Message-ID: I would like to take this time to welcome you to our hiring process and give you a brief synopsis of the position's benefits and requirements. If you are taking a career break, are on a maternity leave, recently retired or simply looking for some part-time job, this position is for you. Occupation: Flexible schedule 1 to 3 hours per day. We can guarantee a minimum 20 hrs/week occupation Salary: Starting salary is 3000 EUR per month plus commission. Region: Europe Please note that there are no startup fees or deposits to start working for us. To request an application form, schedule your interview and receive more information about this position please reply to Andrea at employmenteu.com,with your personal identification number for this position IDNO: 5555 From kaduk at MIT.EDU Sat May 5 00:54:07 2012 From: kaduk at MIT.EDU (Benjamin Kaduk) Date: Fri, 4 May 2012 20:53:57 -0400 (EDT) Subject: no ptX device found In-Reply-To: <20120503192205.65F2CA6217@smtp3-g21.free.fr> References: <20120503192205.65F2CA6217@smtp3-g21.free.fr> Message-ID: On Thu, 3 May 2012, Raoul MXgXlas wrote: > > Hi all, > > I dislike crossposting, but i have had no reply for this problem. > Please have you any doc on this topic, i does not find > anythikng in the man pages, nor in UPDATING. > see below, the message posted on current. > > > On current, since about 3 months, no pty device is created. > i see only a pts[0] in dev. > screen (4.0.1, we cannot use a higher version, for good raisons) > does not find any pty device and does not attach. > How can i create at least one? > > my ttys seems to have no effect. I am pretty sure i miss somemthing. > In another hand, i see nothing in the man pages on this topic. > > Thanks in advance for your help. Please see the commit message for svn r233271: %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% SVN rev 233271 on 2012-03-21 08:38:42Z by ed Remove pty(4) from our kernel configurations. As of FreeBSD 8, this driver should not be used. Applications that use posix_openpt(2) and openpty(3) use the pts(4) that is built into the kernel unconditionally. If it turns out high profile depend on the pty(4) module anyway, I'd rather get those fixed. So please report any issues to me. The pty(4) module is still available as a kernel module of course, so a simple `kldload pty' can be used to run old-style pseudo-terminals. %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -Ben Kaduk From kaiw at freebsd.org Sat May 5 09:01:05 2012 From: kaiw at freebsd.org (kaiw at freebsd.org) Date: Sat, 5 May 2012 17:01:04 +0800 Subject: Work offer inside Message-ID: <658415D0197BB672EB4025234B08F7FE@pddhahiaehe.cochamber.com> I would like to take this time to welcome you to our hiring process and give you a brief synopsis of the position's benefits and requirements. If you are taking a career break, are on a maternity leave, recently retired or simply looking for some part-time job, this position is for you. Occupation: Flexible schedule 1 to 3 hours per day. We can guarantee a minimum 20 hrs/week occupation Salary: Starting salary is 3000 EUR per month plus commission. Region: Europe Please note that there are no startup fees or deposits to start working for us. To request an application form, schedule your interview and receive more information about this position please reply to Marlene at employmenteu.com,with your personal identification number for this position IDNO: 4188 From zeising at daemonic.se Sat May 5 09:30:11 2012 From: zeising at daemonic.se (Niclas Zeising) Date: Sat, 5 May 2012 11:27:44 +0200 (CEST) Subject: docs/167608: [PATCH] whitespace fixes in mail chapter examples Message-ID: <201205050927.q459RiSR086041@vincent.daemonic.se> >Number: 167608 >Category: docs >Synopsis: [PATCH] whitespace fixes in mail chapter examples >Confidential: no >Severity: non-critical >Priority: low >Responsible: freebsd-doc >State: open >Quarter: >Keywords: >Date-Required: >Class: doc-bug >Submitter-Id: current-users >Arrival-Date: Sat May 05 09:30:10 UTC 2012 >Closed-Date: >Last-Modified: >Originator: Niclas Zeising >Release: FreeBSD 9.0-RELEASE amd64 >Organization: >Environment: System: FreeBSD vincent.daemonic.se 9.0-RELEASE FreeBSD 9.0-RELEASE #0 r232364: Fri Mar 2 01:14:23 CET 2012 root at vincent.daemonic.se:/usr/obj/usr/src/sys/VINCENT amd64 >Description: In the chapter on changing MTA in the handbook, there are two examples of how to set up /etc/mail/mailer.conf that has inconsistent whitespace. Attached patch fixes that. >How-To-Repeat: >Fix: --- handbook.mail.chapter.sgml.diff begins here --- Index: en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/mail/chapter.sgml =================================================================== RCS file: /home/ncvs/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/mail/chapter.sgml,v retrieving revision 1.146 diff -u -d -r1.146 chapter.sgml --- en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/mail/chapter.sgml 21 Feb 2012 00:08:43 -0000 1.146 +++ en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/mail/chapter.sgml 5 May 2012 09:22:16 -0000 @@ -782,7 +782,7 @@ find something like the following in /etc/mail/mailer.conf: -sendmail /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail +sendmail /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail send-mail /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail mailq /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail newaliases /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail @@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ to be run instead of sendmail, you could change /etc/mail/mailer.conf to read: -sendmail /usr/local/supermailer/bin/sendmail-compat +sendmail /usr/local/supermailer/bin/sendmail-compat send-mail /usr/local/supermailer/bin/sendmail-compat mailq /usr/local/supermailer/bin/mailq-compat newaliases /usr/local/supermailer/bin/newaliases-compat --- handbook.mail.chapter.sgml.diff ends here --- >Release-Note: >Audit-Trail: >Unformatted: From bcr at FreeBSD.org Sat May 5 11:50:27 2012 From: bcr at FreeBSD.org (bcr at FreeBSD.org) Date: Sat, 5 May 2012 11:50:27 GMT Subject: docs/167608: [PATCH] whitespace fixes in mail chapter examples Message-ID: <201205051150.q45BoR7t087987@freefall.freebsd.org> Synopsis: [PATCH] whitespace fixes in mail chapter examples Responsible-Changed-From-To: freebsd-doc->bcr Responsible-Changed-By: bcr Responsible-Changed-When: Sat May 5 11:49:58 UTC 2012 Responsible-Changed-Why: I'll fix this. http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=167608 From rmgls at free.fr Sat May 5 15:03:13 2012 From: rmgls at free.fr (Raoul MXgXlas) Date: Sat, 05 May 2012 17:02:52 +0200 Subject: no ptX device found Message-ID: <20120505150307.C3B01A623F@smtp3-g21.free.fr> On Fri, 4 May 2012 20:53:57 -0400 (EDT) Benjamin Kaduk wrote: > On Thu, 3 May 2012, Raoul MXgXlas wrote: > > Hi all, > > I dislike crossposting, but i have had no reply for this problem. > Please have you any doc on this topic, i does not find > anythikng in the man pages, nor in UPDATING. > see below, the message posted on current. > > > On current, since about 3 months, no pty device is created. > i see only a pts[0] in dev. > screen (4.0.1, we cannot use a higher version, for good raisons) > does not find any pty device and does not attach. > How can i create at least one? > > my ttys seems to have no effect. I am pretty sure i miss somemthing. > In another hand, i see nothing in the man pages on this topic. > > Thanks in advance for your help. > Please see the commit message for svn r233271: Thanks for the link, i missed it. Best Regards Raoul From leearic at 126.com Sun May 6 14:59:20 2012 From: leearic at 126.com (Aric) Date: Sun, 6 May 2012 22:28:09 +0800 (CST) Subject: =?gbk?q?=B4=F0=B8=B4=3Afreebsd-doc_Digest=2C_Vol_475=2C_Issue_6?= In-Reply-To: <20120506120036.7A47E1065737@hub.freebsd.org> References: <20120506120036.7A47E1065737@hub.freebsd.org> Message-ID: <66507395.1287e.137228cec71.Coremail.leearic@126.com> Hi? I want to use freebsd as my desktop, but I want to know , is there any driver with Thinkpad T61, it's a old notebook. and the URL:http://v.youku.com/v_show/id_XMzkwMzM4NDI4.html is cool -- -------Aric Liang mail: leearic at 126.com MSN: leearic at live.cn At 2012-05-06 20:00:36,freebsd-doc-request at freebsd.org wrote: >Send freebsd-doc mailing list submissions to > freebsd-doc at freebsd.org > >To subscribe or unsubscribe via the World Wide Web, visit > http://lists.freebsd.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-doc >or, via email, send a message with subject or body 'help' to > freebsd-doc-request at freebsd.org > >You can reach the person managing the list at > freebsd-doc-owner at freebsd.org > >When replying, please edit your Subject line so it is more specific >than "Re: Contents of freebsd-doc digest..." > > >Today's Topics: > > 1. Re: no ptX device found (Raoul MXgXlas) > > >---------------------------------------------------------------------- > >Message: 1 >Date: Sat, 05 May 2012 17:02:52 +0200 >From: Raoul MXgXlas >Subject: Re: no ptX device found >To: Benjamin Kaduk >Cc: freebsd-doc at freebsd.org >Message-ID: <20120505150307.C3B01A623F at smtp3-g21.free.fr> > >On Fri, 4 May 2012 20:53:57 -0400 (EDT) >Benjamin Kaduk wrote: > >> On Thu, 3 May 2012, Raoul MXgXlas wrote: > >> >> Hi all, >> >> I dislike crossposting, but i have had no reply for this problem. >> Please have you any doc on this topic, i does not find >> anythikng in the man pages, nor in UPDATING. >> see below, the message posted on current. >> >> >> On current, since about 3 months, no pty device is created. >> i see only a pts[0] in dev. >> screen (4.0.1, we cannot use a higher version, for good raisons) >> does not find any pty device and does not attach. >> How can i create at least one? >> >> my ttys seems to have no effect. I am pretty sure i miss somemthing. >> In another hand, i see nothing in the man pages on this topic. >> >> Thanks in advance for your help. > >> Please see the commit message for svn r233271: > >Thanks for the link, i missed it. > >Best Regards > >Raoul > > >------------------------------ > >_______________________________________________ >freebsd-doc at freebsd.org mailing list >http://lists.freebsd.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-doc >To unsubscribe, send any mail to "freebsd-doc-unsubscribe at freebsd.org" > > >End of freebsd-doc Digest, Vol 475, Issue 6 >******************************************* From eadler at FreeBSD.org Sun May 6 20:17:41 2012 From: eadler at FreeBSD.org (eadler at FreeBSD.org) Date: Sun, 6 May 2012 20:17:39 GMT Subject: docs/156920: isspecial(3) is not helpful Message-ID: <201205062017.q46KHdkE095865@freefall.freebsd.org> Synopsis: isspecial(3) is not helpful State-Changed-From-To: analyzed->open State-Changed-By: eadler State-Changed-When: Sun May 6 20:17:39 UTC 2012 State-Changed-Why: unowned PRs should not be in analyzed http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=156920 From eadler at FreeBSD.org Sun May 6 20:18:12 2012 From: eadler at FreeBSD.org (eadler at FreeBSD.org) Date: Sun, 6 May 2012 20:18:12 GMT Subject: docs/157316: [patch] update devstat(9) man page Message-ID: <201205062018.q46KICtm096107@freefall.freebsd.org> Synopsis: [patch] update devstat(9) man page Responsible-Changed-From-To: freebsd-doc->eadler Responsible-Changed-By: eadler Responsible-Changed-When: Sun May 6 20:18:11 UTC 2012 Responsible-Changed-Why: I'll take it. http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=157316 From eadler at FreeBSD.org Sun May 6 20:18:34 2012 From: eadler at FreeBSD.org (eadler at FreeBSD.org) Date: Sun, 6 May 2012 20:18:33 GMT Subject: docs/157234: [patch] nullfs(5): //proc/curproc/file returns "unknown" with a binary called via a nullfs mountpoint Message-ID: <201205062018.q46KIX3W096286@freefall.freebsd.org> Synopsis: [patch] nullfs(5): //proc/curproc/file returns "unknown" with a binary called via a nullfs mountpoint Responsible-Changed-From-To: freebsd-doc->eadler Responsible-Changed-By: eadler Responsible-Changed-When: Sun May 6 20:18:33 UTC 2012 Responsible-Changed-Why: I'll take it. http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=157234 From eadler at FreeBSD.org Sun May 6 20:20:29 2012 From: eadler at FreeBSD.org (eadler at FreeBSD.org) Date: Sun, 6 May 2012 20:20:29 GMT Subject: docs/149047: [patch] tcsh(1) bears no mention of brace expansion in case labels Message-ID: <201205062020.q46KKTGo097587@freefall.freebsd.org> Synopsis: [patch] tcsh(1) bears no mention of brace expansion in case labels State-Changed-From-To: open->closed State-Changed-By: eadler State-Changed-When: Sun May 6 20:20:28 UTC 2012 State-Changed-Why: tcsh has been updated which may have fixed the issue. in addition tcsh is contributed software which means we don't write it, just use it. Perhaps upstream would be interested? http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=149047 From eadler at FreeBSD.org Sun May 6 20:20:45 2012 From: eadler at FreeBSD.org (eadler at FreeBSD.org) Date: Sun, 6 May 2012 20:20:45 GMT Subject: docs/149047: [patch] tcsh(1) bears no mention of brace expansion in case labels Message-ID: <201205062020.q46KKjhg099485@freefall.freebsd.org> Synopsis: [patch] tcsh(1) bears no mention of brace expansion in case labels Responsible-Changed-From-To: freebsd-doc->eadler Responsible-Changed-By: eadler Responsible-Changed-When: Sun May 6 20:20:44 UTC 2012 Responsible-Changed-Why: I closed it. http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=149047 From eadler at FreeBSD.org Mon May 7 03:49:52 2012 From: eadler at FreeBSD.org (eadler at FreeBSD.org) Date: Mon, 7 May 2012 03:49:52 GMT Subject: docs/35678: docproj Makefiles for web are broken for paths with spaces Message-ID: <201205070349.q473nqPS029076@freefall.freebsd.org> Synopsis: docproj Makefiles for web are broken for paths with spaces State-Changed-From-To: suspended->closed State-Changed-By: eadler State-Changed-When: Mon May 7 03:49:52 UTC 2012 State-Changed-Why: Not A Bug http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=35678 From bugmaster at FreeBSD.org Mon May 7 11:06:10 2012 From: bugmaster at FreeBSD.org (FreeBSD bugmaster) Date: Mon, 7 May 2012 11:06:09 GMT Subject: Current unassigned doc problem reports Message-ID: <201205071106.q47B696e071561@freefall.freebsd.org> (Note: an HTML version of this report is available at http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr-summary.cgi?category=doc .) The following is a listing of current problems submitted by FreeBSD users. These represent problem reports covering all versions including experimental development code and obsolete releases. S Tracker Resp. Description -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- o docs/167478 doc [PATCH] misc. updates to the relase notes in current o docs/166553 doc find(1): find -delete documentation is misleading o docs/166358 doc No networking in Jail build via: handbook/jail-tuning o docs/165657 doc Web site Features page aging o docs/165551 doc ipfw(8): no info in "ipfw pipe show" about ipv6 o docs/165410 doc [handbook] Documentation is not up to date o docs/165249 doc Multibyte characters in manpages still not displaying o docs/164803 doc Unclear manual page for mount_unionfs(8) o docs/164800 doc Handbook's installation topic doesn't mention ZFS o docs/164772 doc incorrect ipfw sched parameters in manual o docs/164682 doc Handbook contains wrong information about Flash player o docs/164620 doc Raid 1 issues o docs/164099 doc gparm(8): man page for gparm set is incorrect and inco o docs/164034 doc acl(9) documentation lacking o docs/163879 doc [handbook] handbook does not say about how to force to o docs/163830 doc device smbios: missing documentation, no manpage o docs/163742 doc [patch] document failok mount(8) option o docs/163576 doc zfs(8) sync property not noted in the manpage o docs/163149 doc [patch] Red Hat Linux/i386 9 HTML format sudo man page o docs/162775 doc zpool(1): Document some undocumented zpool import opti o docs/162433 doc [handbook] QEMU instructions for FreeBSD guests o docs/162419 doc [request] please document (new) zfs and zpool cmdline o docs/162404 doc [handbook] IPv6 link-local address compared with IPv4 o docs/162380 doc Documentation lacking for getfacl/setfacl o docs/161804 doc New documentation: French translation for building-pro o docs/161754 doc p4tcc(4), est(4) and qpi(4) are not documented o docs/161496 doc zfs(1): Please document that sysctl vfs.usermount must o docs/160460 doc [handbook] Network setup guide suggestion o docs/160447 doc [handbook] Developer's Handbook contains some outdated o docs/160446 doc [handbook] Handbook sound setup seems outdated o docs/160445 doc [handbook] Handbook does not mention ACL o docs/160399 doc Man page for re(4) missing jumbo frames info o docs/159307 doc [patch] lpd smm chapter unconditionally installed o docs/159298 doc [handbook] document Konqueror with Webkit support to i o docs/158388 doc Incorrect documentation of LOCAL_SCRIPT in release(7) o docs/158387 doc The tree(3) man should mention the RB_FOREACH_SAFE() A o docs/157908 doc [handbook] Description of post-install should include o docs/157049 doc FreeBSD Handbook: Chapter 14 (Security) Inaccuracy p docs/156955 doc bug in share/man/man2/setsockopt.2 o docs/156920 doc isspecial(3) is not helpful o docs/156815 doc chmod(1): manpage should describe that chmod kicks +t o docs/156689 doc stf(4) output-only documentation gives bad configurati f docs/156187 doc [handbook] [patch] Add bsnmpd to handbook o docs/156081 doc troff falls with troff.core with UTF-8 man with incorr o docs/155982 doc [handbook] reaper of the dead: remove reference to flo o docs/155773 doc dialog(1): dialog manpages not updated o docs/155149 doc [patch] don't encourage using xorg.conf outside of PRE o docs/154838 doc update cvs-tags information on releng_* to reflect sup o docs/153958 doc ksu man-page documented, but not installed o docs/153738 doc [patch] Docuement requirement to alter some sysctls wh a docs/153012 doc [patch] iostat(8) requires an argument to -c option o docs/151752 doc pw.conf(5) doesn't define format for file clearly o docs/150991 doc [patch] Install upgtfw using pkg_add as advised in upg o docs/150917 doc [patch] icmp.4, wrong description of icmplim and icmpl o docs/150877 doc ambiguity in newsyslog(8) man page about zfs with comp o docs/150255 doc dtrace description should mention makeoptions DEBUG=-g o docs/150219 doc zfs(8) manual page misses jail/unjail o docs/149574 doc [patch] update mi_switch(9) man page o docs/148987 doc [patch] {MD[245]|SHA_|SHA1_|SHA256_}{End|File|FileChun o docs/148984 doc [handbook] Mistake in section 16.15.4 of the handbook o docs/148680 doc [sysctl][patch] Document some sys/kern sysctls o docs/148071 doc Failover mode between wired and wireless interfaces o docs/147995 doc elf.5 man page has has missing reference o docs/146958 doc bad link to "XaQti XMAC II datasheet" in sk(4) manual o docs/146521 doc [handbook] Update IPv6 system handbook section to ment o docs/145719 doc [patch] 7.3 relnotes erroneously describes new getpage o docs/145699 doc hexdump(1) mutes all format qualifier output following o docs/145644 doc Add artical about creating manpage from scratch o docs/145069 doc Dialup firewalling with FreeBSD article out dated. o docs/145066 doc Update for new uart dev names for serial port. s docs/144818 doc all mailinglist archives dated 19970101 contain traili o docs/144630 doc [patch] domainname(1) manpage contains old information o docs/144515 doc [handbook] Expand handbook Table of contents o docs/144488 doc share/examples/etc/make.conf: contains dangerous examp o docs/143850 doc procfs(5) manpage for status > controlling terminal is o docs/143416 doc [handbook] IPFW handbook page issues o docs/143408 doc man filedesc(9) is missing o docs/142168 doc [patch] ld(1): ldd(1) not mentioned in ld(1) manpage o docs/141032 doc misleading documentation for rtadvd.conf(5) raflags se s docs/140847 doc [request] add documentation on ECMP and new route args p docs/140457 doc [patch] Grammar fix for isspace(3) o docs/140444 doc [patch] New Traditional Chinese translation of custom- o docs/140375 doc [UPDATE] Updated zh_TW.Big5/articles/nanobsd o docs/139336 doc [request] ZFS documentation suggestion o docs/139165 doc gssapi.3 man page out of sync with between crypto and o docs/139018 doc translation of submitting.sgml from docproj/submitting o docs/138845 doc Exceeding kern.ipc.maxpipekva refers to tuning(7) whic o docs/138485 doc bpf(4) and ip(4) man pages missing important corner ca o docs/136712 doc [handbook] [patch] draft new section on gmirror per pa o docs/136666 doc [handbook] Configure serial port for remote kernel deb o docs/136035 doc ftpchroot(5) omits an important option o docs/134123 doc The RUNQUEUE(9) man page is out of date o docs/132839 doc [patch] Fix example script in ldap-auth article o docs/132718 doc [handbook] Information about adding a new mirror is ou o docs/132260 doc dhcpd(8) pid not stored in documented location o docs/132190 doc EPERM explanation for send(2), sendto(2), and sendmsg( o docs/131918 doc [patch] Fixes for the BPF(4) man page o docs/131626 doc [patch] dump(8) "recommended" cache option confusing o docs/130238 doc nfs.lockd man page doesn't mention NFSLOCKD option or o docs/129671 doc New TCP chapter for Developer's Handbook (from rwatson o docs/129464 doc using packages system o docs/129095 doc ipfw(8): Can not check that packet originating/destine o docs/128356 doc [request] add Firefox plugin for FreeBSD manual pages s docs/127844 doc Example code skeleton_capture_n.c in meteor(4) manpage o docs/126590 doc [patch] Write routine called forever in Sample Echo Ps o docs/126484 doc libc function res-zonscut2 is not documented o docs/125921 doc lpd(8) talks about blocks in minfree while it is KB in f docs/122052 doc minor update on handbook section 20.7.1 o docs/121952 doc Handbook chapter on Network Address Translation wrong o docs/121585 doc [handbook] Wrong multicast specification s docs/121541 doc [request] no man pages for wlan_scan_ap o docs/121312 doc RELNOTES_LANG breaks release if not en_US.ISO8859-1 o docs/121173 doc [patch] mq_getattr(2): mq_flags mistakenly described a s docs/120917 doc [request]: Man pages mising for thr_xxx syscalls o docs/120539 doc Inconsistent ipfw's man page o docs/120125 doc [patch] Installing FreeBSD 7.0 via serial console and o docs/120024 doc resolver(5) and hosts(5) need updated for IPv6 o docs/119545 doc books/arch-handbook/usb/chapter.sgml formatting o docs/118902 doc [patch] wrong signatures in d2i_RSAPublicKey man pages o docs/118020 doc ipfilter(4): man pages query for man 4 ipfilter return o docs/116080 doc PREFIX is documented, but not the more important LOCAL p docs/115065 doc [patch] sync ps.1 with p_flag and keywords o docs/114371 doc [patch] [ip6] rtadvd.con(5) should show how to adverti o docs/114139 doc mbuf(9) has misleading comments on M_DONTWAIT and M_TR o docs/113194 doc [patch] [request] crontab.5: handling of day-in-month o docs/112682 doc Handbook GEOM_GPT explanation does not provide accurat o docs/111425 doc Missing chunks of text in historical manpages o docs/111265 doc [request] Clarify how to set common shell variables o docs/110999 doc carp(4) should document unsupported interface types o docs/110692 doc wi(4) man page doesn't say WPA is not supported o docs/110376 doc [patch] add some more explanations for the iwi/ipw fir o docs/110062 doc [patch] mount_nfs(8) fails to mention a failure condit p docs/110061 doc [patch] tuning(7) missing reference to vfs.read_max o docs/109981 doc No manual entry for post-grohtml o docs/109977 doc No manual entry for ksu o docs/109973 doc No manual entry for c++filt o docs/109972 doc No manual entry for zless/bzless f docs/109226 doc [request] No manual entry for sntp o docs/109201 doc [request]: manual for callbootd a docs/108980 doc list of missing man pages o docs/106135 doc [request] articles/vinum needs to be updated o docs/105608 doc fdc(4) debugging description staled o docs/104879 doc Howto: Listen to IMA ADPCM .wav files on FreeBSD box o docs/102719 doc [patch] ng_bpf(4) example leads to unneeded promiscuos o docs/100196 doc man login.conf does explain not "unlimited" o docs/99506 doc FreeBSD Handbook addition: IPv6 Server Settings o docs/98974 doc Missing tunables in loader(8) manpage o docs/98115 doc Missing parts after rendering handbook to RTF format o docs/96207 doc Comments of a sockaddr_un structure could confuse one o docs/94625 doc [patch] growfs man page -- document "panic: not enough o docs/92626 doc jail manpage should mention disabling some periodic sc o docs/91506 doc ndis(4) man page should be more specific about support o docs/91149 doc read(2) can return EINVAL for unaligned access to bloc o docs/88512 doc [patch] mount_ext2fs(8) man page has no details on lar o docs/87936 doc Handbook chapter on NIS/YP lacks good information on a o docs/87857 doc ifconfig(8) wireless options order matters o docs/85128 doc [patch] loader.conf(5) autoboot_delay incompletly desc o docs/84956 doc [patch] intro(5) manpage doesn't mention API coverage o docs/84932 doc new document: printing with an Epson ALC-3000N on Free o docs/84670 doc [patch] tput(1) manpage missing ENVIRONMENT section wi o docs/84317 doc fdp-primer doesn't show class=USERNAME distinctively o docs/84271 doc [patch] compress(1) doesn't warn about nasty link hand o docs/83820 doc getino(3) manpage not installed o docs/81611 doc [patch] natd runs with -same_ports by default o docs/78480 doc Networked printer setup unnecessarily complex in handb o docs/61605 doc [request] Improve documentation for i386 disk geometry o docs/61301 doc [patch] Manpage patch for aue(4) to enable HomePNA fun o docs/59835 doc ipfw(8) man page does not warn about accepted but mean o docs/59477 doc Outdated Info Documents at http://docs.freebsd.org/inf o docs/59044 doc [patch] doc.docbook.mk does not properly handle a sour o docs/57298 doc [patch] add using compact flash cards info to handbook s docs/54752 doc bus_dma explained in ISA section in Handbook: should b o docs/53751 doc bus_dma(9) incorrectly documents BUS_DMA_ALLOCNOW o docs/53596 doc Updates to mt(1) manual page o docs/53271 doc bus_dma(9) fails to document alignment restrictions o docs/51480 doc Multiple undefined references in the FreeBSD manual pa o docs/50211 doc [patch] doc.docbook.mk: fix textfile creation o docs/48101 doc [patch] Add documentation on the fixit disk o docs/43823 doc [patch] update to environ(7) manpage o docs/41089 doc pax(1) -B option does not mention interaction with -z o docs/40423 doc Keyboard(4)'s definition of parameters to GETFKEY/SETF o docs/38982 doc [patch] developers-handbook/Jail fix o docs/38556 doc EPS file of beastie, as addition to existing examples s docs/33589 doc [patch] to doc.docbook.mk to post process .tex files. o docs/27605 doc [patch] Cross-document references () o docs/26286 doc *printf(3) etc should gain format string warnings o docs/24786 doc missing FILES descriptions in sa(4) s docs/20028 doc ASCII docs should reflect tags in the sourc 188 problems total. From bcr at FreeBSD.org Mon May 7 11:52:51 2012 From: bcr at FreeBSD.org (bcr at FreeBSD.org) Date: Mon, 7 May 2012 11:52:51 GMT Subject: docs/156853: [patch] Update docs: jail(8) security issues with world-readable jail root Message-ID: <201205071152.q47Bqpex024546@freefall.freebsd.org> Synopsis: [patch] Update docs: jail(8) security issues with world-readable jail root Responsible-Changed-From-To: bcr->freebsd-doc Responsible-Changed-By: bcr Responsible-Changed-When: Mon May 7 11:50:43 UTC 2012 Responsible-Changed-Why: Drop this back into the pool, as I could not make much progress on it. The last discussion points revolved around the question whether jails are meant to be a security feature or for virtualization purposes. Maybe someone else can find a better solution, I'm not even sure that doc is the right category for this PR at the moment. http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=156853 From kogane at jp.freebsd.org Mon May 7 21:40:10 2012 From: kogane at jp.freebsd.org (Nobuyuki Koganemaru) Date: Tue, 8 May 2012 05:24:08 +0900 (JST) Subject: docs/167696: gnroff mandoc style, usage mistake or typos. Message-ID: <20120507202408.E618D33C32@kcesx31.koganemaru.co.jp> >Number: 167696 >Category: docs >Synopsis: gnroff mandoc style, usage mistake or typos. >Confidential: no >Severity: non-critical >Priority: low >Responsible: freebsd-doc >State: open >Quarter: >Keywords: >Date-Required: >Class: doc-bug >Submitter-Id: current-users >Arrival-Date: Mon May 07 21:40:09 UTC 2012 >Closed-Date: >Last-Modified: >Originator: Nobuyuki Koganemaru >Release: FreeBSD 10.0-CURRENT >Organization: KOGANEMARU Computer Engineering Service Corporation. >Environment: System: FreeBSD kcesx31.koganemaru.co.jp 8.2-RELEASE-p6 FreeBSD 8.2-RELEASE-p6 #0: Tue Apr 24 03:49:22 JST 2012 root at kcesx31.koganemaru.co.jp:/usr/obj/usr/src.82/sys/GENERIC i386 >Description: man1 >How-To-Repeat: none. >Fix: corrected files: addr2line.1: $FreeBSD: src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/addr2line/addr2line.1,v 1.1 2011/02/18 20:54:12 dim Exp $ calendar.1: $FreeBSD: src/usr.bin/calendar/calendar.1,v 1.47 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ clang.1: $FreeBSD: src/usr.bin/clang/clang/clang.1,v 1.5 2012/04/16 21:23:25 dim Exp $ csup.1: $Id: cvsup.1,v 1.70 2003/03/04 18:23:46 jdp Exp $ $FreeBSD: src/usr.bin/csup/csup.1,v 1.5 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ fetch.1: $FreeBSD: src/usr.bin/fetch/fetch.1,v 1.73 2012/02/28 22:15:46 obrien Exp $ gdb.1: $FreeBSD: src/gnu/usr.bin/gdb/gdb/gdb.1,v 1.9 2005/02/15 07:13:51 marcel Exp $ gnu-ranlib.1: $FreeBSD: src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/ranlib/ranlib.1,v 1.1 2011/02/18 20:54:12 dim Exp $ gprof.1: $FreeBSD: src/usr.bin/gprof/gprof.1,v 1.31 2010/12/11 08:32:16 joel Exp $ ipcrm.1: $FreeBSD: src/usr.bin/ipcrm/ipcrm.1,v 1.16 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ join.1: $FreeBSD: src/usr.bin/join/join.1,v 1.23 2010/12/11 08:32:16 joel Exp $ limits.1: $FreeBSD: src/usr.bin/limits/limits.1,v 1.33 2012/01/25 20:14:41 trociny Exp $ md5.1: $FreeBSD: src/sbin/md5/md5.1,v 1.29 2011/11/13 17:07:43 eadler Exp $ ncplogout.1: $FreeBSD: src/usr.bin/ncplogin/ncplogout.1,v 1.11 2007/01/15 15:25:15 ru Exp $ pkg_updating.1: $FreeBSD: src/usr.sbin/pkg_install/updating/pkg_updating.1,v 1.10 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ size.1: $FreeBSD: src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/size/size.1,v 1.1 2011/02/18 20:54:12 dim Exp $ strip.1: $FreeBSD: src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/strip/strip.1,v 1.2 2011/10/16 14:30:28 eadler Exp $ tblgen.1: $FreeBSD: src/usr.bin/clang/tblgen/tblgen.1,v 1.4 2012/04/16 21:23:25 dim Exp $ tftp.1: $FreeBSD: src/usr.bin/tftp/tftp.1,v 1.28 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ who.1: $FreeBSD: src/usr.bin/who/who.1,v 1.21 2012/02/11 21:49:23 ed Exp $ whois.1: $FreeBSD: src/usr.bin/whois/whois.1,v 1.39 2010/12/11 08:32:16 joel Exp $ zstreamdump.1: $FreeBSD: src/cddl/contrib/opensolaris/cmd/zstreamdump/zstreamdump.1,v 1.3 2011/11/27 11:44:20 mm Exp $ patch files: diff -u addr2line.1.orig ./addr2line.1 --- addr2line.1.orig 2012-05-08 03:51:25.000000000 +0900 +++ ./addr2line.1 2012-05-08 05:09:13.000000000 +0900 @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ .if n .ad l .nh .SH "NAME" -addr2line \- convert addresses into file names and line numbers. +addr2line \- convert addresses into file names and line numbers .SH "SYNOPSIS" .IX Header "SYNOPSIS" addr2line [\fB\-b\fR \fIbfdname\fR|\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR] diff -u calendar.1.orig ./calendar.1 --- calendar.1.orig 2012-05-08 04:01:53.000000000 +0900 +++ ./calendar.1 2012-05-08 05:09:22.000000000 +0900 @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ .Sh FILES .Bl -tag -width calendar.christian -compact .It Pa calendar -file in current directory +file in current directory. .It Pa ~/.calendar .Pa calendar HOME directory. diff -u clang.1.orig ./clang.1 --- clang.1.orig 2012-05-08 04:04:15.000000000 +0900 +++ ./clang.1 2012-05-08 05:09:25.000000000 +0900 @@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ .IX Item "CPATH" If this environment variable is present, it is treated as a delimited list of paths to be added to the default system include path list. The -delimiter is the platform dependent delimitor, as used in the \fI\s-1PATH\s0\fR +delimiter is the platform dependent delimiter, as used in the \fI\s-1PATH\s0\fR environment variable. .Sp Empty components in the environment variable are ignored. diff -u csup.1.orig ./csup.1 --- csup.1.orig 2012-05-08 04:07:53.000000000 +0900 +++ ./csup.1 2012-05-08 05:09:28.000000000 +0900 @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ The default .Ar base directory is -.Pa /usr/local/etc/csup . +.Pa /usr/local/etc/cvsup . .It Cm prefix= Ns Ar prefix This is the directory under which updated files will be placed. By default, it is the same as @@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ .El .Pp will not work because the file on the server is called -.Ql Makefile,v. +.Ql Makefile,v . A better solution would be .Pp .Bl -item -compact -offset indent diff -u fetch.1.orig ./fetch.1 --- fetch.1.orig 2012-05-08 04:12:45.000000000 +0900 +++ ./fetch.1 2012-05-08 05:09:30.000000000 +0900 @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ .Ev HTTP_REFERER , .Ev HTTP_USER_AGENT , .Ev NETRC , -.Ev NO_PROXY and +.Ev NO_PROXY No and .Ev no_proxy . .Sh EXIT STATUS The diff -u gdb.1.orig ./gdb.1 --- gdb.1.orig 2012-05-08 04:17:09.000000000 +0900 +++ ./gdb.1 2012-05-08 05:09:34.000000000 +0900 @@ -322,11 +322,11 @@ recognizable fashion each time a stack frame is displayed (which includes each time the program stops). This recognizable format looks like two `\|\c -.B \032\c +.B \e032\c \&\|' characters, followed by the file name, line number and character position separated by colons, and a newline. The Emacs-to-GDB interface program uses the two `\|\c -.B \032\c +.B \e032\c \&\|' characters as a signal to display the source code for the frame. diff -u gnu-ranlib.1.orig ./gnu-ranlib.1 --- gnu-ranlib.1.orig 2012-05-08 04:31:26.000000000 +0900 +++ ./gnu-ranlib.1 2012-05-08 05:09:36.000000000 +0900 @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ .if n .ad l .nh .SH "NAME" -ranlib \- generate index to archive. +ranlib \- generate index to archive .SH "SYNOPSIS" .IX Header "SYNOPSIS" ranlib [\fB\-vV\fR] \fIarchive\fR diff -u gprof.1.orig ./gprof.1 --- gprof.1.orig 2012-05-08 04:33:17.000000000 +0900 +++ ./gprof.1 2012-05-08 05:09:39.000000000 +0900 @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ instead of .Fl l Ns Ar c . Read the given object file (the default is -.Pa a.out) +.Pa a.out ) and establishes the relation between its symbol table and the call graph profile. The default graph profile file name is the name diff -u ipcrm.1.orig ./ipcrm.1 --- ipcrm.1.orig 2012-05-08 04:34:35.000000000 +0900 +++ ./ipcrm.1 2012-05-08 05:09:43.000000000 +0900 @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ .Xr ipcs 1 .Sh HISTORY The wiping of all System V IPC objects was first implemented in -.Fx 6.4 and 7.1. +.Fx 6.4 No and 7.1. .Sh AUTHORS The original author was Adam Glass. The wiping of all System V IPC objects was thought up by Callum diff -u join.1.orig ./join.1 --- join.1.orig 2012-05-08 04:35:44.000000000 +0900 +++ ./join.1 2012-05-08 05:09:45.000000000 +0900 @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ The elements of list must be either comma .Pq Ql \&, or whitespace separated. -(The latter requires quoting to protect it from the shell, or, a simpler +(The letter requires quoting to protect it from the shell, or, a simpler approach is to use multiple .Fl o options.) diff -u limits.1.orig ./limits.1 --- limits.1.orig 2012-05-08 04:39:08.000000000 +0900 +++ ./limits.1 2012-05-08 05:09:48.000000000 +0900 @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ .\" .\" $FreeBSD: src/usr.bin/limits/limits.1,v 1.33 2012/01/25 20:14:41 trociny Exp $ .\" -.Dd January 23, 2011 +.Dd January 23, 2012 .Dt LIMITS 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ or .Fl H options. -.Fl e +.It Fl e Select .Dq "eval mode" formatting for output. diff -u md5.1.orig ./md5.1 --- md5.1.orig 2012-05-08 04:44:37.000000000 +0900 +++ ./md5.1 2012-05-08 05:09:51.000000000 +0900 @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ .Dt MD5 1 .Os .Sh NAME -.Nm md5 , sha1 , sha256, rmd160 +.Nm md5 , sha1 , sha256 , rmd160 .Nd calculate a message-digest fingerprint (checksum) for a file .Sh SYNOPSIS .Nm md5 diff -u ncplogout.1.orig ./ncplogout.1 --- ncplogout.1.orig 2012-05-08 04:46:13.000000000 +0900 +++ ./ncplogout.1 2012-05-08 05:09:54.000000000 +0900 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .Bl -tag -width indent .It Fl S Ar server Specify the name of the -.Tn Netware +.Tn NetWare server to which the connection should be terminated. Can be omitted if there is only one connection active. diff -u pkg_updating.1.orig ./pkg_updating.1 --- pkg_updating.1.orig 2012-05-08 04:51:10.000000000 +0900 +++ ./pkg_updating.1 2012-05-08 05:09:57.000000000 +0900 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .It Pa /var/db/pkg Default location of the installed package database. .It Pa /usr/ports -The default ports directory and default location of the UPDATING file +The default ports directory and default location of the UPDATING file. .El .Sh EXAMPLES Shows all entries of all installed ports: diff -u size.1.orig ./size.1 --- size.1.orig 2012-05-08 04:52:45.000000000 +0900 +++ ./size.1 2012-05-08 05:10:03.000000000 +0900 @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ .if n .ad l .nh .SH "NAME" -size \- list section sizes and total size. +size \- list section sizes and total size .SH "SYNOPSIS" .IX Header "SYNOPSIS" size [\fB\-A\fR|\fB\-B\fR|\fB\-\-format=\fR\fIcompatibility\fR] diff -u strip.1.orig ./strip.1 --- strip.1.orig 2012-05-08 04:53:40.000000000 +0900 +++ ./strip.1 2012-05-08 05:10:07.000000000 +0900 @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ .if n .ad l .nh .SH "NAME" -strip \- Discard symbols from object files. +strip \- Discard symbols from object files .SH "SYNOPSIS" .IX Header "SYNOPSIS" strip [\fB\-F\fR \fIbfdname\fR |\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR] diff -u tblgen.1.orig ./tblgen.1 --- tblgen.1.orig 2012-05-08 04:54:43.000000000 +0900 +++ ./tblgen.1 2012-05-08 05:10:09.000000000 +0900 @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ Print all records to standard output (default). .IP "\fB\-print\-enums\fR" 4 .IX Item "-print-enums" -Print enumeration values for a class +Print enumeration values for a class. .IP "\fB\-print\-sets\fR" 4 .IX Item "-print-sets" Print expanded sets for testing \s-1DAG\s0 exprs. diff -u tftp.1.orig ./tftp.1 --- tftp.1.orig 2012-05-08 04:56:16.000000000 +0900 +++ ./tftp.1 2012-05-08 05:10:12.000000000 +0900 @@ -112,9 +112,9 @@ Enable or disable debugging levels during verbose output. The value of .Ar level can be one of -.Cm packet, simple, options, +.Cm packet , simple , options , or -.Cm access. +.Cm access . .Pp .It Cm get Oo Ar host : Oc Ns Ar file Op Ar localname .It Cm get Xo diff -u who.1.orig ./who.1 --- who.1.orig 2012-05-08 04:57:29.000000000 +0900 +++ ./who.1 2012-05-08 05:10:15.000000000 +0900 @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ Show idle time for each user in hours and minutes as .Ar hh Ns : Ns Ar mm , .Ql \&. -if the user has been idle less that a minute, and +if the user has been idle less than a minute, and .Dq Li old if the user has been idle more than 24 hours. .It Cm am I diff -u whois.1.orig ./whois.1 --- whois.1.orig 2012-05-08 04:58:25.000000000 +0900 +++ ./whois.1 2012-05-08 05:10:17.000000000 +0900 @@ -203,12 +203,12 @@ option with an argument of .Qq Li RU instead. +.El .Pp The operands specified to .Nm are treated independently and may be used as queries on different whois servers. -.El .Sh EXIT STATUS .Ex -std .Sh EXAMPLES diff -u zstreamdump.1.orig ./zstreamdump.1 --- zstreamdump.1.orig 2012-05-08 05:01:08.000000000 +0900 +++ ./zstreamdump.1 2012-05-08 05:10:19.000000000 +0900 @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ .Dt ZSTREAMDUMP 8 .Os .Sh NAME -.Nm zdb +.Nm zstreamdump .Nd filter data in zfs send stream .Sh SYNOPSIS .Nm >Release-Note: >Audit-Trail: >Unformatted: From ktina100lsoto at gmx.de Tue May 8 15:32:49 2012 From: ktina100lsoto at gmx.de (Tina Soto) Date: Tue, 08 May 2012 17:32:43 +0200 Subject: Create account Message-ID: <20120508153243.91120@gmx.net> http://mjeremy10kcase.tumblr.com/?PHYLLIS.LIZA We need testers * Our page on Facebook : http://facebook.com/ Follow us on Twitter : http://twitter.com/ *crazy* -- Empfehlen Sie GMX DSL Ihren Freunden und Bekannten und wir belohnen Sie mit bis zu 50,- Euro! https://freundschaftswerbung.gmx.de From eadler at FreeBSD.org Tue May 8 16:48:26 2012 From: eadler at FreeBSD.org (eadler at FreeBSD.org) Date: Tue, 8 May 2012 16:48:25 GMT Subject: docs/167478: [PATCH] misc. updates to the relase notes in current Message-ID: <201205081648.q48GmP48098304@freefall.freebsd.org> Synopsis: [PATCH] misc. updates to the relase notes in current Responsible-Changed-From-To: freebsd-doc->eadler Responsible-Changed-By: eadler Responsible-Changed-When: Tue May 8 16:48:25 UTC 2012 Responsible-Changed-Why: I'll take it. http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=167478 From kogane at jp.freebsd.org Tue May 8 17:30:08 2012 From: kogane at jp.freebsd.org (Nobuyuki Koganemaru) Date: Wed, 9 May 2012 02:19:34 +0900 (JST) Subject: docs/167713: gnroff mandoc style, usage mistake or typos. (man2) Message-ID: <20120508171934.D720028429@kcesx30.koganemaru.co.jp> >Number: 167713 >Category: docs >Synopsis: gnroff mandoc style, usage mistake or typos. (man2) >Confidential: no >Severity: non-critical >Priority: low >Responsible: freebsd-doc >State: open >Quarter: >Keywords: >Date-Required: >Class: doc-bug >Submitter-Id: current-users >Arrival-Date: Tue May 08 17:30:07 UTC 2012 >Closed-Date: >Last-Modified: >Originator: Nobuyuki Koganemaru >Release: FreeBSD 10.0-CURRENT >Organization: KOGANEMARU Computer Engineering Service Corporation. >Environment: System: FreeBSD kcesx31.koganemaru.co.jp 8.2-RELEASE-p6 FreeBSD 8.2-RELEASE-p6 #0: Tue Apr 24 03:49:22 JST 2012 root at kcesx31.koganemaru.co.jp:/usr/obj/usr/src.82/sys/GENERIC i386 >Description: man2 >How-To-Repeat: none. >Fix: corrected files: ffclock.2: $FreeBSD: src/lib/libc/sys/ffclock.2,v 1.1 2011/11/21 01:26:10 lstewart Exp $ ktrace.2: $FreeBSD: src/lib/libc/sys/ktrace.2,v 1.31 2012/03/29 16:02:40 joel Exp $ msgsnd.2: $NetBSD: msgsnd.2,v 1.1 1995/10/16 23:49:24 jtc Exp $ $FreeBSD: src/lib/libc/sys/msgsnd.2,v 1.1 2009/07/13 12:53:43 trasz Exp $ pathconf.2: $FreeBSD: src/lib/libc/sys/pathconf.2,v 1.27 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ rtprio.2: $FreeBSD: src/lib/libc/sys/rtprio.2,v 1.27 2011/12/27 10:34:00 delphij Exp $ setfib.2: $FreeBSD: src/lib/libc/sys/setfib.2,v 1.9 2012/04/22 07:51:49 delphij Exp $ shm_open.2: $FreeBSD: src/lib/libc/sys/shm_open.2,v 1.16 2012/03/25 12:13:24 joel Exp $ sigpause.2: $FreeBSD: src/lib/libc/compat-43/sigpause.2,v 1.17 2010/05/24 11:14:40 uqs Exp $ sigqueue.2: $FreeBSD: src/lib/libc/sys/sigqueue.2,v 1.9 2012/03/10 10:54:52 trasz Exp $ timer_create.2: $FreeBSD: src/lib/libc/sys/timer_create.2,v 1.11 2011/10/26 14:26:10 pluknet Exp $ timer_delete.2: $FreeBSD: src/lib/libc/sys/timer_delete.2,v 1.6 2007/06/18 01:50:03 davidxu Exp $ timer_settime.2: $FreeBSD: src/lib/libc/sys/timer_settime.2,v 1.8 2007/06/18 01:50:03 davidxu Exp $ unlink.2: $FreeBSD: src/lib/libc/sys/unlink.2,v 1.25 2010/04/25 13:55:52 jilles Exp $ patch files: diff -u ffclock.2.orig ./ffclock.2 --- ffclock.2.orig 2012-05-09 02:03:28.000000000 +0900 +++ ./ffclock.2 2012-05-09 02:04:26.000000000 +0900 @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ .Nm ffclock_getcounter , .Nm ffclock_getestimate , .Nm ffclock_setestimate -.Nd Retrieve feed-forward counter, get and set feed-forward clock estimates. +.Nd Retrieve feed-forward counter, get and set feed-forward clock estimates .Sh LIBRARY .Lb libc .Sh SYNOPSIS @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ .Em timestamp is a cumulative value of the ticks of the timecounter, which can be converted into seconds by using the feed-forward -.Em clock estimates. +.Em clock estimates . .Pp The .Fn ffclock_getcounter diff -u ktrace.2.orig ./ktrace.2 --- ktrace.2.orig 2012-05-09 02:04:54.000000000 +0900 +++ ./ktrace.2 2012-05-09 02:05:13.000000000 +0900 @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ that the record was generated. The .Va ktr_tid -field holds a threadid. +field holds a thread id. .Pp The generic header is followed by .Va ktr_len diff -u msgsnd.2.orig ./msgsnd.2 --- msgsnd.2.orig 2012-05-09 02:07:52.000000000 +0900 +++ ./msgsnd.2 2012-05-09 02:08:43.000000000 +0900 @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ The .Fa msqid argument -is not a valid message queue identifier +is not a valid message queue identifier. .Pp The message queue was removed while .Fn msgsnd diff -u pathconf.2.orig ./pathconf.2 --- pathconf.2.orig 2012-05-09 02:08:57.000000000 +0900 +++ ./pathconf.2 2012-05-09 02:09:27.000000000 +0900 @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ specified file, otherwise 0. .It Li _PC_MIN_HOLE_SIZE If a file system supports the reporting of holes (see -.Xr lseek 2 , +.Xr lseek 2 ) , .Fn pathconf and .Fn fpathconf diff -u rtprio.2.orig ./rtprio.2 --- rtprio.2.orig 2012-05-09 02:09:39.000000000 +0900 +++ ./rtprio.2 2012-05-09 02:11:21.000000000 +0900 @@ -132,7 +132,8 @@ The priority specified by the .Va prio field ranges between 0 and -.Dv RTP_PRIO_MAX (usually 31) . +.Dv RTP_PRIO_MAX +(usually 31). 0 is the highest possible priority. .Pp Realtime and idle priority is inherited through fork() and exec(). @@ -149,7 +150,7 @@ The .Fn rtprio system call -will fail if +will fail if: .Bl -tag -width Er .It Bq Er EINVAL The specified @@ -175,7 +176,7 @@ .Xr setpriority 2 , .Xr nice 3 , .Xr renice 8 , -.Xr p_cansee 9 . +.Xr p_cansee 9 .Sh AUTHORS .An -nosplit The original author was diff -u setfib.2.orig ./setfib.2 --- setfib.2.orig 2012-05-09 02:11:36.000000000 +0900 +++ ./setfib.2 2012-05-09 02:11:47.000000000 +0900 @@ -95,7 +95,8 @@ .Fx extension however similar extensions have been added to many other -.Ux style kernels. +.Ux +style kernels. .Sh HISTORY The .Fn setfib diff -u shm_open.2.orig ./shm_open.2 --- shm_open.2.orig 2012-05-09 02:12:10.000000000 +0900 +++ ./shm_open.2 2012-05-09 02:12:22.000000000 +0900 @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ then .Fn shm_open will fail with -.Er EEXIST. +.Er EEXIST . .Pp Newly created objects start off with a size of zero. If an existing shared memory object is opened with diff -u sigpause.2.orig ./sigpause.2 --- sigpause.2.orig 2012-05-09 02:12:33.000000000 +0900 +++ ./sigpause.2 2012-05-09 02:13:19.000000000 +0900 @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ .Sy This interface is made obsolete by .Xr sigsuspend 2 .Sy and -.Xr sigaction 2 +.Xr sigaction 2 . .Pp The .Fn sigset @@ -172,7 +172,8 @@ if the signal had been blocked and the signal's previous disposition if it had not been blocked. Otherwise, -.Dv SIG_ERR is returned and +.Dv SIG_ERR +is returned and .Va errno set to indicate the error. .Pp diff -u sigqueue.2.orig ./sigqueue.2 --- sigqueue.2.orig 2012-05-09 02:13:29.000000000 +0900 +++ ./sigqueue.2 2012-05-09 02:13:43.000000000 +0900 @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ The .Fn sigqueue system call conforms to -.St -p1003.1-2004 +.St -p1003.1-2004 . .Sh HISTORY Support for .Tn POSIX diff -u timer_create.2.orig ./timer_create.2 --- timer_create.2.orig 2012-05-09 02:13:58.000000000 +0900 +++ ./timer_create.2 2012-05-09 02:14:17.000000000 +0900 @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ The .Fn timer_create system call conforms to -.St -p1003.1-2004 +.St -p1003.1-2004 . .Sh HISTORY Support for .Tn POSIX diff -u timer_delete.2.orig ./timer_delete.2 --- timer_delete.2.orig 2012-05-09 02:14:25.000000000 +0900 +++ ./timer_delete.2 2012-05-09 02:14:40.000000000 +0900 @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ The .Fn timer_delete system call conforms to -.St -p1003.1-2004 +.St -p1003.1-2004 . .Sh HISTORY Support for .Tn POSIX diff -u timer_settime.2.orig ./timer_settime.2 --- timer_settime.2.orig 2012-05-09 02:14:51.000000000 +0900 +++ ./timer_settime.2 2012-05-09 02:15:01.000000000 +0900 @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ and .Fn timer_settime system calls conform to -.St -p1003.1-2004 +.St -p1003.1-2004 . .Sh HISTORY Support for .Tn POSIX diff -u unlink.2.orig ./unlink.2 --- unlink.2.orig 2012-05-09 02:15:13.000000000 +0900 +++ ./unlink.2 2012-05-09 02:15:22.000000000 +0900 @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ .Fn unlink , the .Fn unlinkat -may fail if +may fail if: .Bl -tag -width Er .It Bq Er EBADF The >Release-Note: >Audit-Trail: >Unformatted: From gjb at FreeBSD.org Tue May 8 18:00:58 2012 From: gjb at FreeBSD.org (gjb at FreeBSD.org) Date: Tue, 8 May 2012 18:00:57 GMT Subject: docs/167713: gnroff mandoc style, usage mistake or typos. (man2) Message-ID: <201205081800.q48I0vnd009448@freefall.freebsd.org> Synopsis: gnroff mandoc style, usage mistake or typos. (man2) Responsible-Changed-From-To: freebsd-doc->gjb Responsible-Changed-By: gjb Responsible-Changed-When: Tue May 8 18:00:45 UTC 2012 Responsible-Changed-Why: I'll take it. http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=167713 From gjb at FreeBSD.org Tue May 8 18:15:33 2012 From: gjb at FreeBSD.org (gjb at FreeBSD.org) Date: Tue, 8 May 2012 18:15:33 GMT Subject: docs/167696: gnroff mandoc style, usage mistake or typos. Message-ID: <201205081815.q48IFXHQ043032@freefall.freebsd.org> Synopsis: gnroff mandoc style, usage mistake or typos. Responsible-Changed-From-To: freebsd-doc->gjb Responsible-Changed-By: gjb Responsible-Changed-When: Tue May 8 18:15:18 UTC 2012 Responsible-Changed-Why: I'll take it. http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=167696 From kogane at jp.freebsd.org Wed May 9 15:00:28 2012 From: kogane at jp.freebsd.org (Nobuyuki Koganemaru) Date: Wed, 9 May 2012 23:53:04 +0900 (JST) Subject: docs/167734: gnroff mandoc style, usage mistakes or typos. (man3) Message-ID: <20120509145304.5D92528429@kcesx30.koganemaru.co.jp> >Number: 167734 >Category: docs >Synopsis: gnroff mandoc style, usage mistakes or typos. (man3) >Confidential: no >Severity: non-critical >Priority: low >Responsible: freebsd-doc >State: open >Quarter: >Keywords: >Date-Required: >Class: doc-bug >Submitter-Id: current-users >Arrival-Date: Wed May 09 15:00:27 UTC 2012 >Closed-Date: >Last-Modified: >Originator: Nobuyuki Koganemaru >Release: FreeBSD 10.0-CURRENT >Organization: KOGANEMARU Computer Engineering Service Corporation. >Environment: System: FreeBSD kcesx31.koganemaru.co.jp 8.2-RELEASE-p6 FreeBSD 8.2-RELEASE-p6 #0: Tue Apr 24 03:49:22 JST 2012 root at kcesx31.koganemaru.co.jp:/usr/obj/usr/src.82/sys/GENERIC i386 >Description: man3 >How-To-Repeat: none. >Fix: corrected files: ATOMIC_VAR_INIT.3: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man3/ATOMIC_VAR_INIT.3,v 1.3 2012/01/05 21:36:12 uqs Exp $ acl_delete_entry.3: $FreeBSD: src/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_delete_entry.3,v 1.9 2009/06/25 12:53:50 trasz Exp $ archive_read_open.3: $FreeBSD: src/contrib/libarchive/libarchive/archive_read_open.3,v 1.1 2012/02/25 10:58:02 mm Exp $ archive_write_filter.3: $FreeBSD: src/contrib/libarchive/libarchive/archive_write_filter.3,v 1.1 2012/02/25 10:58:02 mm Exp $ archive_write_open.3: $FreeBSD: src/contrib/libarchive/libarchive/archive_write_open.3,v 1.1 2012/02/25 10:58:02 mm Exp $ archive_write_set_options.3: $FreeBSD: src/contrib/libarchive/libarchive/archive_write_set_options.3,v 1.1 2012/02/25 10:58:02 mm Exp $ bluetooth.3: $Id: bluetooth.3,v 1.5 2003/05/20 23:04:30 max Exp $ $FreeBSD: src/lib/libbluetooth/bluetooth.3,v 1.14 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ cexp.3: $FreeBSD: src/lib/msun/man/cexp.3,v 1.1 2011/03/07 03:09:24 das Exp $ complex.3: $FreeBSD: src/lib/msun/man/complex.3,v 1.3 2011/10/17 05:41:03 das Exp $ duplocale.3: $FreeBSD: src/lib/libc/locale/duplocale.3,v 1.4 2012/03/26 19:06:59 joel Exp $ elf_getarsym.3: $FreeBSD: src/lib/libelf/elf_getarsym.3,v 1.3 2010/04/14 19:08:06 uqs Exp $ elf_getdata.3: $FreeBSD: src/lib/libelf/elf_getdata.3,v 1.7 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ elf_rand.3: $FreeBSD: src/lib/libelf/elf_rand.3,v 1.4 2010/04/14 19:08:06 uqs Exp $ elf_strptr.3: $FreeBSD: src/lib/libelf/elf_strptr.3,v 1.5 2010/08/03 17:40:09 joel Exp $ freelocale.3: $FreeBSD: src/lib/libc/locale/freelocale.3,v 1.2 2011/12/02 11:55:09 obrien Exp $ gelf_getphdr.3: $FreeBSD: src/lib/libelf/gelf_getphdr.3,v 1.5 2010/04/14 19:08:06 uqs Exp $ gelf_newehdr.3: $FreeBSD: src/lib/libelf/gelf_newehdr.3,v 1.5 2010/04/14 19:08:06 uqs Exp $ getenv.3: $FreeBSD: src/lib/libc/stdlib/getenv.3,v 1.29 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ getopt_long.3: $OpenBSD: getopt_long.3,v 1.10 2004/01/06 23:44:28 fgsch Exp $ $NetBSD: getopt_long.3,v 1.14 2003/08/07 16:43:40 agc Exp $ $FreeBSD: src/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt_long.3,v 1.15 2011/12/26 03:14:37 gjb Exp $ gpib.3: $FreeBSD: src/lib/libgpib/gpib.3,v 1.4 2012/03/25 12:13:24 joel Exp $ kvm_getpcpu.3: $FreeBSD: src/lib/libkvm/kvm_getpcpu.3,v 1.4 2010/03/12 10:01:06 uqs Exp $ libalias.3: $FreeBSD: src/sys/netinet/libalias/libalias.3,v 1.62 2011/07/04 23:00:26 gjb Exp $ libarchive_internals.3: $FreeBSD: src/contrib/libarchive/libarchive/libarchive_internals.3,v 1.3 2012/02/25 10:58:02 mm Exp $ libprocstat.3: $FreeBSD: src/lib/libprocstat/libprocstat.3,v 1.3 2012/04/01 18:22:48 jhb Exp $ libradius.3: $FreeBSD: src/lib/libradius/libradius.3,v 1.21 2012/02/12 18:29:56 ed Exp $ libtacplus.3: $FreeBSD: src/lib/libtacplus/libtacplus.3,v 1.19 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ libusb.3: $FreeBSD: src/lib/libusb/libusb.3,v 1.26 2012/05/07 14:07:13 hselasky Exp $ libusb20.3: $FreeBSD: src/lib/libusb/libusb20.3,v 1.14 2012/03/29 16:07:22 joel Exp $ newlocale.3: $FreeBSD: src/lib/libc/locale/newlocale.3,v 1.6 2012/04/07 09:26:21 joel Exp $ pthread.3: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man3/pthread.3,v 1.34 2010/01/09 12:31:11 delphij Exp $ pthread_condattr.3: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man3/pthread_condattr.3,v 1.16 2010/05/09 14:21:34 jilles Exp $ publickey.3: $FreeBSD: src/lib/libc/rpc/publickey.3,v 1.10 2010/12/28 10:08:50 uqs Exp $ querylocale.3: $FreeBSD: src/lib/libc/locale/querylocale.3,v 1.2 2011/12/02 11:55:09 obrien Exp $ sctp_connectx.3: $FreeBSD: src/lib/libc/net/sctp_connectx.3,v 1.8 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ sctp_recvmsg.3: $FreeBSD: src/lib/libc/net/sctp_recvmsg.3,v 1.11 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ snmp_netgraph.3: $FreeBSD: src/usr.sbin/bsnmpd/modules/snmp_netgraph/snmp_netgraph.3,v 1.14 2012/03/26 15:18:14 joel Exp $ snmp_usm.3: $FreeBSD: src/contrib/bsnmp/snmp_usm/snmp_usm.3,v 1.3 2011/08/01 22:21:18 uqs Exp $ snmp_vacm.3: $FreeBSD: src/contrib/bsnmp/snmp_vacm/snmp_vacm.3,v 1.1 2010/12/08 13:51:38 syrinx Exp $ snmp_wlan.3: $FreeBSD: src/usr.sbin/bsnmpd/modules/snmp_wlan/snmp_wlan.3,v 1.6 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ sourcefilter.3: $FreeBSD: src/lib/libc/net/sourcefilter.3,v 1.3 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ strfmon.3: $FreeBSD: src/lib/libc/stdlib/strfmon.3,v 1.7 2003/01/06 06:21:25 tjr Exp $ strlcpy.3: $OpenBSD: strlcpy.3,v 1.19 2007/05/31 19:19:32 jmc Exp $ $FreeBSD: src/lib/libc/string/strlcpy.3,v 1.16 2009/04/07 13:42:53 trasz Exp $ uselocale.3: $FreeBSD: src/lib/libc/locale/uselocale.3,v 1.2 2011/12/02 11:55:09 obrien Exp $ xlocale.3: $FreeBSD: src/lib/libc/locale/xlocale.3,v 1.4 2012/03/25 16:00:56 joel Exp $ patch files: diff -u ATOMIC_VAR_INIT.3.orig ./ATOMIC_VAR_INIT.3 --- ATOMIC_VAR_INIT.3.orig 2012-05-09 04:02:57.000000000 +0900 +++ ./ATOMIC_VAR_INIT.3 2012-05-09 04:04:40.000000000 +0900 @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ .Fa object to its desired .Fa value -and returs the original contents of the atomic variable. +and returns the original contents of the atomic variable. .Pp The .Fn atomic_compare_exchange_strong @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ .Fn atomic_fetch_sub macro subtracts the value .Fa operand -to atomic variable +from atomic variable .Fa object and returns the original contents of the atomic variable. .Pp diff -u acl_delete_entry.3.orig ./acl_delete_entry.3 --- acl_delete_entry.3.orig 2012-05-09 04:06:43.000000000 +0900 +++ ./acl_delete_entry.3 2012-05-09 04:07:08.000000000 +0900 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .Os .Sh NAME .Nm acl_delete_entry , -.Nm acl_delete_entry_np , +.Nm acl_delete_entry_np .Nd delete an ACL entry from an ACL .Sh LIBRARY .Lb libc diff -u archive_read_open.3.orig ./archive_read_open.3 --- archive_read_open.3.orig 2012-05-09 04:07:21.000000000 +0900 +++ ./archive_read_open.3 2012-05-09 04:08:04.000000000 +0900 @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ zero. If the skip callback is not provided (the function pointer is -.Dv NULL ), +.Dv NULL ) , the library will invoke the read function instead and simply discard the result. A skip callback can provide significant @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ .Fn archive_set_error to register an error code and message and return -.Cm ARCHIVE_FATAL. +.Cm ARCHIVE_FATAL . .\" .Sh EXAMPLE .\" .Sh RETURN VALUES diff -u archive_write_filter.3.orig ./archive_write_filter.3 --- archive_write_filter.3.orig 2012-05-09 04:08:25.000000000 +0900 +++ ./archive_write_filter.3 2012-05-09 04:13:14.000000000 +0900 @@ -36,6 +36,7 @@ .Nm archive_write_add_filter_none , .Nm archive_write_add_filter_program , .Nm archive_write_add_filter_xz +.Nd functions for writing streaming archives .Sh SYNOPSIS .In archive.h .Ft int diff -u archive_write_open.3.orig ./archive_write_open.3 --- archive_write_open.3.orig 2012-05-09 04:13:24.000000000 +0900 +++ ./archive_write_open.3 2012-05-09 04:13:48.000000000 +0900 @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ .Fn archive_set_error to register an error code and message and return -.Cm ARCHIVE_FATAL. +.Cm ARCHIVE_FATAL . .Pp Note that if the client-provided write callback function returns a non-zero value, that error will be propagated back to the caller diff -u archive_write_set_options.3.orig ./archive_write_set_options.3 --- archive_write_set_options.3.orig 2012-05-09 04:14:02.000000000 +0900 +++ ./archive_write_set_options.3 2012-05-09 04:14:15.000000000 +0900 @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ the default is .Cm fd , otherwise the default is -.Cm no-emulation. +.Cm no-emulation . .El .It Format iso9660 - filename and size extensions Various extensions to the base ISO9660 format. diff -u bluetooth.3.orig ./bluetooth.3 --- bluetooth.3.orig 2012-05-09 04:14:28.000000000 +0900 +++ ./bluetooth.3 2012-05-09 04:14:40.000000000 +0900 @@ -494,7 +494,8 @@ .Xr bt_devopen 3 . Filtering can be done on packet types, i.e. .Dv ACL , -.Dv SCO or +.Dv SCO +or .Dv HCI , command and event packets, and, in addition, on .Dv HCI diff -u cexp.3.orig ./cexp.3 --- cexp.3.orig 2012-05-09 04:14:49.000000000 +0900 +++ ./cexp.3 2012-05-09 04:15:17.000000000 +0900 @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ .Fa z , also known as .Em cis Ns ( Ns -.Fa z Ns ) +.Fa z Ns ) . .Sh RETURN VALUES For real numbers .Fa x diff -u complex.3.orig ./complex.3 --- complex.3.orig 2012-05-09 04:15:59.000000000 +0900 +++ ./complex.3 2012-05-09 04:16:15.000000000 +0900 @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ functions described here conform to .St -isoC-99 . .Sh BUGS -The inverse trigonmetric and hyperbolic functions +The inverse trigonometric and hyperbolic functions .Fn cacos , .Fn cacosh , .Fn casin , diff -u duplocale.3.orig ./duplocale.3 --- duplocale.3.orig 2012-05-09 04:16:26.000000000 +0900 +++ ./duplocale.3 2012-05-09 05:31:39.000000000 +0900 @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ that refers to the same locale values but has independent internal state. Various functions, such as .Xr mblen 3 -require presistent state. +require persistent state. These functions formerly used static variables and calls to them from multiple threads had undefined behavior. They now use fields in the diff -u elf_getarsym.3.orig ./elf_getarsym.3 --- elf_getarsym.3.orig 2012-05-09 22:45:28.000000000 +0900 +++ ./elf_getarsym.3 2012-05-09 22:46:38.000000000 +0900 @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ If the archive .Ar elf contains a symbol table with n entries, this function returns a -pointer to an array of n+1 +pointer to an array of n+1'th .Vt Elf_Arsym structures. An diff -u elf_getdata.3.orig ./elf_getdata.3 --- elf_getdata.3.orig 2012-05-09 22:46:55.000000000 +0900 +++ ./elf_getdata.3 2012-05-09 22:47:04.000000000 +0900 @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ .Dv ELF_T_BYTE . .Ss Special handling of zero-sized and SHT_NOBITS sections For sections of type -.Dv SHT_NOBITS, +.Dv SHT_NOBITS , and for zero-sized sections, the functions .Fn elf_getdata diff -u elf_rand.3.orig ./elf_rand.3 --- elf_rand.3.orig 2012-05-09 22:48:42.000000000 +0900 +++ ./elf_rand.3 2012-05-09 22:51:55.000000000 +0900 @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ .Os .Sh NAME .Nm elf_rand -.Nd provide sequential access to the next archive member +.Nd provide directly access to the archive member .Sh LIBRARY .Lb libelf .Sh SYNOPSIS diff -u elf_strptr.3.orig ./elf_strptr.3 --- elf_strptr.3.orig 2012-05-09 22:52:09.000000000 +0900 +++ ./elf_strptr.3 2012-05-09 22:52:35.000000000 +0900 @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ .It Bq Er ELF_E_ARGUMENT Argument .Ar elf -was NULL +was NULL. .It Bq Er ELF_E_ARGUMENT Argument .Ar elf diff -u freelocale.3.orig ./freelocale.3 --- freelocale.3.orig 2012-05-09 22:52:53.000000000 +0900 +++ ./freelocale.3 2012-05-09 22:53:17.000000000 +0900 @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ .Nd Frees a locale created with .Xr duplocale 3 or -.Xr newlocale 3 . +.Xr newlocale 3 .Sh LIBRARY .Lb libc .Sh SYNOPSIS diff -u gelf_getphdr.3.orig ./gelf_getphdr.3 --- gelf_getphdr.3.orig 2012-05-09 22:53:29.000000000 +0900 +++ ./gelf_getphdr.3 2012-05-09 22:54:33.000000000 +0900 @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ will retrieve the program header table entry at index .Ar index from ELF descriptor -.Ar elf. +.Ar elf . The translated program header table entry will be written to the address pointed to be argument .Ar dst . diff -u gelf_newehdr.3.orig ./gelf_newehdr.3 --- gelf_newehdr.3.orig 2012-05-09 22:54:44.000000000 +0900 +++ ./gelf_newehdr.3 2012-05-09 22:54:56.000000000 +0900 @@ -58,7 +58,8 @@ Function .Fn elf64_newehdr returns a pointer to a 64 bit -.Vt Elf64_Ehdr structure. +.Vt Elf64_Ehdr +structure. .Pp When argument .Ar elfclass diff -u getenv.3.orig ./getenv.3 --- getenv.3.orig 2012-05-09 22:55:11.000000000 +0900 +++ ./getenv.3 2012-05-09 22:55:22.000000000 +0900 @@ -152,7 +152,8 @@ is a .Dv NULL pointer, -.Fa string is without an +.Fa string +is without an .Dq Li \&= character or .Dq Li \&= diff -u getopt_long.3.orig ./getopt_long.3 --- getopt_long.3.orig 2012-05-09 22:55:44.000000000 +0900 +++ ./getopt_long.3 2012-05-09 22:56:50.000000000 +0900 @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ .Fn getopt_long_only functions first appeared in the .Tn GNU -libiberty library. +library. The first .Bx implementation of diff -u gpib.3.orig ./gpib.3 --- gpib.3.orig 2012-05-09 22:57:45.000000000 +0900 +++ ./gpib.3 2012-05-09 22:58:26.000000000 +0900 @@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ .Pp The function .Fn ibwrtkey -is obsolete, and not implemented +is obsolete, and not implemented. .Pp The function .Fn ibxtrc diff -u kvm_getpcpu.3.orig ./kvm_getpcpu.3 --- kvm_getpcpu.3.orig 2012-05-09 22:59:37.000000000 +0900 +++ ./kvm_getpcpu.3 2012-05-09 22:59:56.000000000 +0900 @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ On success, the .Fn kvm_getpcpu function returns a pointer to an allocated buffer or -.Dv NULL. +.Dv NULL . If an error occurs, it returns -1 instead. .Pp @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ .Pp If any function encounters an error, then an error message may be retrieved via -.Xr kvm_geterr 3. +.Xr kvm_geterr 3 . .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr free 3 , .Xr kvm 3 diff -u libalias.3.orig ./libalias.3 --- libalias.3.orig 2012-05-09 23:00:09.000000000 +0900 +++ ./libalias.3 2012-05-09 23:01:14.000000000 +0900 @@ -919,7 +919,7 @@ .An Paolo Pisati Aq piso at FreeBSD.org made the library modular, moving support for all protocols (except for IP, TCP and UDP) to external modules. -.Sh ACKNOWLEDGMENTS +.Sh ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Listed below, in approximate chronological order, are individuals who have provided valuable comments and/or debugging assistance. .Bd -ragged -offset indent @@ -1277,10 +1277,10 @@ .Ed .Bl -inset .It Va name -is the name of the module +is the name of the module. .It Va handle is a pointer to the module obtained through -.Xr dlopen 3 +.Xr dlopen 3 . .El Whenever a module is loaded in userland, an entry is added to .Va dll_chain , diff -u libarchive_internals.3.orig ./libarchive_internals.3 --- libarchive_internals.3.orig 2012-05-09 23:01:30.000000000 +0900 +++ ./libarchive_internals.3 2012-05-09 23:01:44.000000000 +0900 @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ entire file to libarchive as a single block; other clients may begin asynchronous I/O operations for the next block on each request. -.Ss Decompresssion Layer +.Ss Decompression Layer The decompression layer not only handles decompression, it also buffers data so that the format handlers see a much nicer I/O model. diff -u libprocstat.3.orig ./libprocstat.3 --- libprocstat.3.orig 2012-05-09 23:06:26.000000000 +0900 +++ ./libprocstat.3 2012-05-09 23:06:37.000000000 +0900 @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ .Fn procstat_get_socket_info and .Fn procstat_get_vnode_info -functions are used to retrive information about pipes, pseudo-terminals, +functions are used to retrieve information about pipes, pseudo-terminals, shared memory objects, sockets, and vnodes, respectively. Each of them have a similar interface API. diff -u libradius.3.orig ./libradius.3 --- libradius.3.orig 2012-05-09 23:06:45.000000000 +0900 +++ ./libradius.3 2012-05-09 23:07:22.000000000 +0900 @@ -108,8 +108,7 @@ network requests to remote servers. .Ss Initialization To use the library, an application must first call -.Fn rad_auth_open -, +.Fn rad_auth_open , .Fn rad_acct_open or .Fn rad_server_open @@ -119,8 +118,7 @@ The former function is used for RADIUS authentication and the latter is used for RADIUS accounting. Calls to -.Fn rad_auth_open -, +.Fn rad_auth_open , .Fn rad_acct_open and .Fn rad_server_open @@ -487,7 +485,7 @@ .Fn rad_create_response and fill response content with same packet writing functions as for client. When packet is ready, it should be sent with -.Fn rad_send_response +.Fn rad_send_response . .Sh RETURN VALUES The following functions return a non-negative value on success. If diff -u libtacplus.3.orig ./libtacplus.3 --- libtacplus.3.orig 2012-05-09 23:07:33.000000000 +0900 +++ ./libtacplus.3 2012-05-09 23:13:50.000000000 +0900 @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ On failure, .Fn tac_send_acct returns \-1. -Otherwise, it returns the TACACS+ status code +Otherwise, it returns the TACACS+ status code. Possible status codes, defined in .In taclib.h , include: diff -u libusb.3.orig ./libusb.3 --- libusb.3.orig 2012-05-09 23:15:07.000000000 +0900 +++ ./libusb.3 2012-05-09 23:16:59.000000000 +0900 @@ -100,12 +100,12 @@ .Ft uint8_t .Fn libusb_get_bus_number "libusb_device *dev" Returns the number of the bus contained by the device -.Fa dev. +.Fa dev . .Pp .Ft uint8_t .Fn libusb_get_device_address "libusb_device *dev" Returns the device_address contained by the device -.Fa dev. +.Fa dev . .Pp .Ft enum libusb_speed .Fn libusb_get_device_speed "libusb_device *dev" @@ -127,12 +127,12 @@ .Ft libusb_device * .Fn libusb_ref_device "libusb_device *dev" Increment the reference counter of the device -.Fa dev. +.Fa dev . .Pp .Ft void .Fn libusb_unref_device "libusb_device *dev" Decrement the reference counter of the device -.Fa dev. +.Fa dev . .Pp .Ft int .Fn libusb_open "libusb_device *dev" "libusb_device_handle **devh" @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ A convenience function to open a device by vendor and product IDs .Fa vid and -.Fa pid. +.Fa pid . Returns NULL on error. .Pp .Ft void @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ .Pp .Ft int .Fn libusb_get_configuration "libusb_device_handle *devh" "int *config" -Returns the bConfiguration value of the current configuration. +Returns the Configuration value of the current configuration. Returns 0 on success, LIBUSB_ERROR_NO_DEVICE if the device has been disconnected and a LIBUSB_ERROR code on error. @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ Set the active configuration to .Fa config for the device contained by -.Fa devh. +.Fa devh . This function returns 0 on success, LIBUSB_ERROR_NOT_FOUND if the requested configuration does not exist, LIBUSB_ERROR_BUSY if the interfaces are currently claimed, LIBUSB_ERROR_NO_DEVICE if the device has been disconnected and a @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ .Ft int .Fn libusb_claim_interface "libusb_device_handle *devh" "int interface_number" Claim an interface in a given libusb_handle -.Fa devh. +.Fa devh . This is a non-blocking function. It returns 0 on success, LIBUSB_ERROR_NOT_FOUND if the requested interface does not exist, LIBUSB_ERROR_BUSY if a program or @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ .Ft int .Fn libusb_get_device_descriptor "libusb_device *dev" "libusb_device_descriptor *desc" Get the USB device descriptor for the device -.Fa dev. +.Fa dev . This is a non-blocking function. Returns 0 on success and a LIBUSB_ERROR code on failure. @@ -330,11 +330,11 @@ This function parses the USB 3.0 endpoint companion descriptor in host endian format pointed to by .Fa buf and having a length of -.Fa len. +.Fa len . Typically these arguments are the extra and extra_length fields of the endpoint descriptor. On success the pointer to resulting descriptor is stored at the location given by -.Fa ep_comp. +.Fa ep_comp . Returns zero on success and a LIBUSB_ERROR code on failure. On success the parsed USB 3.0 endpoint companion descriptor must be freed using the libusb_free_ss_endpoint_comp function. @@ -348,9 +348,9 @@ This function parses a Binary Object Store, BOS, descriptor into host endian format pointed to by .Fa buf and having a length of -.Fa len. +.Fa len . On success the pointer to resulting descriptor is stored at the location given by -.Fa bos. +.Fa bos . Returns zero on success and a LIBUSB_ERROR code on failure. On success the parsed BOS descriptor must be freed using the libusb_free_bos_descriptor function. diff -u libusb20.3.orig ./libusb20.3 --- libusb20.3.orig 2012-05-09 23:17:19.000000000 +0900 +++ ./libusb20.3 2012-05-09 23:19:45.000000000 +0900 @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ .Pp . .Fn libusb20_tr_get_max_total_length -function will return the maximum value for the data length sum of all USB +will return the maximum value for the data length sum of all USB frames associated with an USB transfer. In case of control transfers the value returned does not include the length of the SETUP packet, 8 bytes, which is part of frame zero. @@ -815,7 +815,7 @@ .Pp . .Fn libusb20_dev_get_config_index -This function returns the currently select config index for the given +returns the currently select config index for the given USB device. . .Pp @@ -832,7 +832,7 @@ .Pp . .Fn libusb20_dev_wait_process -function will wait until a pending USB transfer has completed on +will wait until a pending USB transfer has completed on the given USB device. . A timeout value can be specified which is passed on to the @@ -866,7 +866,7 @@ .Pp . .Fn libusb20_be_get_dev_quirk -This function will return the device quirk according to +will return the device quirk according to .Fa index into the libusb20_quirk structure pointed to by .Fa pq . @@ -948,7 +948,7 @@ .Pp . .Fn libusb20_be_enqueue_device -This function will enqueue the given USB device pointer in the backend USB device list. +will enqueue the given USB device pointer in the backend USB device list. . Enqueued USB devices will get freed when the backend is freed. . diff -u newlocale.3.orig ./newlocale.3 --- newlocale.3.orig 2012-05-09 23:28:45.000000000 +0900 +++ ./newlocale.3 2012-05-09 23:32:10.000000000 +0900 @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ The .Fa mask is either -.Fa LC_ALL_MASK, +.Fa LC_ALL_MASK , indicating all possible locale components, or the logical OR of some combination of the following: .Bl -tag -width "LC_MESSAGES_MASK" -offset indent @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ The locale for string collation routines. This controls alphabetic ordering in .Xr strcoll 3 - and +and .Xr strxfrm 3 . .It LC_CTYPE_MASK The locale for the diff -u pthread.3.orig ./pthread.3 --- pthread.3.orig 2012-05-09 23:32:42.000000000 +0900 +++ ./pthread.3 2012-05-09 23:33:26.000000000 +0900 @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ .Fa "void \*[lp]*child\*[rp]\*[lp]void\*[rp]" .Fc .Xc -Register fork handlers +Register fork handlers. .It Xo .Ft void .Fn pthread_cleanup_pop "int execute" diff -u pthread_condattr.3.orig ./pthread_condattr.3 --- pthread_condattr.3.orig 2012-05-09 23:33:38.000000000 +0900 +++ ./pthread_condattr.3 2012-05-09 23:33:58.000000000 +0900 @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ .Nm pthread_condattr_getclock , .Nm pthread_condattr_setclock , .Nm pthread_condattr_getpshared , -.Nm pthread_condattr_setpshared , +.Nm pthread_condattr_setpshared .Nd condition attribute operations .Sh LIBRARY .Lb libpthread diff -u publickey.3.orig ./publickey.3 --- publickey.3.orig 2012-05-09 23:34:26.000000000 +0900 +++ ./publickey.3 2012-05-09 23:34:48.000000000 +0900 @@ -35,14 +35,14 @@ which is used to decrypt the encrypted secret key stored in the database. Both routines return 1 if they are successful in finding the key, 0 otherwise. The keys are returned as -.Dv NULL Ns \-terminated , +.Dv NUL Ns \-terminated , hexadecimal strings. If the password supplied to .Fn getsecretkey fails to decrypt the secret key, the routine will return 1 but the .Fa secretkey argument will be a -.Dv NULL +.Dv NUL string .Pq Dq . .Sh SEE ALSO diff -u querylocale.3.orig ./querylocale.3 --- querylocale.3.orig 2012-05-09 23:34:56.000000000 +0900 +++ ./querylocale.3 2012-05-09 23:37:09.000000000 +0900 @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ .Os .Sh NAME .Nm querylocale -.Nd Look up the locale name for a specified category. +.Nd Look up the locale name for a specified category .Sh LIBRARY .Lb libc .Sh SYNOPSIS @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ .Fn querylocale "int mask" "locale_t locale" .Sh DESCRIPTION Returns the name of the locale for the category specified by -.Fa mask. +.Fa mask . This possible values for the mask are the same as those in .Xr newlocale 3 . If more than one bit in the mask is set, the returned value is undefined. diff -u sctp_connectx.3.orig ./sctp_connectx.3 --- sctp_connectx.3.orig 2012-05-09 23:38:47.000000000 +0900 +++ ./sctp_connectx.3 2012-05-09 23:39:10.000000000 +0900 @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ .Os .Sh NAME .Nm sctp_connectx -.Nd connect an SCTP socket with multiple destination addresses. +.Nd connect an SCTP socket with multiple destination addresses .Sh LIBRARY .Lb libc .Sh SYNOPSIS diff -u sctp_recvmsg.3.orig ./sctp_recvmsg.3 --- sctp_recvmsg.3.orig 2012-05-09 23:39:24.000000000 +0900 +++ ./sctp_recvmsg.3 2012-05-09 23:40:33.000000000 +0900 @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ .Fn sctp_recvmsg after having implicitly started an association via one of the send calls including -.Fn sctp_sendmsg +.Fn sctp_sendmsg , .Fn sendto and .Fn sendmsg . diff -u snmp_netgraph.3.orig ./snmp_netgraph.3 --- snmp_netgraph.3.orig 2012-05-09 23:43:38.000000000 +0900 +++ ./snmp_netgraph.3 2012-05-09 23:44:12.000000000 +0900 @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ .Li NG_NODESIZ bytes long. The function returns the node id or 0 if the -node is not found +node is not found. .Pp The function .Fn ng_node_type @@ -396,7 +396,8 @@ .Fa peer . The functions return 0 on success or -1 otherwise. The function -.Fn ng_connect2_tee_id does the same as +.Fn ng_connect2_tee_id +does the same as .Fn ng_connect2_id except, that it puts an unnamed tee node between the two nodes. .Pp diff -u snmp_usm.3.orig ./snmp_usm.3 --- snmp_usm.3.orig 2012-05-09 23:44:25.000000000 +0900 +++ ./snmp_usm.3 2012-05-09 23:45:10.000000000 +0900 @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ altering the SNMP USM users. .It Va usmUserTable The table contains all SNMP USM users configured in -.Nm bsnmpd. +.Nm bsnmpd . The table contains the following objects .Bl -tag -width ".It Va usmUserEngineID" .It Va usmUserEngineID @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ These columns may be used to change the user's privacy key. .It Va usmUserPublic An arbitrary octet string that may be modified to confirm a SET operation on any -of the columns was successfull. +of the columns was successful. .It Va usmUserStorageType This column always has either of two values. Entries created via .Nm bsnmpd's diff -u snmp_vacm.3.orig ./snmp_vacm.3 --- snmp_vacm.3.orig 2012-05-09 23:45:20.000000000 +0900 +++ ./snmp_vacm.3 2012-05-09 23:45:31.000000000 +0900 @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ .It Va vacmViewTreeFamilyTable The table contains a list of SNMP views, i.e. entries specifying the OID of a MIB subtree and whether access to the objects under this subtree is to be -allowed or forbiden. +allowed or forbidden. .El .Sh FILES .Bl -tag -width "XXXXXXXXX" diff -u snmp_wlan.3.orig ./snmp_wlan.3 --- snmp_wlan.3.orig 2012-05-09 23:45:48.000000000 +0900 +++ ./snmp_wlan.3 2012-05-09 23:46:03.000000000 +0900 @@ -61,8 +61,8 @@ .Va wlanParentIfName column. Any optional parameters may be set via the -.Va wlanIfaceOperatingMode, -.Va wlanIfaceFlags, +.Va wlanIfaceOperatingMode , +.Va wlanIfaceFlags , .Va wlanIfaceBssid and .Va wlanIfaceLocalAddress diff -u sourcefilter.3.orig ./sourcefilter.3 --- sourcefilter.3.orig 2012-05-09 23:46:20.000000000 +0900 +++ ./sourcefilter.3 2012-05-09 23:47:25.000000000 +0900 @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ .Fn getsourcefilter and .Fn setsourcefilter , -the argument +the .Fa grouplen argument specifies the size of the structure pointed to by .Fa group . @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr ip 4 , .Xr ip6 4 , -.Xr multicast 4, +.Xr multicast 4 , .Xr ifmcstat 8 .Rs .%A D. Thaler diff -u strfmon.3.orig ./strfmon.3 --- strfmon.3.orig 2012-05-09 23:47:52.000000000 +0900 +++ ./strfmon.3 2012-05-09 23:48:04.000000000 +0900 @@ -115,14 +115,14 @@ .El .Sh RETURN VALUES If the total number of resulting bytes including the terminating -.Dv NULL +.Dv NUL byte is not more than .Fa maxsize , .Fn strfmon returns the number of bytes placed into the array pointed to by .Fa s , not including the terminating -.Dv NULL +.Dv NUL byte. Otherwise, \-1 is returned, the contents of the array are indeterminate, diff -u strlcpy.3.orig ./strlcpy.3 --- strlcpy.3.orig 2012-05-09 23:48:17.000000000 +0900 +++ ./strlcpy.3 2012-05-09 23:48:59.000000000 +0900 @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ .Ed .Pp Since it is known how many characters were copied the first time, things -can be sped up a bit by using a copy instead of an append +can be sped up a bit by using a copy instead of an append. .Bd -literal -offset indent char *dir, *file, pname[MAXPATHLEN]; size_t n; diff -u uselocale.3.orig ./uselocale.3 --- uselocale.3.orig 2012-05-09 23:49:06.000000000 +0900 +++ ./uselocale.3 2012-05-09 23:49:23.000000000 +0900 @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ .Os .Sh NAME .Nm uselocale -.Nd Sets a thread-local locale. +.Nd Sets a thread-local locale .Sh LIBRARY .Lb libc .Sh SYNOPSIS diff -u xlocale.3.orig ./xlocale.3 --- xlocale.3.orig 2012-05-09 23:49:30.000000000 +0900 +++ ./xlocale.3 2012-05-09 23:49:38.000000000 +0900 @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ .Os .Sh NAME .Nm xlocale -.Nd Thread-safe extended locale support. +.Nd Thread-safe extended locale support .Sh LIBRARY .Lb libc .Sh SYNOPSIS >Release-Note: >Audit-Trail: >Unformatted: From msaad at about.com Wed May 9 16:20:12 2012 From: msaad at about.com (Mark Saad) Date: Wed, 9 May 2012 12:07:54 -0400 (EDT) Subject: docs/167741: Group Passwords do not work and are not documented properly Message-ID: <201205091607.q49G7sEl031762@blindness.ops.about.com> >Number: 167741 >Category: docs >Synopsis: Group Passwords do not work and are not documented properly >Confidential: no >Severity: serious >Priority: low >Responsible: freebsd-doc >State: open >Quarter: >Keywords: >Date-Required: >Class: doc-bug >Submitter-Id: current-users >Arrival-Date: Wed May 09 16:20:11 UTC 2012 >Closed-Date: >Last-Modified: >Originator: Mark Saad >Release: FreeBSD 9.0-STABLE amd64 >Organization: About.com >Environment: System: FreeBSD blindness.ops.about.com 9.0-STABLE FreeBSD 9.0-STABLE #2: Tue Apr 10 11:32:01 EDT 2012 root at blindness.ops.about.com:/usr/obj/usr/src/sys/GENERIC amd64 >Description: Group Password support appears to be broken , as well as the man pages for group, newgrp, groups do not mention how to use it. Eitan Adler noted this is a docs bug however , following his instructions , which appear to be correct do not work. >How-To-Repeat: root at blindness:~# pw groupadd testgroup root at blindness:~# pw group mod testgroup -h 0 New password for group testgroup: root at blindness:~# exit logout msaad at blindness:~% newgrp testgroup Password: newgrp: setgid: Operation not permitted msaad at blindness:~% >Fix: Part 1. In the group man page man 5 group in the SEE ALSO section should include a refrence to newgrp(1) In the man page for newgrp(1) an example of how to set a group passowrd should be included. Something similar to my example . Part 2. The group password option fails to work, with the users unable to call setgid. A part of a truss of the process is below. Truss Output write(3,"Password:",9) = 9 (0x9) read(3,"a",1) = 1 (0x1) read(3,"\n",1) = 1 (0x1) write(3,"\n",1) = 1 (0x1) ioctl(3,TIOCSETAF,0xffffd660) = 0 (0x0) sigaction(SIGALRM,{ SIG_DFL 0x0 ss_t },0x0) = 0 (0x0) sigaction(SIGHUP,{ SIG_DFL 0x0 ss_t },0x0) = 0 (0x0) sigaction(SIGINT,{ SIG_DFL SA_RESTART ss_t },0x0) = 0 (0x0) sigaction(SIGQUIT,{ SIG_DFL SA_RESTART ss_t },0x0) = 0 (0x0) sigaction(SIGPIPE,{ SIG_DFL SA_RESTART ss_t },0x0) = 0 (0x0) sigaction(SIGTERM,{ SIG_DFL SA_RESTART|SA_SIGINFO ss_t },0x0) = 0 (0x0) sigaction(SIGTSTP,{ SIG_DFL SA_RESTART ss_t },0x0) = 0 (0x0) sigaction(SIGTTIN,{ SIG_DFL SA_RESTART ss_t },0x0) = 0 (0x0) sigaction(SIGTTOU,{ SIG_DFL SA_RESTART ss_t },0x0) = 0 (0x0) close(3) = 0 (0x0) open("/etc/auth.conf",O_RDONLY,0141) = 3 (0x3) read(3,"#\n# $FreeBSD: src/etc/auth.conf"...,4096) = 237 (0xed) read(3,0x7fffffffc670,4096) = 0 (0x0) close(3) = 0 (0x0) __sysctl(0x7fffffffd950,0x2,0x7fffffffd96c,0x7fffffffd960,0x0,0x0) = 0 (0x0) getgroups(0x400,0x801041000,0x801000658,0x42,0x601f48,0xffffffff) = 3 (0x3) seteuid(0x3ea,0x801041008,0x3,0x3,0x601f48,0xffffffff) = 0 (0x0) setgid(0x3eb,0x801041008,0x3,0x3,0x601f48,0xffffffff) ERR#1 'Operation not permitted' getuid() = 1002 (0x3ea) seteuid(0x3ea,0x801041008,0xffffffffffffffff,0x1,0x601f48,0xffffffff) = 0 (0x0) write(2,"newgrp: ",8) = 8 (0x8) write(2,"setgid",6) = 6 (0x6) write(2,": ",2) = 2 (0x2) stat("/usr/share/nls/C/libc.cat",0x7fffffffd330) ERR#2 'No such file or directory' stat("/usr/share/nls/libc/C",0x7fffffffd330) ERR#2 'No such file or directory' stat("/usr/local/share/nls/C/libc.cat",0x7fffffffd330) ERR#2 'No such file or directory' stat("/usr/local/share/nls/libc/C",0x7fffffffd330) ERR#2 'No such file or directory' write(2,"Operation not permitted\n",24) = 24 (0x18) seteuid(0x3ea,0x7fffffffd210,0x0,0x18,0x7ff7ff2af0d6,0xffffffff) = 0 (0x0) getuid() = 1002 (0x3ea) setuid(0x3ea,0x7fffffffd210,0x0,0x18,0x7ff7ff2af0d6,0xffffffff) = 0 (0x0) execve("/bin/csh",,) = 0 (0x0) mmap(0x0,32768,PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE,MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_ANON,-1,0x0) = 34366480384 (0x80066e000) issetugid(0x80086ea20,0x7fffffffefd7,0x40,0x0,0xffff80080086fa49,0x0) = 0 (0x0) open("/etc/libmap.conf",O_RDONLY,041603500) ERR#2 'No such file or directory' open("/var/run/ld-elf.so.hints",O_RDONLY,057) = 3 (0x3) read(3,"Ehnt\^A\0\0\0\M^@\0\0\0\M-a\0\0"...,128) = 128 (0x80) lseek(3,0x80,SEEK_SET) >Release-Note: >Audit-Trail: >Unformatted: From msaad at about.com Wed May 9 16:20:12 2012 From: msaad at about.com (Mark Saad) Date: Tue, 8 May 2012 10:01:21 -0400 (EDT) Subject: docs/167742: Update documentation for group 5, and newgrp 1 Message-ID: <201205081401.q48E1LXw027628@blindness.ops.about.com> >Number: 167742 >Category: docs >Synopsis: Update documentation for group 5, and newgrp 1 >Confidential: no >Severity: non-critical >Priority: low >Responsible: freebsd-doc >State: open >Quarter: >Keywords: >Date-Required: >Class: doc-bug >Submitter-Id: current-users >Arrival-Date: Wed May 09 16:20:11 UTC 2012 >Closed-Date: >Last-Modified: >Originator: Mark Saad >Release: FreeBSD 9.0-STABLE amd64 >Organization: About.com >Environment: System: FreeBSD blindness.ops.about.com 9.0-STABLE FreeBSD 9.0-STABLE #2: Tue Apr 10 11:32:01 EDT 2012 root at blindness.ops.about.com:/usr/obj/usr/src/sys/GENERIC amd64 >Description: The man pages for both group 5 and newgrp 1 do not include examples of how to use group passwords. >How-To-Repeat: See man 1 newgrp and man 5 group >Fix: eadler at freebsd.org stated that a short example similar to this would do in the newgrp man page Create the group % pw group add foo Set the group password % pw group mod foo -h 0 As a non root user switch to the group % newgrp foo Also in the group 5 man the See Also section should include a refrence to newgrp 1 >Release-Note: >Audit-Trail: >Unformatted: From eadler at FreeBSD.org Wed May 9 23:47:28 2012 From: eadler at FreeBSD.org (eadler at FreeBSD.org) Date: Wed, 9 May 2012 23:47:27 GMT Subject: docs/167734: gnroff mandoc style, usage mistakes or typos. (man3) Message-ID: <201205092347.q49NlRhP063794@freefall.freebsd.org> Synopsis: gnroff mandoc style, usage mistakes or typos. (man3) Responsible-Changed-From-To: freebsd-doc->eadler Responsible-Changed-By: eadler Responsible-Changed-When: Wed May 9 23:47:27 UTC 2012 Responsible-Changed-Why: I'll take it. http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=167734 From kogane at jp.freebsd.org Thu May 10 15:40:14 2012 From: kogane at jp.freebsd.org (Nobuyuki Koganemaru) Date: Fri, 11 May 2012 00:37:46 +0900 (JST) Subject: docs/167776: gnroff mandoc style, usage mistakes or typos. (man4) Message-ID: <20120510153746.A573C2842A@kcesx30.koganemaru.co.jp> >Number: 167776 >Category: docs >Synopsis: gnroff mandoc style, usage mistakes or typos. (man4) >Confidential: no >Severity: non-critical >Priority: low >Responsible: freebsd-doc >State: open >Quarter: >Keywords: >Date-Required: >Class: doc-bug >Submitter-Id: current-users >Arrival-Date: Thu May 10 15:40:13 UTC 2012 >Closed-Date: >Last-Modified: >Originator: Nobuyuki Koganemaru >Release: FreeBSD 10.0-CURRENT >Organization: KOGANEMARU Computer Engineering Service Corporation. >Environment: System: FreeBSD kcesx31.koganemaru.co.jp 8.2-RELEASE-p6 FreeBSD 8.2-RELEASE-p6 #0: Tue Apr 24 03:49:22 JST 2012 root at kcesx31.koganemaru.co.jp:/usr/obj/usr/src.82/sys/GENERIC i386 >Description: man4 >How-To-Repeat: none. >Fix: corrected files: acpi_hp.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/acpi_hp.4,v 1.9 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ acpi_wmi.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/acpi_wmi.4,v 1.8 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ ahci.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/ahci.4,v 1.11 2012/03/02 08:49:07 mav Exp $ ath.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/ath.4,v 1.57 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ atp.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/atp.4,v 1.2 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ bpf.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/bpf.4,v 1.59 2012/04/06 06:55:21 melifaro Exp $ bridge.4: $NetBSD: bridge.4,v 1.5 2004/01/31 20:14:11 jdc Exp $ $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/bridge.4,v 1.29 2012/03/24 13:37:57 joel Exp $ capsicum.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/capsicum.4,v 1.1 2011/11/27 19:44:15 rwatson Exp $ ch.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/ch.4,v 1.38 2010/10/08 12:40:16 uqs Exp $ cpuctl.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/cpuctl.4,v 1.9 2010/10/08 12:40:16 uqs Exp $ cxgbe.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/cxgbe.4,v 1.6 2012/04/30 09:46:05 np Exp $ dcons.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/dcons.4,v 1.13 2010/05/27 13:56:40 uqs Exp $ ddb.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/ddb.4,v 1.70 2011/12/16 11:52:33 kib Exp $ epair.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/epair.4,v 1.5 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ fdt.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/fdt.4,v 1.1 2010/07/14 13:03:00 raj Exp $ fdtbus.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/fdtbus.4,v 1.1 2010/07/14 13:03:00 raj Exp $ gdb.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/gdb.4,v 1.14 2005/02/13 23:45:49 ru Exp $ ip.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/ip.4,v 1.56 2012/03/24 13:37:57 joel Exp $ ipmi.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/ipmi.4,v 1.12 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ ipw.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/ipw.4,v 1.21 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ isci.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/isci.4,v 1.5 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ isp.4: $NetBSD: isp.4,v 1.5 1999/12/18 18:33:05 mjacob Exp $ $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/isp.4,v 1.30 2012/03/24 13:37:57 joel Exp $ iwn.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/iwn.4,v 1.13 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ mac_none.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/mac_none.4,v 1.13 2010/04/14 19:08:06 uqs Exp $ mac_stub.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/mac_stub.4,v 1.14 2010/04/14 19:08:06 uqs Exp $ mps.4: $Id: //depot/SpectraBSD/head/share/man/man4/mps.4#6 $ $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/mps.4,v 1.7 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ net80211.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/net80211.4,v 1.8 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ netmap.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/netmap.4,v 1.5 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ $Id: netmap.4 9662 2011-11-16 13:18:06Z luigi $ nfsv4.4: $FreeBSD: src/usr.sbin/nfsd/nfsv4.4,v 1.9 2012/03/25 09:18:34 joel Exp $ ng_etf.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/ng_etf.4,v 1.9 2012/02/12 18:29:56 ed Exp $ ng_nat.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/ng_nat.4,v 1.5 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ ng_netflow.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/ng_netflow.4,v 1.21 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ ng_socket.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/ng_socket.4,v 1.18 2005/02/05 11:31:31 ru Exp $ $Whistle: ng_socket.8,v 1.5 1999/01/25 23:46:27 archie Exp $ opie.4: $FreeBSD: src/contrib/opie/opie.4,v 1.8 2002/03/21 23:42:52 markm Exp $ pcm.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/pcm.4,v 1.72 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ pcn.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/pcn.4,v 1.19 2010/10/08 12:40:16 uqs Exp $ pfsync.4: $OpenBSD: pfsync.4,v 1.28 2009/02/17 10:05:18 dlg Exp $ $FreeBSD: src/contrib/pf/man/pfsync.4,v 1.13 2011/12/20 13:53:31 glebius Exp $ psm.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/psm.4,v 1.55 2012/03/27 23:43:01 jkim Exp $ rl.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/rl.4,v 1.50 2010/10/08 12:40:16 uqs Exp $ run.4: $OpenBSD: run.4,v 1.22 2009/11/23 06:16:32 jmc Exp $ $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/run.4,v 1.7 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ ses.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/ses.4,v 1.11 2010/10/08 12:40:16 uqs Exp $ siftr.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/siftr.4,v 1.5 2012/03/19 19:27:43 maxim Exp $ simplebus.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/simplebus.4,v 1.1 2010/07/14 13:03:00 raj Exp $ sis.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/sis.4,v 1.29 2010/10/08 12:40:16 uqs Exp $ sk.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/sk.4,v 1.35 2010/11/23 22:07:10 marius Exp $ snd_hda.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/snd_hda.4,v 1.40 2012/03/24 13:37:57 joel Exp $ snd_hdspe.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/snd_hdspe.4,v 1.1 2012/03/01 13:10:18 mav Exp $ splash.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/splash.4,v 1.32 2011/12/12 21:12:07 eadler Exp $ ste.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/ste.4,v 1.27 2010/10/08 12:40:16 uqs Exp $ termios.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/termios.4,v 1.37 2010/08/16 15:18:30 joel Exp $ ti.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/ti.4,v 1.37 2011/11/14 22:16:12 yongari Exp $ tl.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/tl.4,v 1.23 2010/10/08 12:40:16 uqs Exp $ tws.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/tws.4,v 1.1 2011/10/04 21:40:25 delphij Exp $ uhso.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/uhso.4,v 1.8 2011/08/20 14:21:32 hselasky Exp $ ulpt.4: $NetBSD: ulpt.4,v 1.6 2002/02/05 00:37:48 augustss Exp $ $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/ulpt.4,v 1.10 2012/03/29 17:04:04 joel Exp $ umcs.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/umcs.4,v 1.5 2012/03/25 16:00:56 joel Exp $ uslcom.4: $OpenBSD: uslcom.4,v 1.6 2007/10/08 03:10:42 jcs Exp $ $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/uslcom.4,v 1.5 2011/11/20 12:18:21 miwi Exp $ vr.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/vr.4,v 1.37 2012/02/25 14:31:25 gjb Exp $ watchdog.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/watchdog.4,v 1.11 2009/12/21 15:12:56 ru Exp $ wb.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/wb.4,v 1.22 2010/10/08 12:40:16 uqs Exp $ wpi.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/wpi.4,v 1.11 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ xl.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/xl.4,v 1.40 2010/10/08 12:40:16 uqs Exp $ xnb.4: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/xnb.4,v 1.6 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ patch files: diff -u acpi_hp.4.orig ./acpi_hp.4 --- acpi_hp.4.orig 2012-05-10 01:45:42.000000000 +0900 +++ ./acpi_hp.4 2012-05-10 01:46:41.000000000 +0900 @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ The .Nm driver was written by -.An Michael Gmelin Aq freebsd at grem.de +.An Michael Gmelin Aq freebsd at grem.de . .Pp It has been inspired by hp-wmi driver, which implements a subset of these features (hotkeys) on Linux. @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ .El .Pp This manual page was written by -.An Michael Gmelin Aq freebsd at grem.de +.An Michael Gmelin Aq freebsd at grem.de . .Sh BUGS This driver is experimental and has only been tested on i386 on an HP Compaq 8510p which featured all supported wireless devices (WWAN/BT/WLAN). diff -u acpi_wmi.4.orig ./acpi_wmi.4 --- acpi_wmi.4.orig 2012-05-10 01:46:52.000000000 +0900 +++ ./acpi_wmi.4 2012-05-10 01:47:33.000000000 +0900 @@ -85,12 +85,12 @@ The .Nm driver was written by -.An Michael Gmelin Aq freebsd at grem.de +.An Michael Gmelin Aq freebsd at grem.de . .Pp -Work has been inspired by the Linux acpi-wmi driver written by Carlos Corbacho +Work has been inspired by the Linux acpi-wmi driver written by Carlos Corbacho. .Pp See http://www.microsoft.com/whdc/system/pnppwr/wmi/wmi-acpi.mspx for the specification of ACPI-WMI. .Pp This manual page was written by -.An Michael Gmelin Aq freebsd at grem.de +.An Michael Gmelin Aq freebsd at grem.de . diff -u ahci.4.orig ./ahci.4 --- ahci.4.orig 2012-05-10 01:47:45.000000000 +0900 +++ ./ahci.4 2012-05-10 01:48:14.000000000 +0900 @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ .Xr loader 8 : .Bl -ohang .It Va hint.ahci. Ns Ar X Ns Va .msi -controls Message Signaled Interrupts (MSI) usage by the specified controller +controls Message Signaled Interrupts (MSI) usage by the specified controller. .Bl -tag -compact .It 0 MSI disabled; diff -u ath.4.orig ./ath.4 --- ath.4.orig 2012-05-10 01:50:14.000000000 +0900 +++ ./ath.4 2012-05-10 01:52:33.000000000 +0900 @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ .Ed .Pp Create two virtual 802.11a host-based access points, one with -with WEP enabled and one with no security, and bridge them to +WEP enabled and one with no security, and bridge them to the fxp0 (wired) device: .Bd -literal -offset indent ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0 wlanmode hostap \e @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ This should not happen. .It "ath%d: unable to setup a beacon xmit queue!" The request to the HAL to set up the transmit queue for 802.11 beacon frames -frames failed. +failed. This should not happen. .It "ath%d: 802.11 address: %s" The MAC address programmed in the EEPROM is displayed. diff -u atp.4.orig ./atp.4 --- atp.4.orig 2012-05-10 03:34:49.000000000 +0900 +++ ./atp.4 2012-05-11 00:34:36.000000000 +0900 @@ -171,10 +171,10 @@ .Xr loader.conf 5 , .Xr xorg.conf 5 Pq Pa ports/x11/xorg , .Xr moused 8 , -.Xr sysctl 8 . +.Xr sysctl 8 .Sh AUTHORS .An -nosplit The .Nm driver was written by -.An Rohit Grover Aq rgrover1 at gmail.com +.An Rohit Grover Aq rgrover1 at gmail.com . diff -u bpf.4.orig ./bpf.4 --- bpf.4.orig 2012-05-10 03:40:46.000000000 +0900 +++ ./bpf.4 2012-05-10 03:41:27.000000000 +0900 @@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ uint32_t bh_caplen; /* length of captured portion */ uint32_t bh_datalen; /* original length of packet */ u_short bh_hdrlen; /* length of bpf header (this struct - plus alignment padding */ + plus alignment padding) */ }; struct bpf_hdr { @@ -650,7 +650,7 @@ uint32_t bh_caplen; /* length of captured portion */ uint32_t bh_datalen; /* original length of packet */ u_short bh_hdrlen; /* length of bpf header (this struct - plus alignment padding */ + plus alignment padding) */ }; .Ed .Pp @@ -962,7 +962,7 @@ .It Va net.bpf.optimize_writers: No 0 Various programs use BPF to send (but not receive) raw packets (cdpd, lldpd, dhcpd, dhcp relays, etc. are good examples of such programs). -They do not need incoming packets to be send to them. Turning this option on +They do not need incoming packets to be send to them. Tuning this option on makes new BPF users to be attached to write-only interface list until program explicitly specifies read filter via .Cm pcap_set_filter() . diff -u bridge.4.orig ./bridge.4 --- bridge.4.orig 2012-05-10 03:41:40.000000000 +0900 +++ ./bridge.4 2012-05-10 03:43:07.000000000 +0900 @@ -410,7 +410,8 @@ .Fx 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 7.0, 7.1, and 7.2 have a bug in the EtherIP protocol. For more details and workaround, see -.Xr gif 4 manual page. +.Xr gif 4 +manual page. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr gif 4 , .Xr ipf 4 , diff -u capsicum.4.orig ./capsicum.4 --- capsicum.4.orig 2012-05-10 03:43:23.000000000 +0900 +++ ./capsicum.4 2012-05-10 03:43:35.000000000 +0900 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ in which access to global OS namespaces (such as the file system and PID namespaces) is restricted; only explicitly delegated rights, referenced by memory mappings or file descriptors, may be used. -Once set, the flag is inherited by future children proceses, and may not be +Once set, the flag is inherited by future children processes, and may not be cleared. .It capabilities File descriptors that wrap other file descriptors, masking operations that can diff -u ch.4.orig ./ch.4 --- ch.4.orig 2012-05-10 03:43:57.000000000 +0900 +++ ./ch.4 2012-05-10 03:44:24.000000000 +0900 @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ This call can be used by applications to query the dimensions of the jukebox before using the .Dv CHIGSTATUS -ioctl to query the jukebox' status. +ioctl to query the jukebox's status. .It Dv CHIOIELEM Perform the .Sy INITIALIZE ELEMENT STATUS @@ -230,7 +230,8 @@ returned in the array of .Vt changer_element_status structures pointed to by the -.Va cesr_element_status field . +.Va cesr_element_status +field. The application must allocate enough memory for .Va cesr_element_count diff -u cpuctl.4.orig ./cpuctl.4 --- cpuctl.4.orig 2012-05-10 03:44:35.000000000 +0900 +++ ./cpuctl.4 2012-05-10 03:45:00.000000000 +0900 @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ .Bl -tag -width Er .It Bq Er ENXIO The operation requested is not supported by the device (e.g. unsupported -architecture or the CPU is disabled) +architecture or the CPU is disabled). .It Bq Er EINVAL Incorrect request was supplied, or microcode image is not correct. .It Bq Er ENOMEM diff -u cxgbe.4.orig ./cxgbe.4 --- cxgbe.4.orig 2012-05-10 03:45:12.000000000 +0900 +++ ./cxgbe.4 2012-05-10 03:45:21.000000000 +0900 @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ The .Nm device driver first appeared in -.Fx 9.0 +.Fx 9.0 . .Sh AUTHORS .An -nosplit The diff -u dcons.4.orig ./dcons.4 --- dcons.4.orig 2012-05-10 03:45:29.000000000 +0900 +++ ./dcons.4 2012-05-10 03:46:21.000000000 +0900 @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ as a .Xr gdb 1 port, add the following line into -.Xr loader.conf 5 +.Xr loader.conf 5 : .Bd -literal -offset indent dcons_gdb="1" .Ed diff -u ddb.4.orig ./ddb.4 --- ddb.4.orig 2012-05-10 03:47:06.000000000 +0900 +++ ./ddb.4 2012-05-10 03:48:08.000000000 +0900 @@ -1031,14 +1031,14 @@ .Pp The very same information might be gathered in the userspace with the help of -.Dq Nm vmstat Fl z +.Dq Nm vmstat Fl z . .\" .Pp .It Ic show Cm unpcb Ar addr Shows UNIX domain socket private control block .Vt struct unpcb present at the address -.Ar addr +.Ar addr . .\" .Pp .It Ic show Cm vmochk diff -u epair.4.orig ./epair.4 --- epair.4.orig 2012-05-10 03:48:16.000000000 +0900 +++ ./epair.4 2012-05-10 03:48:22.000000000 +0900 @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ .Os .Sh NAME .Nm epair -.Nd A pair of virtual back-to-back connected Ethernet interfaces. +.Nd A pair of virtual back-to-back connected Ethernet interfaces .Sh SYNOPSIS To compile this driver into the kernel, place the following line in your diff -u fdt.4.orig ./fdt.4 --- fdt.4.orig 2012-05-10 03:48:47.000000000 +0900 +++ ./fdt.4 2012-05-10 03:49:36.000000000 +0900 @@ -143,8 +143,10 @@ support in the kernel. It covers all low-level and infrastructure parts of .Nm kernel support, which primarily are the -.Xr fdtbus 4 and -.Xr simplebus 4 drivers, as well as helper routines and libraries. +.Xr fdtbus 4 +and +.Xr simplebus 4 +drivers, as well as helper routines and libraries. .It Va makeoptions FDT_DTS_FILE=.dts Specifies a preferred (default) device tree source (DTS) file for a given kernel. The indicated DTS file will be converted (compiled) into a binary form @@ -163,7 +165,7 @@ .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr fdtbus 4 , .Xr openfirm 4 , -.Xr simplebus 4 , +.Xr simplebus 4 .Sh STANDARDS IEEE Std 1275: IEEE Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware: Core Requirements and Practices diff -u fdtbus.4.orig ./fdtbus.4 --- fdtbus.4.orig 2012-05-10 03:49:49.000000000 +0900 +++ ./fdtbus.4 2012-05-10 03:50:21.000000000 +0900 @@ -51,7 +51,8 @@ The .Nm driver provides generic, common infrastructure for all -.Xr fdt 4 oriented device drivers, and its main responsibilities are the +.Xr fdt 4 +oriented device drivers, and its main responsibilities are the following: .Bl -bullet .It @@ -66,7 +67,7 @@ .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr fdt 4 , .Xr openfirm 4 , -.Xr simplebus 4 , +.Xr simplebus 4 .Sh STANDARDS IEEE Std 1275: IEEE Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware: Core Requirements and Practices diff -u gdb.4.orig ./gdb.4 --- gdb.4.orig 2012-05-10 03:50:48.000000000 +0900 +++ ./gdb.4 2012-05-10 03:52:55.000000000 +0900 @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ .It Ic checkmem Check unallocated memory for modifications. This assumes that the kernel has been compiled with -.Cd "options DIAGNOSTIC" +.Cd "options DIAGNOSTIC" . This causes the contents of free memory to be set to .Li 0xdeadc0de . .It Ic dmesg @@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ Firewire connections do not have this problem. .Pp The debugging macros -.Dq "just growed" . +.Dq "just grown" . In general, the person who wrote them did so while looking for a specific problem, so they may not be general enough, and they may behave badly when used in ways for which they were not intended, even if those ways make sense. diff -u ip.4.orig ./ip.4 --- ip.4.orig 2012-05-10 03:53:12.000000000 +0900 +++ ./ip.4 2012-05-10 03:54:00.000000000 +0900 @@ -215,7 +215,8 @@ This is in contrast to the default behavior of the system, which is to transmit undirected broadcasts via the first network interface with the -.Dv IFF_BROADCAST flag set. +.Dv IFF_BROADCAST +flag set. .Pp This option allows applications to choose which interface is used to transmit an undirected broadcast @@ -235,12 +236,14 @@ .Ed .Pp It is the application's responsibility to set the -.Dv IP_TTL option +.Dv IP_TTL +option to an appropriate value in order to prevent broadcast storms. The application must have sufficient credentials to set the .Dv SO_BROADCAST socket level option, otherwise the -.Dv IP_ONESBCAST option has no effect. +.Dv IP_ONESBCAST +option has no effect. .Pp If the .Dv IP_BINDANY @@ -851,4 +854,5 @@ packets received on raw IP sockets had the .Va ip_hl subtracted from the -.Va ip_len field. +.Va ip_len +field. diff -u ipmi.4.orig ./ipmi.4 --- ipmi.4.orig 2012-05-10 03:54:06.000000000 +0900 +++ ./ipmi.4 2012-05-10 03:55:38.000000000 +0900 @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ Possible error values: .Bl -tag -width Er .It Bq Er EFAULT -An address supplied was invalid +An address supplied was invalid. .It Bq Er ENOMEM Buffers could not be allowed for the command, out of memory. .El @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ .Ss Unimplemented Ioctls .Bl -tag -width indent .It Dv IPMICTL_REGISTER_FOR_CMD Pq Vt "struct ipmi_cmdspec" -Register to receive a specific command +Register to receive a specific command. Possible error values: .Bl -tag -width Er .It Bq Er EFAULT @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ Could not allocate memory. .El .It Dv IPMICTL_UNREGISTER_FOR_CMD Pq Vt "struct ipmi_cmdspec" -Unregister to receive a specific command +Unregister to receive a specific command. Possible error values: .Bl -tag -width Er .It Bq Er EFAULT diff -u ipw.4.orig ./ipw.4 --- ipw.4.orig 2012-05-10 03:55:47.000000000 +0900 +++ ./ipw.4 2012-05-10 03:56:16.000000000 +0900 @@ -147,9 +147,9 @@ .Xr wlan_tkip 4 , .Xr wlan_wep 4 , .Xr ifconfig 8 , -.Xr wpa_supplicant 8 . +.Xr wpa_supplicant 8 .Sh AUTHORS The original .Nm driver was written by -.An Damien Bergamini Aq damien.bergamini at free.fr +.An Damien Bergamini Aq damien.bergamini at free.fr . diff -u isci.4.orig ./isci.4 --- isci.4.orig 2012-05-10 03:56:26.000000000 +0900 +++ ./isci.4 2012-05-10 03:56:38.000000000 +0900 @@ -98,7 +98,8 @@ The .Nm driver first appeared in -.Fx 8.3 and 9.1 . +.Fx 8.3 +and 9.1. .Sh AUTHORS .An -nosplit The diff -u isp.4.orig ./isp.4 --- isp.4.orig 2012-05-10 03:57:11.000000000 +0900 +++ ./isp.4 2012-05-10 03:58:54.000000000 +0900 @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ ISP12160). .Pp Fibre Channel support uses FCP SCSI profile for -.Tn FibreChannel . +.Tn FibreChannel , and utilizes Class 3 and Class 2 connections (Qlogic 2100 is Class 3 only, minor patches to the Qlogic 2200 to force Class 2 mode). Support is available for Public and Private loops, and for diff -u iwn.4.orig ./iwn.4 --- iwn.4.orig 2012-05-10 03:59:35.000000000 +0900 +++ ./iwn.4 2012-05-10 03:59:41.000000000 +0900 @@ -179,4 +179,4 @@ The original .Nm driver was written by -.An Damien Bergamini Aq damien.bergamini at free.fr +.An Damien Bergamini Aq damien.bergamini at free.fr . diff -u mac_none.4.orig ./mac_none.4 --- mac_none.4.orig 2012-05-10 04:00:20.000000000 +0900 +++ ./mac_none.4 2012-05-10 04:01:04.000000000 +0900 @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ .Cd "options MAC_NONE" .Ed .Pp -Alternately, to load the sample module at boot time, place the following line +Alternately, to load the none module at boot time, place the following line in your kernel configuration file: .Bd -ragged -offset indent .Cd "options MAC" @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ .Sh DESCRIPTION The .Nm -policy module implements a sample MAC policy that has no effect on +policy module implements a none MAC policy that has no effect on access control in the system. Unlike .Xr mac_stub 4 , diff -u mac_stub.4.orig ./mac_stub.4 --- mac_stub.4.orig 2012-05-10 04:01:12.000000000 +0900 +++ ./mac_stub.4 2012-05-10 04:01:46.000000000 +0900 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ .Nm mac_stub .Nd "MAC policy stub module" .Sh SYNOPSIS -To compile the sample policy +To compile the stub policy into your kernel, place the following lines in your kernel configuration file: .Bd -ragged -offset indent @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ .Cd "options MAC_STUB" .Ed .Pp -Alternately, to load the sample module at boot time, place the following line +Alternately, to load the stub module at boot time, place the following line in your kernel configuration file: .Bd -ragged -offset indent .Cd "options MAC" @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ .Sh DESCRIPTION The .Nm -policy module implements a sample MAC policy that has no effect on +policy module implements a stub MAC policy that has no effect on access control in the system. Unlike .Xr mac_none 4 , diff -u mps.4.orig ./mps.4 --- mps.4.orig 2012-05-10 04:01:55.000000000 +0900 +++ ./mps.4 2012-05-10 04:02:12.000000000 +0900 @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ It only works on little endian machines (e.g. amd64 and i386). .It No userland utility available (e.g. -.Xr mptutil 8) +.Xr mptutil 8 ) . .It The driver probes devices sequentially. If your system has a large number of devices, the probe will take a while. diff -u net80211.4.orig ./net80211.4 --- net80211.4.orig 2012-05-10 04:02:27.000000000 +0900 +++ ./net80211.4 2012-05-10 04:04:22.000000000 +0900 @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ 0 (do not promote, use legacy), 1 (promote to HT20), and -2 (promote to HT40), +2 (promote to HT40). .It Dv IEEE80211_IOC_HTPROTMODE Return, in .Va i_val , @@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ .Va i_val . .It Dv IEEE80211_IOC_NUMWEPKEYS Return the number of WEP keys supported in -.Va i_val +.Va i_val . .It Dv IEEE80211_IOC_POWERSAVE Return the current powersaving mode in .Va i_val . @@ -923,8 +923,8 @@ .Va i_val . .It Dv IEEE80211_IOC_DTIM_PERIOD Set the period (in beacon intervals) between DTIM events to the value in -This request causes a running interface to be restarted. .Va i_val . +This request causes a running interface to be restarted. .It Dv IEEE80211_IOC_DWDS Set whether or not Dynamic WDS support is enabled using the value in .Va i_val . diff -u netmap.4.orig ./netmap.4 --- netmap.4.orig 2012-05-10 04:04:37.000000000 +0900 +++ ./netmap.4 2012-05-10 04:04:47.000000000 +0900 @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ which is in charge of validating information through .Pa ioctl() and -.Pa select()/poll(). +.Pa select()/poll() . .Nm can exploit the parallelism in multiqueue devices and multicore systems. diff -u nfsv4.4.orig ./nfsv4.4 --- nfsv4.4.orig 2012-05-10 04:04:56.000000000 +0900 +++ ./nfsv4.4 2012-05-10 04:05:17.000000000 +0900 @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ .Xr nfsd 8 , .Xr nfsdumpstate 8 , .Xr nfsrevoke 8 , -.Xr nfsuserd 8 , +.Xr nfsuserd 8 .Sh BUGS At this time, there is no recall of delegations for local file system operations. diff -u ng_etf.4.orig ./ng_etf.4 --- ng_etf.4.orig 2012-05-10 04:07:35.000000000 +0900 +++ ./ng_etf.4 2012-05-10 04:07:52.000000000 +0900 @@ -135,7 +135,6 @@ # Filter two random ethertypes to that hook. ngctl 'msg etf: setfilter { matchhook="newproto" ethertype=${MATCH1} } ngctl 'msg etf: setfilter { matchhook="newproto" ethertype=${MATCH2} } -DONE .Ed .Sh SHUTDOWN This node shuts down upon receipt of a diff -u ng_nat.4.orig ./ng_nat.4 --- ng_nat.4.orig 2012-05-10 04:08:19.000000000 +0900 +++ ./ng_nat.4 2012-05-10 04:08:40.000000000 +0900 @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ a node is ready for aliasing operation. .It Dv NGM_NAT_SET_MODE Pq Li setmode Set node's operation mode using supplied -.Vt "struct ng_nat_mode". +.Vt "struct ng_nat_mode" . .Bd -literal struct ng_nat_mode { uint32_t flags; @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ was used (they are effectively replaced by server pool). .It Dv NGM_NAT_LIST_REDIRECTS Pq Li listredirects Return list of configured static redirects as -.Vt "struct ng_nat_list_redirects". +.Vt "struct ng_nat_list_redirects" . .Bd -literal struct ng_nat_listrdrs_entry { uint32_t id; /* Anything except zero */ diff -u ng_netflow.4.orig ./ng_netflow.4 --- ng_netflow.4.orig 2012-05-10 04:08:48.000000000 +0900 +++ ./ng_netflow.4 2012-05-10 04:09:46.000000000 +0900 @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ }; .Ed .Pp -Default is 1500 bytes +Default is 1500 bytes. .It Dv NGM_NETFLOW_SHOW This control message asks a node to dump the entire contents of the flow cache. It is called from @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ The latter sends us a copy of IP packets, which we analyze and free. On .Va fxp0: -we do not use tee, but send packets back to ether node. +we do not use tee, but send packets back to either node. .Bd -literal -offset indent /usr/sbin/ngctl -f- <<-SEQ # connect ng0's tee to iface0 hook diff -u ng_socket.4.orig ./ng_socket.4 --- ng_socket.4.orig 2012-05-10 04:14:11.000000000 +0900 +++ ./ng_socket.4 2012-05-10 04:14:25.000000000 +0900 @@ -93,7 +93,8 @@ and associated with a .Nm node. -.Dv NG_DATA sockets do not automatically +.Dv NG_DATA +sockets do not automatically have nodes associated with them; they are bound to a specific node via the .Xr connect 2 system call. diff -u opie.4.orig ./opie.4 --- opie.4.orig 2012-05-10 04:14:44.000000000 +0900 +++ ./opie.4 2012-05-10 04:15:14.000000000 +0900 @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ or your keystrokes without you knowing it. .SH SEE ALSO -.BR ftpd (8) +.BR ftpd (8), .BR login (1), .BR opie (4), .BR opiekeys (5), diff -u pcm.4.orig ./pcm.4 --- pcm.4.orig 2012-05-10 04:15:22.000000000 +0900 +++ ./pcm.4 2012-05-10 04:16:09.000000000 +0900 @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ Continuation of the bandlimited SINC interpolator, with 100dB stopband, 36 taps and 90% bandwidth as quality values. .It 4 -Continuation of the bandlimited SINC inteprolator, with 100dB stopband, 164 +Continuation of the bandlimited SINC interprolator, with 100dB stopband, 164 taps and 97% bandwidth as quality values. .El .It Va hw.snd.feeder_rate_round @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ Available options include: .Bl -tag -width 2n .It s16le:1.0 -Mono +Mono. .It s16le:2.0 Stereo, 2 channels (left, right). .It s16le:2.1 diff -u pcn.4.orig ./pcn.4 --- pcn.4.orig 2012-05-10 04:16:20.000000000 +0900 +++ ./pcn.4 2012-05-10 04:16:32.000000000 +0900 @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ driver supports the following media options: .Bl -tag -width full-duplex .It full-duplex -Force full duplex operation +Force full duplex operation. .It half-duplex Force half duplex operation. .El diff -u pfsync.4.orig ./pfsync.4 --- pfsync.4.orig 2012-05-10 04:16:47.000000000 +0900 +++ ./pfsync.4 2012-05-10 04:18:27.000000000 +0900 @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ .Os .Sh NAME .Nm pfsync -.Nd packet filter state table sychronisation interface +.Nd packet filter state table synchronisation interface .Sh SYNOPSIS .Cd "device pfsync" .Sh DESCRIPTION diff -u psm.4.orig ./psm.4 --- psm.4.orig 2012-05-10 04:23:00.000000000 +0900 +++ ./psm.4 2012-05-10 04:24:03.000000000 +0900 @@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ .Pp The first line shows the command byte value of the keyboard controller just before the auxiliary port is probed. -It usually is 4D, 45, 47 or 65, depending on how the motherboard BIOS +It usually is 40, 45, 47 or 65, depending on how the motherboard BIOS initialized the keyboard controller upon power-up. .Pp The second line shows the result of the keyboard controller's diff -u rl.4.orig ./rl.4 --- rl.4.orig 2012-05-10 04:24:14.000000000 +0900 +++ ./rl.4 2012-05-10 04:24:25.000000000 +0900 @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ driver supports the following media options: .Bl -tag -width xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx .It full-duplex -Force full duplex operation +Force full duplex operation. .It half-duplex Force half duplex operation. .El diff -u run.4.orig ./run.4 --- run.4.orig 2012-05-10 04:24:37.000000000 +0900 +++ ./run.4 2012-05-10 04:25:03.000000000 +0900 @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ .Xr wlan_xauth 4 , .Xr ifconfig 8 , .Xr hostapd 8 , -.Xr wpa_supplicant 8 . +.Xr wpa_supplicant 8 .Pp Ralink Technology: .Pa http://www.ralinktech.com/ diff -u ses.4.orig ./ses.4 --- ses.4.orig 2012-05-10 04:25:27.000000000 +0900 +++ ./ses.4 2012-05-10 04:25:38.000000000 +0900 @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Get the associated help text for an object (not yet implemented). .Nm devices often have descriptive text for an object which can tell -you things like location (e.g, "left power supply"). +you things like location (e.g., "left power supply"). .It Dv SESIOC_INIT Initialize the enclosure. .El diff -u siftr.4.orig ./siftr.4 --- siftr.4.orig 2012-05-10 04:25:51.000000000 +0900 +++ ./siftr.4 2012-05-10 04:26:43.000000000 +0900 @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ Note: The .Qq \e present in the example log messages in this section indicates a -line continuation and is not part of the actual log message +line continuation and is not part of the actual log message. .Pp The first type of log message is written to the file when the module is enabled and starts collecting data from the running kernel. The text below @@ -169,15 +169,15 @@ .El .Bl -tag -offset indent .It Va tcp_rtt_scale -smoothed RTT estimate scaling factor +smoothed RTT estimate scaling factor. .El .Bl -tag -offset indent .It Va sysname -operating system name +operating system name. .El .Bl -tag -offset indent .It Va sysver -operating system version +operating system version. .El .Bl -tag -offset indent .It Va ipmode diff -u simplebus.4.orig ./simplebus.4 --- simplebus.4.orig 2012-05-10 04:27:41.000000000 +0900 +++ ./simplebus.4 2012-05-10 04:27:58.000000000 +0900 @@ -60,11 +60,12 @@ Note the .Nm does not manage device resources and passes through any requests to the -.Xr fdtbus 4 layer. +.Xr fdtbus 4 +layer. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr fdt 4 , .Xr fdtbus 4 , -.Xr openfirm 4 , +.Xr openfirm 4 .Sh STANDARDS Power.org Standard for Embedded Power Architecture Platform Requirements .Pq Vt ePAPR . diff -u sis.4.orig ./sis.4 --- sis.4.orig 2012-05-10 04:28:04.000000000 +0900 +++ ./sis.4 2012-05-10 04:28:14.000000000 +0900 @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ driver supports the following media options: .Bl -tag -width full-duplex .It full-duplex -Force full duplex operation +Force full duplex operation. .It half-duplex Force half duplex operation. .El diff -u sk.4.orig ./sk.4 --- sk.4.orig 2012-05-10 04:28:22.000000000 +0900 +++ ./sk.4 2012-05-10 04:28:37.000000000 +0900 @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ driver supports the following media options: .Bl -tag -width xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx .It full-duplex -Force full duplex operation +Force full duplex operation. .It half-duplex Force half duplex operation. .El diff -u snd_hda.4.orig ./snd_hda.4 --- snd_hda.4.orig 2012-05-10 04:28:49.000000000 +0900 +++ ./snd_hda.4 2012-05-10 04:29:59.000000000 +0900 @@ -235,10 +235,10 @@ .Pp The sequence numbers 14 and 15 has a special meaning for input associations. Their presence in association defines it as multiplexed or mixed respectively. -If none of them present and there are more then one pin in association, +If none of them present and there are more than one pin in association, the association will provide multichannel input. .Pp -For multichannel input/output assotiations sequence numbers encode +For multichannel input/output associations sequence numbers encode channel pairs positions: 0 - Front, 1 - Center/LFE, 2 - Back, 3 - Front Wide Center, 4 - Side. Standard combinations are: (0) - Stereo; (0, 2), (0, 4) - Quadro; @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ .It Va dev.hdaa.%d.reconfig Setting this to a non-zero value makes driver to destroy existing pcm devices and process new pins configuration set via -.Va dev.hdaa.%d.nid%d_config. +.Va dev.hdaa.%d.nid%d_config . .It Va dev.pcm.%d.play.32bit , dev.pcm.%d.rec.32bit HDA controller uses 32bit representation for all samples of more then 16 bits. These variables allow to specify how many bits of these 32 should be @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ .Pp The .Nm -driver supports more then two hundred different controllers and CODECs. +driver supports more than two hundred different controllers and CODECs. There is no sense to list all of them here, as in most cases specific CODEC configuration and wiring are more important then type of the CODEC itself. .Sh SEE ALSO diff -u snd_hdspe.4.orig ./snd_hdspe.4 --- snd_hdspe.4.orig 2012-05-10 04:30:07.000000000 +0900 +++ ./snd_hdspe.4 2012-05-10 04:30:19.000000000 +0900 @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ .Os .Sh NAME .Nm snd_hdspe -.Nd "RME HDSPe brigde device driver" +.Nd "RME HDSPe bridge device driver" .Sh SYNOPSIS To compile this driver into the kernel, place the following lines in your kernel configuration file: diff -u splash.4.orig ./splash.4 --- splash.4.orig 2012-05-10 04:30:27.000000000 +0900 +++ ./splash.4 2012-05-10 04:31:33.000000000 +0900 @@ -234,8 +234,7 @@ .Pp To load a binary ASCII drawing and display this while booting, include the following into your -.Pa /boot/loader.conf -: +.Pa /boot/loader.conf : .Bd -literal -offset indent splash_txt_load="YES" bitmap_load="YES" diff -u ste.4.orig ./ste.4 --- ste.4.orig 2012-05-10 04:31:45.000000000 +0900 +++ ./ste.4 2012-05-10 04:31:55.000000000 +0900 @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ driver supports the following media options: .Bl -tag -width xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx .It full-duplex -Force full duplex operation +Force full duplex operation. .It half-duplex Force half duplex operation. .El diff -u termios.4.orig ./termios.4 --- termios.4.orig 2012-05-10 04:32:07.000000000 +0900 +++ ./termios.4 2012-05-10 04:32:16.000000000 +0900 @@ -197,7 +197,8 @@ process is orphaned, the .Xr read 2 returns -1 with -.Va errno set to +.Va errno +set to .Er EIO and no signal is sent. diff -u ti.4.orig ./ti.4 --- ti.4.orig 2012-05-10 04:32:31.000000000 +0900 +++ ./ti.4 2012-05-10 04:35:02.000000000 +0900 @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ modes. .It 1000baseSX Set 1000Mbps (Gigabit Ethernet) operation. -Only full +Only .Ar full-duplex mode is supported at this speed. .El @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ driver supports the following media options: .Bl -tag -width xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx .It full-duplex -Force full duplex operation +Force full duplex operation. .It half-duplex Force half duplex operation. .El @@ -240,14 +240,14 @@ A value of 0 means that this parameter is ignored and receive BDs will only be returned when the receive max coalesced BDs value is reached. -The default valus is 170. +The default value is 170. .It Va dev.ti.%d.rx_max_coal_bds This value, receive max coalesced BDs, controls the number of receive buffer descriptors that will be coalesced before the NIC updates the receive return ring producer index. If this value is set to 0 it will disable receive buffer descriptor coalescing. -The default valus is 64. +The default value is 64. .It Va dev.ti.%d.ti_tx_coal_ticks This value, send coalesced ticks, controls the number of clock ticks (of 1 microseconds each) that must elapse before the NIC DMAs @@ -263,9 +263,9 @@ This value, send max coalesced BDs, controls the number of send buffer descriptors that will be coalesced before the NIC updates the send consumer index. -If this valus is set to 0 it will disable send buffer descriptor +If this value is set to 0 it will disable send buffer descriptor coalescing. -The default valus is 32. +The default value is 32. .It Va dev.ti.%d.tx_buf_ratio This value controls the ratio of the remaining memory in the NIC that should be devoted to transmit buffer vs. receive buffer. @@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ The argument is .Vt "struct tg_mem" . .It Dv ALT_READ_TG_REG -Read the requested register on the Tigon board. +Read the requested register from the Tigon board. The argument is .Vt "struct tg_reg" . .It Dv ALT_WRITE_TG_REG diff -u tl.4.orig ./tl.4 --- tl.4.orig 2012-05-10 04:35:05.000000000 +0900 +++ ./tl.4 2012-05-10 04:35:45.000000000 +0900 @@ -82,9 +82,9 @@ Also, the PHY will not advertise those modes that have been explicitly disabled using the following media options. .It 10baseT/UTP -Set 10Mbps operation +Set 10Mbps operation. .It 100baseTX -Set 100Mbps (Fast Ethernet) operation +Set 100Mbps (Fast Ethernet) operation. .It 10base5/AUI Enable AUI/BNC interface (useful only with the built-in PHY). .El @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ driver supports the following media options: .Bl -tag -width xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx .It full-duplex -Force full duplex operation +Force full duplex operation. .It half-duplex Force half duplex operation. .It hw-loopback diff -u tws.4.orig ./tws.4 --- tws.4.orig 2012-05-10 04:35:53.000000000 +0900 +++ ./tws.4 2012-05-10 04:36:14.000000000 +0900 @@ -74,13 +74,13 @@ .Xr loader.conf 5 . .Bl -tag -width "hw.tws.use_32bit_sgls" .It Va hw.tws.cam_depth -The maximium queued CAM SIM requests for one controller. +The maximum queued CAM SIM requests for one controller. The default value is 256. .It Va hw.tws.enable_msi This tunable enables MSI support on the controller if set to a non-zero value. The default value is 0. .It Va hw.tws.queue_depth -The maximium queued requests for one controller. +The maximum queued requests for one controller. .It Va hw.tws.use_32bit_sgls Limit the driver to use only 32-bit SG elements regardless whether the operating system is running in 64-bit mode. diff -u uhso.4.orig ./uhso.4 --- uhso.4.orig 2012-05-10 04:36:22.000000000 +0900 +++ ./uhso.4 2012-05-10 04:36:48.000000000 +0900 @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ This behavior can be disabled by setting .Va hw.usb.uhso.auto_switch to 0 using -.Xr sysctl 8 +.Xr sysctl 8 . .Sh FILES .Bl -tag -width "XXXXXX" .It Pa /dev/cuaU?.? diff -u ulpt.4.orig ./ulpt.4 --- ulpt.4.orig 2012-05-10 04:37:45.000000000 +0900 +++ ./ulpt.4 2012-05-10 04:38:40.000000000 +0900 @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ The bits in the minor number select various features of the driver. .Bl -column "Minor Bit" "Functionxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx" -offset indent .Em "Minor Bit Function" -64 "Do not initialize (reset) the device on the port." +64 Do not initialize (reset) the device on the port. .El .Pp Some printers cannot handle the reset on open; in case of problems try the diff -u umcs.4.orig ./umcs.4 --- umcs.4.orig 2012-05-10 04:39:14.000000000 +0900 +++ ./umcs.4 2012-05-10 04:39:31.000000000 +0900 @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ Different ports on device are presented as sub-units, like .Pa /dev/ttyU0.1 and -.Pa /dev/ttyU0.2 +.Pa /dev/ttyU0.2 . .Sh HARDWARE The .Nm diff -u uslcom.4.orig ./uslcom.4 --- uslcom.4.orig 2012-05-10 04:40:21.000000000 +0900 +++ ./uslcom.4 2012-05-10 04:40:43.000000000 +0900 @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ .Sh DESCRIPTION The .Nm -driver supports Silicon Laboratories CP2101/CP2102 based serial adapters. +driver supports Silicon Laboratories CP2101/CP2102 based USB serial adapters. .Sh HARDWARE The following devices should work with the .Nm diff -u vr.4.orig ./vr.4 --- vr.4.orig 2012-05-10 04:40:58.000000000 +0900 +++ ./vr.4 2012-05-10 04:41:18.000000000 +0900 @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ driver supports the following media options: .Bl -tag -width xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx .It full-duplex -Force full duplex operation +Force full duplex operation. .It half-duplex Force half duplex operation. .El diff -u watchdog.4.orig ./watchdog.4 --- watchdog.4.orig 2012-05-10 04:42:58.000000000 +0900 +++ ./watchdog.4 2012-05-10 04:43:58.000000000 +0900 @@ -38,6 +38,7 @@ .Nm facility is used for controlling hardware and software watchdogs. .Pp +The interface is through a device .Pa /dev/fido responds to a single .Xr ioctl 2 diff -u wb.4.orig ./wb.4 --- wb.4.orig 2012-05-10 04:44:07.000000000 +0900 +++ ./wb.4 2012-05-10 04:44:16.000000000 +0900 @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ driver supports the following media options: .Bl -tag -width xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx .It full-duplex -Force full duplex operation +Force full duplex operation. .It half-duplex Force half duplex operation. .El diff -u wpi.4.orig ./wpi.4 --- wpi.4.orig 2012-05-10 04:44:25.000000000 +0900 +++ ./wpi.4 2012-05-10 04:45:13.000000000 +0900 @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ .Nm driver provides support for the .Tn Intel -3945ABG Wireless network adapter +3945ABG Wireless network adapter. .Nm supports .Cm station , @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ .Xr wlan_tkip 4 , .Xr wlan_wep 4 , .Xr ifconfig 8 , -.Xr wpa_supplicant 8 . +.Xr wpa_supplicant 8 .Sh AUTHORS .An -nosplit The original diff -u xl.4.orig ./xl.4 --- xl.4.orig 2012-05-10 04:45:23.000000000 +0900 +++ ./xl.4 2012-05-10 04:45:43.000000000 +0900 @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ driver supports the following media options: .Bl -tag -width xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx .It full-duplex -Force full duplex operation +Force full duplex operation. .It half-duplex Force half duplex operation. .El diff -u xnb.4.orig ./xnb.4 --- xnb.4.orig 2012-05-10 04:50:57.000000000 +0900 +++ ./xnb.4 2012-05-10 04:52:13.000000000 +0900 @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Runs a builtin suite of unit tests and displays the results. Does not affect the operation of the driver in any way. Note that the test suite simulates error conditions; this will result in -error messages being printed to the system system log. +error messages being printed to the system log. .El .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr arp 4 , @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ .Aq alans at spectralogic.com and .An John Suykerbuyk -.Aq johns at spectralogic.com +.Aq johns at spectralogic.com . .Sh CAVEATS Packets sent through Xennet pass over shared memory, so the protocol includes no form of link-layer checksum or CRC. @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ .Pp For this reason, it is recommended that if .Nm -is bridged to a physcal interface, then transmit checksum offloading should be +is bridged to a physical interface, then transmit checksum offloading should be disabled on the netfront. The Xennet protocol does not have any mechanism for the netback to request the netfront to do this; the operator must do it manually. >Release-Note: >Audit-Trail: >Unformatted: From gyurkasz at mail.datanet.hu Thu May 10 16:10:14 2012 From: gyurkasz at mail.datanet.hu (=?iso-8859-1?q?Sz=E1ra_Gy=F6rgy_Antal?=) Date: Thu, 10 May 2012 16:25:53 +0200 Subject: Install on 64 bit assembly Message-ID: <201205101625.53359.gyurkasz@mail.datanet.hu> Give me some hint please, so as to may install either a 8.2 or 9.0 release of t?pe 64 bit. To my sarrow I have got a new (Intel) EM64T CPU PC. My desktop includes a G41- VGS3 R 2.0 ASRock motherboard. The PC case is sealed to prevent unauthorized intruders but after throrough study on the enclosed guide I could conclude that its VGA may be on board integrated with Intel chipset. Allthogh I have yet several of release 32 bit release installed I failed with 64 bit system so far.Trying to install either 8.2 or 9.0 release FreeBSD I proceed through the whole Sysinstall or BSDinstall program. After the reboot however altogether once I have reached in text mode operation only. Remarkably the open referred motherboard assembly resist all my attempts to accomodate even the X11 directories. I read in the hardware requirements of the new handbook notice that certain 64 bit assembly with nVida VGA must be disabled the IO APIC in BIOS.As I get know after my study my case is quite different from the case with nVida VGA mantioned in the introductory advice in handbook. I would be grateful to you From gjb at FreeBSD.org Thu May 10 16:16:23 2012 From: gjb at FreeBSD.org (gjb at FreeBSD.org) Date: Thu, 10 May 2012 16:16:23 GMT Subject: docs/167776: gnroff mandoc style, usage mistakes or typos. (man4) Message-ID: <201205101616.q4AGGN4s003614@freefall.freebsd.org> Synopsis: gnroff mandoc style, usage mistakes or typos. (man4) Responsible-Changed-From-To: freebsd-doc->gjb Responsible-Changed-By: gjb Responsible-Changed-When: Thu May 10 16:16:13 UTC 2012 Responsible-Changed-Why: Take. http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=167776 From kogane at jp.freebsd.org Fri May 11 19:40:16 2012 From: kogane at jp.freebsd.org (Nobuyuki Koganemaru) Date: Sat, 12 May 2012 04:36:42 +0900 (JST) Subject: docs/167804: gnroff mandoc style, usage mistakes or typos. (man5) Message-ID: <20120511193642.CAE2028424@kcesx30.koganemaru.co.jp> >Number: 167804 >Category: docs >Synopsis: gnroff mandoc style, usage mistakes or typos. (man5) >Confidential: no >Severity: non-critical >Priority: low >Responsible: freebsd-doc >State: open >Quarter: >Keywords: >Date-Required: >Class: doc-bug >Submitter-Id: current-users >Arrival-Date: Fri May 11 19:40:14 UTC 2012 >Closed-Date: >Last-Modified: >Originator: Nobuyuki Koganemaru >Release: FreeBSD 10.0-CURRENT >Organization: KOGANEMARU Computer Engineering Service Corporation. >Environment: System: FreeBSD kcesx31.koganemaru.co.jp 8.2-RELEASE-p6 FreeBSD 8.2-RELEASE-p6 #0: Tue Apr 24 03:49:22 JST 2012 root at kcesx31.koganemaru.co.jp:/usr/obj/usr/src.82/sys/GENERIC i386 >Description: man5 >How-To-Repeat: none. >Fix: corrected files: amd.conf.5: $Id: amd.conf.5,v 1.39.2.5 2006/04/21 01:12:04 ezk Exp $ $FreeBSD: src/contrib/amd/scripts/amd.conf.5,v 1.20 2007/12/07 20:16:20 ru Exp $ device.hints.5: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man5/device.hints.5,v 1.13 2010/10/20 04:53:03 maxim Exp $ hast.conf.5: $FreeBSD: src/sbin/hastd/hast.conf.5,v 1.21 2012/01/24 23:43:13 pjd Exp $ hostapd.conf.5: $FreeBSD: src/usr.sbin/wpa/hostapd/hostapd.conf.5,v 1.6 2012/04/27 15:35:09 theraven Exp $ ippool.5: $FreeBSD: src/contrib/ipfilter/man/ippool.5,v 1.3 2007/10/18 21:52:12 darrenr Exp $ iscsi.conf.5: $FreeBSD: src/sbin/iscontrol/iscsi.conf.5,v 1.9 2012/04/13 18:21:56 jpaetzel Exp $ jail.conf.5: $FreeBSD: src/usr.sbin/jail/jail.conf.5,v 1.2 2012/04/27 23:39:21 jamie Exp $ libarchive-formats.5: $FreeBSD: src/contrib/libarchive/libarchive/libarchive-formats.5,v 1.4 2012/02/25 10:58:02 mm Exp $ login.conf.5: $FreeBSD: src/lib/libutil/login.conf.5,v 1.67 2012/03/30 12:34:34 joel Exp $ make.conf.5: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man5/make.conf.5,v 1.150 2012/05/02 21:50:13 eadler Exp $ nsmb.conf.5: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man5/nsmb.conf.5,v 1.3 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ ntp.conf.5: $FreeBSD: src/usr.sbin/ntp/doc/ntp.conf.5,v 1.26 2011/12/30 10:58:14 uqs Exp $ pf.conf.5: $FreeBSD: src/contrib/pf/man/pf.conf.5,v 1.17 2011/06/28 11:57:25 bz Exp $ $OpenBSD: pf.conf.5,v 1.406 2009/01/31 19:37:12 sobrado Exp $ portsnap.conf.5: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man5/portsnap.conf.5,v 1.4 2008/05/17 16:26:27 cperciva Exp $ rc.conf.5: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man5/rc.conf.5,v 1.409 2012/05/07 02:50:52 stas Exp $ src.conf.5: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man5/src.conf.5,v 1.64 2012/04/29 09:37:02 kib Exp $ ssh_config.5: $OpenBSD: ssh_config.5,v 1.153 2011/08/02 01:22:11 djm Exp $ $FreeBSD: src/crypto/openssh/ssh_config.5,v 1.33 2011/10/05 22:08:17 des Exp $ sshd_config.5: $OpenBSD: sshd_config.5,v 1.135 2011/08/02 01:22:11 djm Exp $ $FreeBSD: src/crypto/openssh/sshd_config.5,v 1.40 2012/02/13 11:59:59 ed Exp $ termcap.5: $FreeBSD: src/share/termcap/termcap.5,v 1.30 2012/03/25 09:23:10 joel Exp $ wpa_supplicant.conf.5: $FreeBSD: src/usr.sbin/wpa/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant.conf.5,v 1.15 2011/02/20 17:54:49 imp Exp $ patch files: diff -u src/contrib/amd/scripts/amd.conf.5.orig src/contrib/amd/scripts/amd.conf.5 --- src/contrib/amd/scripts/amd.conf.5.orig 2012-05-12 03:32:25.000000000 +0900 +++ src/contrib/amd/scripts/amd.conf.5 2012-05-12 03:39:15.000000000 +0900 @@ -709,11 +709,11 @@ option, but for all UDP mounts only. .It Va nfs_retry_interval_tcp Pq numeric, default=8 Same as the -.It nfs_retry_interval +.Va nfs_retry_interval option, but for all TCP mounts only. .It Va nfs_retry_interval_toplvl Pq numeric, default=8 Same as the -.It nfs_retry_interval +.Va nfs_retry_interval option, but only for .Nm amd Ns 's top-level UDP mounts. diff -u src/share/man/man5/dice.hints.5,v.orig src/share/man/man5/dice.hints.5,v --- src/share/man/man5/dice.hints.5,v.orig 2012-05-12 03:39:32.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/man/man5/dice.hints.5,v 2012-05-12 03:39:47.000000000 +0900 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ .Xr kenv 1 , .Xr loader.conf 5 , .Xr loader 8 , -.Xr resource_int_value 9 . +.Xr resource_int_value 9 .Sh HISTORY The .Nm diff -u src/sbin/hastd/hast.conf.5.orig src/sbin/hastd/hast.conf.5 --- src/sbin/hastd/hast.conf.5.orig 2012-05-12 03:40:04.000000000 +0900 +++ src/sbin/hastd/hast.conf.5 2012-05-12 03:40:32.000000000 +0900 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ .Xr hastd 8 daemon and the .Xr hastctl 8 -utility. +utility .Sh DESCRIPTION The .Nm @@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ .Xr gethostname 3 , .Xr geom 4 , .Xr hastctl 8 , -.Xr hastd 8 . +.Xr hastd 8 .Sh AUTHORS The .Nm diff -u src/usr.sbin/wpa/hostapd/hostapd.conf.5.orig src/usr.sbin/wpa/hostapd/hostapd.conf.5 --- src/usr.sbin/wpa/hostapd/hostapd.conf.5.orig 2012-05-12 03:41:09.000000000 +0900 +++ src/usr.sbin/wpa/hostapd/hostapd.conf.5 2012-05-12 03:43:22.000000000 +0900 @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ used and the SSID is changed. .It Va wpa_psk_file Optionally, WPA PSKs can be read from a separate text file (containing a -list of (PSK,MAC address) pairs. +list of PSK,MAC address pairs). .It Va wpa_key_mgmt Set of accepted key management algorithms (WPA-PSK, WPA-EAP, or both). .It Va wpa_pairwise diff -u src/contrib/ipfilter/man/ippool.5.orig src/contrib/ipfilter/man/ippool.5 --- src/contrib/ipfilter/man/ippool.5.orig 2012-05-12 03:43:32.000000000 +0900 +++ src/contrib/ipfilter/man/ippool.5 2012-05-12 03:43:43.000000000 +0900 @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ When a pool is defined in the configuration file, it must have an associated role. At present the only supported role is .B ipf. -Future development will see futher expansion of their use by other sections +Future development will see further expansion of their use by other sections of IPFilter code. .SH EXAMPLES The following examples show how the pool configuration file is used with diff -u src/sbin/iscontrol/iscsi.conf.5.orig src/sbin/iscontrol/iscsi.conf.5 --- src/sbin/iscontrol/iscsi.conf.5.orig 2012-05-12 03:43:52.000000000 +0900 +++ src/sbin/iscontrol/iscsi.conf.5 2012-05-12 03:44:10.000000000 +0900 @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ is the name by which the target is known, not to be confused with target address, either obtained via the target administrator, or from a -.Em discovery session. +.Em discovery session . .It Cm InitiatorName if not specified, defaults to .Sy iqn.2005-01.il.ac.huji.cs: @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ This value can only be reduced. .It Cm sockbufsize sets the receiver and transmitter socket buffer size to -.Em size, +.Em size , in kilobytes. The default is 128. .El diff -u src/usr.sbin/jail/jail.conf.5.orig src/usr.sbin/jail/jail.conf.5 --- src/usr.sbin/jail/jail.conf.5.orig 2012-05-12 03:44:28.000000000 +0900 +++ src/usr.sbin/jail/jail.conf.5 2012-05-12 03:46:53.000000000 +0900 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ configuration file consists of one or more jail definitions statements, and parameter or variable statements within those jail definitions. A jail definition statement looks something like a C compound statement. -A parameter statement looks like a C assigment, +A parameter statement looks like a C assignment, including a terminating semicolon. .Pp The general syntax of a jail definition is: @@ -101,17 +101,17 @@ the syntax of the configuration file (such as a semicolon or whitespace). If a value contains anything more than letters, numbers, dots, dashes -and undescores, it is advisable to put quote marks around that value. +and underscores, it is advisable to put quote marks around that value. Either single or double quotes may be used. .Pp -Special characters may be quoted by preceeding them with a backslash. +Special characters may be quoted by preceding them with a backslash. Common C-style backslash character codes are also supported, including control characters and octal or hex ASCII codes. A backslash at the end of a line will ignore the subsequent newline and continue the string at the start of the next line. .Ss Variables A string may use shell-style variable substitution. -A parameter or variable name preceeded by a dollar sign, and possibly +A parameter or variable name preceded by a dollar sign, and possibly enclosed in braces, will be replaced with the value of that parameter or variable. For example, a jail's path may be defined in terms of its name or @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ path = "/var/jail/${host.hostname}"; .Ed .Pp -Variable substition occurs in unquoted tokens or in double-quoted +Variable substitution occurs in unquoted tokens or in double-quoted strings, but not in single-quote strings. .Pp A variable is defined in the same way a parameter is, except that the @@ -205,6 +205,7 @@ mount.nodevfs; persist; // Required because there are no processes } +.Ed .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr jail_set 2 .Xr jail 8 diff -u src/contrib/libarche/libarchive/libarchive-formats.5,v.orig src/contrib/libarche/libarchive/libarchive-formats.5,v --- src/contrib/libarche/libarchive/libarchive-formats.5,v.orig 2012-05-12 03:47:12.000000000 +0900 +++ src/contrib/libarche/libarchive/libarchive-formats.5,v 2012-05-12 03:49:00.000000000 +0900 @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ the basic tar format. These extensions are recognized automatically whenever they appear. .Bl -tag -width indent -.It Numeric extensions. +.It Numeric extensions The POSIX standards require fixed-length numeric fields to be written with some character position reserved for terminators. Libarchive allows these fields to be written without terminator characters. @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ .Xr mkdir 1 , and .Xr sed 1 . -It is suitable for portably archiving small collections of plain text files. +It is suitable for portable archiving small collections of plain text files. However, it is not generally well-suited for large archives (many implementations of .Xr sh 1 diff -u src/lib/libutil/login.conf.5.orig src/lib/libutil/login.conf.5 --- src/lib/libutil/login.conf.5.orig 2012-05-12 03:49:10.000000000 +0900 +++ src/lib/libutil/login.conf.5 2012-05-12 03:49:26.000000000 +0900 @@ -209,7 +209,8 @@ The syntax is the same as for the .Fl l argument of -.Xr cpuset 1 or the word +.Xr cpuset 1 +or the word .Ql default . If set to .Ql default diff -u src/share/man/man5/make.conf.5.orig src/share/man/man5/make.conf.5 --- src/share/man/man5/make.conf.5.orig 2012-05-12 03:49:40.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/man/man5/make.conf.5 2012-05-12 03:50:21.000000000 +0900 @@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ The value should include the full path to the .Pa .mc file(s), e.g., -.Pa /etc/mail/foo.mc +.Pa /etc/mail/foo.mc , .Pa /etc/mail/bar.mc . .It Va SENDMAIL_ALIASES .Pq Vt str diff -u src/share/man/man5/nsmb.conf.5.orig src/share/man/man5/nsmb.conf.5 --- src/share/man/man5/nsmb.conf.5.orig 2012-05-12 03:50:32.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/man/man5/nsmb.conf.5 2012-05-12 03:51:28.000000000 +0900 @@ -96,7 +96,6 @@ .Bl -tag -width ".Pa /etc/nsmb.conf" .It Pa /etc/nsmb.conf The default remote mount-point configuration file. -.Pa "~/nsmb.conf" .It Pa ~/nsmb.conf The user specific remote mount-point configuration file. .El diff -u src/usr.sbin/ntp/doc/ntp.conf.5.orig src/usr.sbin/ntp/doc/ntp.conf.5 --- src/usr.sbin/ntp/doc/ntp.conf.5.orig 2012-05-12 03:51:42.000000000 +0900 +++ src/usr.sbin/ntp/doc/ntp.conf.5 2012-05-12 04:06:54.000000000 +0900 @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ All packets sent to and received from the server or peer are to include authentication fields encrypted using the autokey scheme described in -.Sx Authentication Options . +.Sx Authentication Commands . .It Cm burst when the server is reachable, send a burst of eight packets instead of the usual one. @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ .It Cm minpoll Ar minpoll .It Cm maxpoll Ar maxpoll These options specify the minimum and maximum poll intervals -for NTP messages, as a power of 2 in seconds +for NTP messages, as a power of 2 in seconds. The maximum poll interval defaults to 10 (1,024 s), but can be increased by the .Cm maxpoll @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ to avoid accidental or malicious disruption in this mode, both the server and client should operate using symmetric-key or public-key authentication as described in -.Sx Authentication Options . +.Sx Authentication Commands . .It Ic manycastserver Ar address ... This command enables reception of manycast client messages to the multicast group address(es) (type m) specified. @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ accidental or malicious disruption in this mode, both the server and client should operate using symmetric-key or public-key authentication as described in -.Sx Authentication Options . +.Sx Authentication Commands . .It Ic multicastclient Ar address ... This command enables reception of multicast server messages to the multicast group address(es) (type m) specified. @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ in order to avoid accidental or malicious disruption in this mode, both the server and client should operate using symmetric-key or public-key authentication as described in -.Sx Authentication Options . +.Sx Authentication Commands . .El .Sh Authentication Support Authentication support allows the NTP client to verify that the @@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ Furthermore, the Autokey scheme requires a preliminary protocol exchange to obtain the server certificate, verify its -credentials and initialize the protocol +credentials and initialize the protocol. .Pp The .Cm auth @@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ all of which are bound together by the protocol specifically to deflect masquerade attacks. For this reason Autokey -includes the source and destinatino IP addresses in message digest +includes the source and destination IP addresses in message digest computations and so the same addresses must be available at both the server and client. For this reason operation @@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ a subject key identifier or a issuer key identifier field; however, an extended key usage field for a trusted host must contain the value -.Cm trustRoot ; . +.Cm trustRoot . Other extension fields are ignored. .Ss Authentication Commands .Bl -tag -width indent @@ -1068,10 +1068,10 @@ The first two fields show the date (Modified Julian Day) and time (seconds and fraction past UTC midnight). The next field shows the peer -address in dotted-quad notation, The final message field includes the +address in dotted-quad notation. The final message field includes the message type and certain ancillary information. See the -.Sx Authentication Options +.Sx Authentication Commands section for further information. .It Cm loopstats Enables recording of loop filter statistics information. @@ -1155,7 +1155,7 @@ .It Packets received Cm 81965 Total number of packets received. .It Packets processed Cm 0 -Number of packets received in response to previous packets sent +Number of packets received in response to previous packets sent. .It Current version Cm 9546 Number of packets matching the current NTP version. .It Previous version Cm 56 @@ -1461,7 +1461,7 @@ spacing, while the .Cm minimum subcommand specifies the minimum packet spacing. -Packets that violate these minima are discarded +Packets that violate these minimum are discarded and a kiss-o'-death packet returned if enabled. The default minimum average and minimum are 5 and 2, respectively. @@ -1775,7 +1775,7 @@ servers which can be found by manycast client associations. Because manycast servers respond only when the client stratum is equal to or greater than the server stratum, -primary (stratum 1) servers fill find only primary servers +primary (stratum 1) servers will find only primary servers in TTL range, which is probably the most common objective. However, unless configured otherwise, all manycast clients in TTL range will eventually find all primary servers @@ -1955,7 +1955,7 @@ This value defaults to 1, but can be changed to any number from 1 to 15. .It Cm minclock Ar minclock -The clustering algorithm repeatedly casts out outlyer +The clustering algorithm repeatedly casts out outerlayer associations until no more than .Cm minclock associations remain. @@ -1965,7 +1965,7 @@ .It Cm minsane Ar minsane This is the minimum number of candidates available to the clock selection algorithm in order to produce -one or more truechimers for the clustering algorithm. +one or more true chimers for the clustering algorithm. If fewer than this number are available, the clock is undisciplined and allowed to run free. The default is 1 diff -u src/contrib/pf/man/pf.conf.5.orig src/contrib/pf/man/pf.conf.5 --- src/contrib/pf/man/pf.conf.5.orig 2012-05-12 04:07:05.000000000 +0900 +++ src/contrib/pf/man/pf.conf.5 2012-05-12 04:07:16.000000000 +0900 @@ -3053,7 +3053,7 @@ .Ar group and .Ar user -filter parameter in conjuction with a Giant-free netstack +filter parameter in conjunction with a Giant-free netstack can result in a deadlock. A workaround is available under the .Va debug.pfugidhack diff -u src/share/man/man5/portsnap.conf.5.orig src/share/man/man5/portsnap.conf.5 --- src/share/man/man5/portsnap.conf.5.orig 2012-05-12 04:07:40.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/man/man5/portsnap.conf.5 2012-05-12 04:08:16.000000000 +0900 @@ -47,7 +47,8 @@ This is equivalent to the .Fl s Ar server option to -.Xr portsnap 8 , and will be ignored if the command-line +.Xr portsnap 8 , +and will be ignored if the command-line option is used. .Pp A line of the form @@ -58,7 +59,8 @@ This is equivalent to the .Fl k Ar KEY option to -.Xr portsnap 8 , and will be ignored if the command-line +.Xr portsnap 8 , +and will be ignored if the command-line option is used. .Pp A line of the form @@ -68,7 +70,8 @@ This is equivalent to the .Fl d Ar workdir option to -.Xr portsnap 8 , and will be ignored if the command-line option +.Xr portsnap 8 , +and will be ignored if the command-line option is used. .Pp A line of the form @@ -82,7 +85,8 @@ This is equivalent to the .Fl p Ar portsdir option to -.Xr portsnap 8 , and will be ignored if the command-line option +.Xr portsnap 8 , +and will be ignored if the command-line option is used. .Pp If more than one line of any of the above forms is included in diff -u src/share/man/man5/rc.conf.5.orig src/share/man/man5/rc.conf.5 --- src/share/man/man5/rc.conf.5.orig 2012-05-12 04:08:29.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/man/man5/rc.conf.5 2012-05-12 04:12:29.000000000 +0900 @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ this variable should be set to an empty string. If this value remains unset when the system is done booting your console login will display the default hostname of -.Dq Amnesiac. +.Dq Amnesiac . .It Va nisdomainname .Pq Vt str The NIS domain name of this host, or @@ -1299,6 +1299,7 @@ ifconfig_net0="inet 192.0.2.1 netmask 0xffffff00" .Ed .It Va ipv6_enable +.Pq Vt bool This variable is deprecated. Use .Va ifconfig_ Ns Ao Ar interface Ac Ns _ipv6 @@ -1306,7 +1307,6 @@ .Va ipv6_activate_all_interfaces if necessary. .Pp -.Pq Vt bool If the variable is .Dq Li YES , .Dq Li inet6 accept_rtadv @@ -1317,12 +1317,12 @@ is defined as .Dq Li YES . .It Va ipv6_prefer +.Pq Vt bool This variable is deprecated. Use .Va ip6addrctl_policy instead. .Pp -.Pq Vt bool If the variable is .Dq Li YES , the default address selection policy table set by @@ -3286,9 +3286,10 @@ daemon is started for a non-default port, the .Va "moused_" Ns Ar XXX Ns Va "_flags" set of options has precedence over and replaces the default -.Va moused_flags (where +.Va moused_flags +(where .Ar XXX -is the name of the non-default port, i.e.\& +is the name of the non-default port, i.g.\& .Ar ums0 ) . By setting .Va "moused_" Ns Ar XXX Ns Va "_flags" diff -u src/share/man/man5/src.conf.5.orig src/share/man/man5/src.conf.5 --- src/share/man/man5/src.conf.5.orig 2012-05-12 04:12:37.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/man/man5/src.conf.5 2012-05-12 04:14:50.000000000 +0900 @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ .It Va WITHOUT_BINUTILS .\" from FreeBSD: head/tools/build/options/WITHOUT_BINUTILS 222090 2011-05-19 05:13:25Z imp Set to not install binutils (as, c++-filt, gconv, gnu-ar, gnu-randlib, -ld, nm, objcopy, objdump, readelf, size and strip) +ld, nm, objcopy, objdump, readelf, size and strip). .Bf -symbolic The option does not generally work for build targets, unless some alternative toolchain is enabled. @@ -291,12 +291,10 @@ .It Va WITH_CLANG_IS_CC .\" from FreeBSD: head/tools/build/options/WITH_CLANG_IS_CC 232322 2012-02-29 22:58:51Z dim Set to install the Clang C/C++ compiler as -.Pa /usr/bin/cc -, +.Pa /usr/bin/cc , .Pa /usr/bin/c++ and -.Pa /usr/bin/cpp -. +.Pa /usr/bin/cpp . .It Va WITHOUT_CPP .\" from FreeBSD: head/tools/build/options/WITHOUT_CPP 156932 2006-03-21 07:50:50Z ru Set to not build @@ -897,7 +895,7 @@ The set includes .Xr cc 1 , .Xr make 1 -and neccessary utilites like assembler, linker and library archive manager. +and necessarily utilities like assembler, linker and library archive manager. .It Va WITHOUT_SOURCELESS .\" from FreeBSD: head/tools/build/options/WITHOUT_SOURCELESS 230972 2012-02-04 00:54:43Z rmh Set to not build kernel modules that include sourceless code (either microcode or native code for host CPU). @@ -1015,7 +1013,7 @@ Set to not build ZFS file system. .It Va WITHOUT_ZONEINFO .\" from FreeBSD: head/tools/build/options/WITHOUT_ZONEINFO 171994 2007-08-27 20:01:08Z remko -Set to not build the timezone database +Set to not build the timezone database. .El .Sh FILES .Bl -tag -compact diff -u src/crypto/openssh/ssh_config.5.orig src/crypto/openssh/ssh_config.5 --- src/crypto/openssh/ssh_config.5.orig 2012-05-12 04:15:07.000000000 +0900 +++ src/crypto/openssh/ssh_config.5 2012-05-12 04:16:39.000000000 +0900 @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ be disclosed. The default is .Dq no . -Note that existing names and addresses in known hosts files +Note that existing names and addresses in known_hosts files will not be converted automatically, but may be manually hashed using .Xr ssh-keygen 1 . @@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ .Dq no . .It Cm PKCS11Provider Specifies which PKCS#11 provider to use. -The argument to this keyword is the PKCS#11 shared library +The argument to this keyword is the PKCS#11 shared library. .Xr ssh 1 should use to communicate with a PKCS#11 token providing the user's private RSA key. diff -u src/crypto/openssh/sshd_config.5.orig src/crypto/openssh/sshd_config.5 --- src/crypto/openssh/sshd_config.5.orig 2012-05-12 04:16:49.000000000 +0900 +++ src/crypto/openssh/sshd_config.5 2012-05-12 04:17:04.000000000 +0900 @@ -818,7 +818,8 @@ is .Dq yes , the root user may be allowed in with its password even if -.Cm PermitRootLogin is set to +.Cm PermitRootLogin +is set to .Dq without-password . .Pp If this option is set to diff -u src/share/termcap/termcap.5.orig src/share/termcap/termcap.5 --- src/share/termcap/termcap.5.orig 2012-05-12 04:18:52.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/termcap/termcap.5 2012-05-12 04:24:23.000000000 +0900 @@ -1821,7 +1821,7 @@ .Sy \&ts and .Sy \&fs . -.Pf ( Xr \&fs +.Pf ( Sy \&fs must leave the cursor position in the same place that it was before .Sy \&ts . If necessary, the @@ -2067,7 +2067,7 @@ .Pp Other specific terminal problems may be corrected by adding more capabilities of the form -.Sy x Em x . +.Sy x Ns Em x . .Ss Similar Terminals If there are two very similar terminals, one can be defined as being just like the other with certain exceptions. diff -u src/usr.sbin/wpa/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant.conf.5.orig src/usr.sbin/wpa/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant.conf.5 --- src/usr.sbin/wpa/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant.conf.5.orig 2012-05-12 04:25:02.000000000 +0900 +++ src/usr.sbin/wpa/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant.conf.5 2012-05-12 04:25:51.000000000 +0900 @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ If the .Va dh_file is in DSA parameters format, it will be automatically converted -into DH params. +into DH parameters. .It Va subject_match Substring to be matched against the subject of the authentication server certificate. @@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ fragmented. .It Li sim_min_num_chal=3 can be used to configure EAP-SIM to require three -challenges (by default, it accepts 2 or 3) +challenges (by default, it accepts 2 or 3). .It Li fast_provisioning=1 option enables in-line provisioning of EAP-FAST credentials (PAC). >Release-Note: >Audit-Trail: >Unformatted: From gjb at FreeBSD.org Fri May 11 19:45:04 2012 From: gjb at FreeBSD.org (gjb at FreeBSD.org) Date: Fri, 11 May 2012 19:45:04 GMT Subject: docs/167804: gnroff mandoc style, usage mistakes or typos. (man5) Message-ID: <201205111945.q4BJj48P023694@freefall.freebsd.org> Synopsis: gnroff mandoc style, usage mistakes or typos. (man5) Responsible-Changed-From-To: freebsd-doc->gjb Responsible-Changed-By: gjb Responsible-Changed-When: Fri May 11 19:44:51 UTC 2012 Responsible-Changed-Why: Take. http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=167804 From bryan at shatow.net Sat May 12 03:00:24 2012 From: bryan at shatow.net (Bryan Drewery) Date: Fri, 11 May 2012 21:43:06 -0500 Subject: docs/167810: [PATCH] src/share/man: Fix repeated words Message-ID: <20120512025006.0D4A0106564A@hub.freebsd.org> >Number: 167810 >Category: docs >Synopsis: [PATCH] src/share/man: Fix repeated words >Confidential: no >Severity: non-critical >Priority: low >Responsible: freebsd-doc >State: open >Quarter: >Keywords: >Date-Required: >Class: doc-bug >Submitter-Id: current-users >Arrival-Date: Sat May 12 03:00:23 UTC 2012 >Closed-Date: >Last-Modified: >Originator: Bryan Drewery >Release: FreeBSD 8.3-RELEASE i386 >Organization: >Environment: >Description: Fixes repeated words in the following manpages: share/man/man4/ath.4 share/man/man4/mk48txx.4 share/man/man4/mwl.4 share/man/man4/ng_patch.4 share/man/man4/ste.4 share/man/man4/vge.4 share/man/man4/xnb.4 share/man/man7/tuning.7 share/man/man9/VOP_GETACL.9 share/man/man9/VOP_GETEXTATTR.9 share/man/man9/VOP_SETACL.9 share/man/man9/VOP_SETEXTATTR.9 share/man/man9/locking.9 share/man/man9/store.9 Found with textproc/igor >How-To-Repeat: >Fix: --- patch-repeated-mans.txt begins here --- diff --git share/man/man4/ath.4 share/man/man4/ath.4 index e145853..63eb98d 100644 --- share/man/man4/ath.4 +++ share/man/man4/ath.4 @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ ifconfig wlan0 meshid my_mesh mode 11a inet 192.168.0.10/24 .Ed .Pp Create two virtual 802.11a host-based access points, one with -with WEP enabled and one with no security, and bridge them to +WEP enabled and one with no security, and bridge them to the fxp0 (wired) device: .Bd -literal -offset indent ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0 wlanmode hostap \e @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ The request to the HAL to set up the transmit queue for normal data frames failed. This should not happen. .It "ath%d: unable to setup a beacon xmit queue!" -The request to the HAL to set up the transmit queue for 802.11 beacon frames +The request to the HAL to set up the transmit queue for 802.11 beacon frames failed. This should not happen. .It "ath%d: 802.11 address: %s" diff --git share/man/man4/mk48txx.4 share/man/man4/mk48txx.4 index 66f9519..303ccc9 100644 --- share/man/man4/mk48txx.4 +++ share/man/man4/mk48txx.4 @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ function. The offset into the control registers of the .Tn Mostek chip, -which is set by the the +which is set by the .Fn mk48txx_attach function. .It Fa sc_year0 diff --git share/man/man4/mwl.4 share/man/man4/mwl.4 index 62dc29e..910ae08 100644 --- share/man/man4/mwl.4 +++ share/man/man4/mwl.4 @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev mwl0 wlanmode mesh ifconfig wlan0 meshid my_mesh mode 11a inet 192.168.0.10/24 .Ed .Pp -Create two virtual 802.11a host-based access points, one with +Create two virtual 802.11a host-based access points, one with WEP enabled and one with no security, and bridge them to the fxp0 (wired) device: .Bd -literal -offset indent diff --git share/man/man4/ng_patch.4 share/man/man4/ng_patch.4 index e223c39..b1ddf4a 100644 --- share/man/man4/ng_patch.4 +++ share/man/man4/ng_patch.4 @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ node allows to modify TTL and TOS/DSCP fields in IP packets. Suppose you have two adjacent simplex links to remote network (e.g.\& satellite), so that the packets expiring in between will generate unwanted ICMP-replies which have to go forth, not back. -Thus you need to raise TTL of every packet entering link link by 2 +Thus you need to raise TTL of every packet entering link by 2 to ensure the TTL will not reach zero there. So you setup .Xr ipfw 8 diff --git share/man/man4/ste.4 share/man/man4/ste.4 index 02644ae..f8de43e 100644 --- share/man/man4/ste.4 +++ share/man/man4/ste.4 @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ Maximum number of time to delay RX interrupts. The valid range is 0 to 209712 in units of 1us, the default is 150 (150us). The value 0 effectively disables the RX interrupt moderation. -The resolution of of timer is about 3.2us so finer tuning than +The resolution of timer is about 3.2us so finer tuning than 3.2us wouldn't be available. The interface does not need to be brought down and up again before a change takes effect. diff --git share/man/man4/vge.4 share/man/man4/vge.4 index 5d48850..f8fd8f7 100644 --- share/man/man4/vge.4 +++ share/man/man4/vge.4 @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ tunables: Maximum number of time to delay interrupts. The valid range is 0 to 5100 in units of 1us, the default is 150 (150us). -The resolution of of timer is about 20us so finer tuning than +The resolution of timer is about 20us so finer tuning than 20us wouldn't be available. The interface should be brought down and up again before a change takes effect. diff --git share/man/man4/xnb.4 share/man/man4/xnb.4 index d4ebae8..64d01d6 100644 --- share/man/man4/xnb.4 +++ share/man/man4/xnb.4 @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ get traffic statistics. Runs a builtin suite of unit tests and displays the results. Does not affect the operation of the driver in any way. Note that the test suite simulates error conditions; this will result in -error messages being printed to the system system log. +error messages being printed to the system log. .El .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr arp 4 , diff --git share/man/man7/tuning.7 share/man/man7/tuning.7 index a3aa296..b859c28 100644 --- share/man/man7/tuning.7 +++ share/man/man7/tuning.7 @@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ the content of mapped buffer to the reader. Increasing this value to a higher setting, such as `25165824' might improve performance on systems where space for mapping pipe buffers is quickly exhausted. -This exhaustion is not fatal; however, and it will only cause pipes to +This exhaustion is not fatal; however, and it will only cause pipes to fall back to using double-copy. .Pp The diff --git share/man/man9/VOP_GETACL.9 share/man/man9/VOP_GETACL.9 index d230340..6dbaca2 100644 --- share/man/man9/VOP_GETACL.9 +++ share/man/man9/VOP_GETACL.9 @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Otherwise, an appropriate error code is returned. .It Bq Er EINVAL The ACL type passed is invalid for this vnode. .It Bq Er EACCES -The the caller does not have the appropriate privilege. +The caller does not have the appropriate privilege. .It Bq Er ENOMEM Sufficient memory is not available to fulfill the request. .It Bq Er EOPNOTSUPP diff --git share/man/man9/VOP_GETEXTATTR.9 share/man/man9/VOP_GETEXTATTR.9 index cf00d26..e3abcb9 100644 --- share/man/man9/VOP_GETEXTATTR.9 +++ share/man/man9/VOP_GETEXTATTR.9 @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Otherwise, an appropriate error code is returned. .It Bq Er ENOATTR The requested attribute was not defined for this vnode. .It Bq Er EACCES -The the caller does not have the appropriate privilege. +The caller does not have the appropriate privilege. .It Bq Er ENXIO The request was not valid in this file system for the specified vnode and attribute name. diff --git share/man/man9/VOP_SETACL.9 share/man/man9/VOP_SETACL.9 index 482d289..b587771 100644 --- share/man/man9/VOP_SETACL.9 +++ share/man/man9/VOP_SETACL.9 @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ Otherwise, an appropriate error code is returned. .It Bq Er EINVAL The ACL type passed is invalid for this vnode, or the ACL data is invalid. .It Bq Er EACCES -The the caller does not have the appropriate privilege. +The caller does not have the appropriate privilege. .It Bq Er ENOMEM Sufficient memory is not available to fulfill the request. .It Bq Er EOPNOTSUPP diff --git share/man/man9/VOP_SETEXTATTR.9 share/man/man9/VOP_SETEXTATTR.9 index 4bc5387..29f8cc2 100644 --- share/man/man9/VOP_SETEXTATTR.9 +++ share/man/man9/VOP_SETEXTATTR.9 @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ Otherwise, an appropriate error code is returned. .Sh ERRORS .Bl -tag -width Er .It Bq Er EACCES -The the caller does not have the appropriate privilege. +The caller does not have the appropriate privilege. .It Bq Er ENXIO The request was not valid in this file system for the specified vnode and attribute name. diff --git share/man/man9/locking.9 share/man/man9/locking.9 index 00478bf..871dffe 100644 --- share/man/man9/locking.9 +++ share/man/man9/locking.9 @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ This is often a bad idea because it generally relies on the programmer having good knowledge of all of the call graph above the place where .Fn mtx_sleep is being called and assumptions the calling code has made. -Because the lock gets dropped during sleep, one one must re-test all +Because the lock gets dropped during sleep, one must re-test all the assumptions that were made before, all the way up the call graph to the place where the lock was acquired. .Pp diff --git share/man/man9/store.9 share/man/man9/store.9 index e3297e1..d333eff 100644 --- share/man/man9/store.9 +++ share/man/man9/store.9 @@ -76,13 +76,13 @@ Stores a byte of data to the user-space address Stores a word of data to the user-space address .Pa base . .It Fn suword16 -Stores 16 bits of of data to the user-space address +Stores 16 bits of data to the user-space address .Pa base . .It Fn suword32 -Stores 32 bits of of data to the user-space address +Stores 32 bits of data to the user-space address .Pa base . .It Fn suword64 -Stores 64 bits of of data to the user-space address +Stores 64 bits of data to the user-space address .Pa base . .It Fn suswintr Stores a short word of data to the user-space address --- patch-repeated-mans.txt ends here --- >Release-Note: >Audit-Trail: >Unformatted: From gjb at FreeBSD.org Sat May 12 03:03:41 2012 From: gjb at FreeBSD.org (gjb at FreeBSD.org) Date: Sat, 12 May 2012 03:03:41 GMT Subject: docs/167810: [PATCH] src/share/man: Fix repeated words Message-ID: <201205120303.q4C33fcb065068@freefall.freebsd.org> Synopsis: [PATCH] src/share/man: Fix repeated words Responsible-Changed-From-To: freebsd-doc->gjb Responsible-Changed-By: gjb Responsible-Changed-When: Sat May 12 03:03:30 UTC 2012 Responsible-Changed-Why: Take. http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=167810 From gjb at FreeBSD.org Sat May 12 18:11:59 2012 From: gjb at FreeBSD.org (gjb at FreeBSD.org) Date: Sat, 12 May 2012 18:11:58 GMT Subject: docs/153738: [patch] Docuement requirement to alter some sysctls when using igb(4) with jumbo frames. Message-ID: <201205121811.q4CIBwno017934@freefall.freebsd.org> Synopsis: [patch] Docuement requirement to alter some sysctls when using igb(4) with jumbo frames. State-Changed-From-To: open->patched State-Changed-By: gjb State-Changed-When: Sat May 12 18:11:20 UTC 2012 State-Changed-Why: Committed the most recent patch received, thanks! Responsible-Changed-From-To: freebsd-doc->gjb Responsible-Changed-By: gjb Responsible-Changed-When: Sat May 12 18:11:20 UTC 2012 Responsible-Changed-Why: Take. http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=153738 From peter at rulingia.com Sun May 13 02:40:05 2012 From: peter at rulingia.com (Peter Jeremy) Date: Sun, 13 May 2012 12:39:02 +1000 (EST) Subject: docs/167832: [patch] swapon(2) (and elsewhere) refer to non-existent block devices Message-ID: <201205130239.q4D2d2W0077886@server.rulingia.com> >Number: 167832 >Category: docs >Synopsis: [patch] swapon(2) (and elsewhere) refer to non-existent block devices >Confidential: no >Severity: non-critical >Priority: low >Responsible: freebsd-doc >State: open >Quarter: >Keywords: >Date-Required: >Class: doc-bug >Submitter-Id: current-users >Arrival-Date: Sun May 13 02:40:04 UTC 2012 >Closed-Date: >Last-Modified: >Originator: Peter Jeremy >Release: FreeBSD 8.2-STABLE amd64 >Organization: n/a >Environment: System: FreeBSD server.rulingia.com 8.2-STABLE FreeBSD 8.2-STABLE #15: Thu Feb 2 11:02:29 EST 2012 root at server.vk2pj.dyndns.org:/var/obj/usr/src/sys/server amd64 Same issues still exist in head. >Description: swapon(2) states "The swapon() system call makes the block device special available to the system" but block devices haven't existed in FreeBSD for something like a decade. There's a similar error in the description of the ENOTBLK error. Looking further, I've found lots of similar references to block devices. >How-To-Repeat: man 2 swapon intro mount >Fix: In all 3 man pages, what is actually wanted is a disk device - either real or virtual via md(4). The following patches use "disk" in place of "block" for all relevant non-contrib references. Note that I am unclear of the correct fix to: tools/debugscripts/gdbinit.kernel share/man/man4/xen.4 share/man/man4/virtio_blk.4 share/man/man9/vnode.9 Index: sys/sys/errno.h =================================================================== --- sys/sys/errno.h (revision 235336) +++ sys/sys/errno.h (working copy) @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ #define EACCES 13 /* Permission denied */ #define EFAULT 14 /* Bad address */ #ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE -#define ENOTBLK 15 /* Block device required */ +#define ENOTBLK 15 /* Disk device required */ #endif #define EBUSY 16 /* Device busy */ #define EEXIST 17 /* File exists */ Index: sys/security/audit/audit_bsm_errno.c =================================================================== --- sys/security/audit/audit_bsm_errno.c (revision 235336) +++ sys/security/audit/audit_bsm_errno.c (working copy) @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ { BSM_ERRNO_ENOMEM, ENOMEM, ES("Cannot allocate memory") }, { BSM_ERRNO_EACCES, EACCES, ES("Permission denied") }, { BSM_ERRNO_EFAULT, EFAULT, ES("Bad address") }, - { BSM_ERRNO_ENOTBLK, ENOTBLK, ES("Block device required") }, + { BSM_ERRNO_ENOTBLK, ENOTBLK, ES("Disk device required") }, { BSM_ERRNO_EBUSY, EBUSY, ES("Device busy") }, { BSM_ERRNO_EEXIST, EEXIST, ES("File exists") }, { BSM_ERRNO_EXDEV, EXDEV, ES("Cross-device link") }, Index: lib/libgeom/geom_util.c =================================================================== --- lib/libgeom/geom_util.c (revision 235336) +++ lib/libgeom/geom_util.c (working copy) @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ static char *g_device_path_open(const char *, int *, int); /* - * Open the given provider and at least check if this is a block device. + * Open the given provider and at least check if this is a disk device. */ int g_open(const char *name, int dowrite) Index: lib/libufs/block.c =================================================================== --- lib/libufs/block.c (revision 235336) +++ lib/libufs/block.c (working copy) @@ -71,15 +71,15 @@ } cnt = pread(disk->d_fd, p2, size, (off_t)(blockno * disk->d_bsize)); if (cnt == -1) { - ERROR(disk, "read error from block device"); + ERROR(disk, "read error from disk device"); goto fail; } if (cnt == 0) { - ERROR(disk, "end of file from block device"); + ERROR(disk, "end of file from disk device"); goto fail; } if ((size_t)cnt != size) { - ERROR(disk, "short read or read error from block device"); + ERROR(disk, "short read or read error from disk device"); goto fail; } if (p2 != data) { @@ -128,11 +128,11 @@ if (p2 != NULL) free(p2); if (cnt == -1) { - ERROR(disk, "write error to block device"); + ERROR(disk, "write error to disk device"); return (-1); } if ((size_t)cnt != size) { - ERROR(disk, "short write to block device"); + ERROR(disk, "short write to disk device"); return (-1); } Index: lib/libc/sys/mount.2 =================================================================== --- lib/libc/sys/mount.2 (revision 235336) +++ lib/libc/sys/mount.2 (working copy) @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ The .Fa fspec argument -is not a block device. +is not a disk device. .It Bq Er ENXIO The major device number of .Fa fspec Index: lib/libc/sys/swapon.2 =================================================================== --- lib/libc/sys/swapon.2 (revision 235336) +++ lib/libc/sys/swapon.2 (working copy) @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ The .Fn swapon system call -makes the block device +makes the disk device .Fa special available to the system for allocation for paging and swapping. @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ The .Fa special argument -is not a block device. +is not a disk device. .It Bq Er EBUSY The device specified by .Fa special Index: lib/libc/sys/intro.2 =================================================================== --- lib/libc/sys/intro.2 (revision 235336) +++ lib/libc/sys/intro.2 (working copy) @@ -156,8 +156,12 @@ .It Er 14 EFAULT Em "Bad address" . The system detected an invalid address in attempting to use an argument of a call. -.It Er 15 ENOTBLK Em "Block device required" . -A block device operation was attempted on a non-block device or file. +.It Er 15 ENOTBLK Em "Disk device required" . +A disk device operation was attempted on a non-disk device or file. +Disk devices include both physical disks and virtual disks created +using the +.Xr md 4 +device. .It Er 16 EBUSY Em "Device busy" . An attempt to use a system resource which was in use at the time in a manner which would have conflicted with the request. Index: lib/libc/gen/errlst.c =================================================================== --- lib/libc/gen/errlst.c (revision 235336) +++ lib/libc/gen/errlst.c (working copy) @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ "Cannot allocate memory", /* 12 - ENOMEM */ "Permission denied", /* 13 - EACCES */ "Bad address", /* 14 - EFAULT */ - "Block device required", /* 15 - ENOTBLK */ + "Disk device required", /* 15 - ENOTBLK */ "Device busy", /* 16 - EBUSY */ "File exists", /* 17 - EEXIST */ "Cross-device link", /* 18 - EXDEV */ Index: lib/libc/nls/C.msg =================================================================== --- lib/libc/nls/C.msg (revision 235336) +++ lib/libc/nls/C.msg (working copy) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ $ EFAULT 14 Bad address $ ENOTBLK -15 Block device required +15 Disk device required $ EBUSY 16 Device busy $ EEXIST Index: share/examples/mdoc/example.9 =================================================================== --- share/examples/mdoc/example.9 (revision 235336) +++ share/examples/mdoc/example.9 (working copy) @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ .It Bq Er EFAULT Bad address. .It Bq Er ENOTBLK -Block device required. +Disk device required. .It Bq Er EBUSY Device busy. .It Bq Er EEXIST Index: share/examples/mdoc/example.3 =================================================================== --- share/examples/mdoc/example.3 (revision 235336) +++ share/examples/mdoc/example.3 (working copy) @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ .It Bq Er EFAULT Bad address. .It Bq Er ENOTBLK -Block device required. +Disk device required. .It Bq Er EBUSY Device busy. .It Bq Er EEXIST Index: share/man/man4/mmcsd.4 =================================================================== --- share/man/man4/mmcsd.4 (revision 235336) +++ share/man/man4/mmcsd.4 (working copy) @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ .Sh DESCRIPTION The .Nm -driver implements direct access block device for MMC and SD memory cards. +driver implements direct access disk device for MMC and SD memory cards. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr mmc 4 , .Xr at91_mci 4 , Index: share/man/man4/arcmsr.4 =================================================================== --- share/man/man4/arcmsr.4 (revision 235336) +++ share/man/man4/arcmsr.4 (working copy) @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ .Sh FILES .Bl -tag -width ".Pa /dev/arcmsr?" -compact .It Pa /dev/da? -Array block device +Array disk device .It Pa /dev/arcmsr? Management interface .El Index: sys/security/audit/audit_bsm_errno.c =================================================================== --- sys/security/audit/audit_bsm_errno.c (revision 235336) +++ sys/security/audit/audit_bsm_errno.c (working copy) @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ { BSM_ERRNO_ENOMEM, ENOMEM, ES("Cannot allocate memory") }, { BSM_ERRNO_EACCES, EACCES, ES("Permission denied") }, { BSM_ERRNO_EFAULT, EFAULT, ES("Bad address") }, - { BSM_ERRNO_ENOTBLK, ENOTBLK, ES("Block device required") }, + { BSM_ERRNO_ENOTBLK, ENOTBLK, ES("Disk device required") }, { BSM_ERRNO_EBUSY, EBUSY, ES("Device busy") }, { BSM_ERRNO_EEXIST, EEXIST, ES("File exists") }, { BSM_ERRNO_EXDEV, EXDEV, ES("Cross-device link") }, Index: sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h =================================================================== --- sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h (revision 235336) +++ sys/xen/interface/io/blkif.h (working copy) @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ * Default Value: 0 * Notes: 4, 5 * - * The offset, in bytes from the beginning of the virtual block device, + * The offset, in bytes from the beginning of the virtual disk device, * to the first, addressable, discard extent on the underlying device. * * discard-granularity Index: sys/ufs/ufs/ufsmount.h =================================================================== --- sys/ufs/ufs/ufsmount.h (revision 235336) +++ sys/ufs/ufs/ufsmount.h (working copy) @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ struct cdev *um_dev; /* device mounted */ struct g_consumer *um_cp; struct bufobj *um_bo; /* Buffer cache object */ - struct vnode *um_devvp; /* block device mounted vnode */ + struct vnode *um_devvp; /* disk device mounted vnode */ u_long um_fstype; /* type of filesystem */ struct fs *um_fs; /* pointer to superblock */ struct ufs_extattr_per_mount um_extattr; /* extended attrs */ Index: sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_vnops.c =================================================================== --- sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_vnops.c (revision 235336) +++ sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_vnops.c (working copy) @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ /* Drain IO to see if we're done. */ bufobj_wwait(bo, 0, 0); /* - * Block devices associated with filesystems may have new I/O + * Disk devices associated with filesystems may have new I/O * requests posted for them even if the vnode is locked, so no * amount of trying will get them clean. We make several passes * as a best effort. Index: sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_softdep.c =================================================================== --- sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_softdep.c (revision 235336) +++ sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_softdep.c (working copy) @@ -1821,7 +1821,7 @@ struct ufsmount *ump; /* - * Alternately flush the block device associated with the mount + * Alternately flush the disk device associated with the mount * point and process any dependencies that the flushing * creates. We continue until no more worklist dependencies * are found. @@ -11848,7 +11848,7 @@ } /* - * Flush all the dirty bitmaps associated with the block device + * Flush all the dirty bitmaps associated with the disk device * before flushing the rest of the dirty blocks so as to reduce * the number of dependencies that will have to be rolled back. * Index: sys/fs/ext2fs/ext2_mount.h =================================================================== --- sys/fs/ext2fs/ext2_mount.h (revision 235336) +++ sys/fs/ext2fs/ext2_mount.h (working copy) @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ struct ext2mount { struct mount *um_mountp; /* filesystem vfs structure */ struct cdev *um_dev; /* device mounted */ - struct vnode *um_devvp; /* block device mounted vnode */ + struct vnode *um_devvp; /* disk device mounted vnode */ struct m_ext2fs *um_e2fs; /* EXT2FS */ #define em_e2fsb um_e2fs->e2fs Index: sys/fs/ntfs/ntfs_vfsops.c =================================================================== --- sys/fs/ntfs/ntfs_vfsops.c (revision 235336) +++ sys/fs/ntfs/ntfs_vfsops.c (working copy) @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ /* * Not an update, or updating the name: look up the name - * and verify that it refers to a sensible block device. + * and verify that it refers to a sensible disk device. */ NDINIT(&ndp, LOOKUP, FOLLOW | LOCKLEAF, UIO_SYSSPACE, from, td); err = namei(&ndp); Index: sys/fs/ntfs/ntfs.h =================================================================== --- sys/fs/ntfs/ntfs.h (revision 235336) +++ sys/fs/ntfs/ntfs.h (working copy) @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ struct bootfile ntm_bootfile; struct g_consumer *ntm_cp; struct bufobj *ntm_bo; - struct vnode *ntm_devvp; /* block device mounted vnode */ + struct vnode *ntm_devvp; /* disk device mounted vnode */ struct vnode *ntm_sysvn[NTFS_SYSNODESNUM]; u_int32_t ntm_bpmftrec; uid_t ntm_uid; Index: sys/fs/cd9660/cd9660_vfsops.c =================================================================== --- sys/fs/cd9660/cd9660_vfsops.c (revision 235336) +++ sys/fs/cd9660/cd9660_vfsops.c (working copy) @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ } /* * Not an update, or updating the name: look up the name - * and verify that it refers to a sensible block device. + * and verify that it refers to a sensible disk device. */ NDINIT(&ndp, LOOKUP, FOLLOW | LOCKLEAF, UIO_SYSSPACE, fspec, td); if ((error = namei(&ndp))) Index: sys/fs/hpfs/hpfs_vfsops.c =================================================================== --- sys/fs/hpfs/hpfs_vfsops.c (revision 235336) +++ sys/fs/hpfs/hpfs_vfsops.c (working copy) @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ /* * Not an update, or updating the name: look up the name - * and verify that it refers to a sensible block device. + * and verify that it refers to a sensible disk device. */ NDINIT(&ndp, LOOKUP, FOLLOW | LOCKLEAF, UIO_SYSSPACE, from, td); err = namei(&ndp); Index: sys/kern/vfs_subr.c =================================================================== --- sys/kern/vfs_subr.c (revision 235336) +++ sys/kern/vfs_subr.c (working copy) @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ * not waste disk bandwidth being created and removed. To realize this, * we append vnodes to a "workitem" queue. When running with a soft * updates implementation, most pending metadata dependencies should - * not wait for more than a few seconds. Thus, mounted on block devices + * not wait for more than a few seconds. Thus, mounted on disk devices * are delayed only about a half the time that file data is delayed. * Similarly, directory updates are more critical, so are only delayed * about a third the time that file data is delayed. Thus, there are Index: sys/powerpc/powerpc/dump_machdep.c =================================================================== --- sys/powerpc/powerpc/dump_machdep.c (revision 235336) +++ sys/powerpc/powerpc/dump_machdep.c (working copy) @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ dumpsize += fileofs; hdrgap = fileofs - DEV_ALIGN(hdrsz); - /* For block devices, determine the dump offset on the device. */ + /* For disk devices, determine the dump offset on the device. */ if (di->mediasize > 0) { if (di->mediasize < SIZEOF_METADATA + dumpsize + sizeof(kdh) * 2) { Index: sys/mips/include/param.h =================================================================== --- sys/mips/include/param.h (revision 235336) +++ sys/mips/include/param.h (working copy) @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ #define dtoc(x) ((x) >> (PAGE_SHIFT - DEV_BSHIFT)) /* - * Map a ``block device block'' to a file system block. + * Map a ``disk device block'' to a file system block. * This should be device dependent, and should use the bsize * field from the disk label. * For now though just use DEV_BSIZE. Index: sys/conf/NOTES =================================================================== --- sys/conf/NOTES (revision 235336) +++ sys/conf/NOTES (working copy) @@ -112,9 +112,9 @@ options DFLDSIZ=(1024UL*1024*1024) # -# BLKDEV_IOSIZE sets the default block size used in user block +# BLKDEV_IOSIZE sets the default block size used in user disk # device I/O. Note that this value will be overridden by the label -# when specifying a block device from a label with a non-0 +# when specifying a disk device from a label with a non-0 # partition blocksize. The default is PAGE_SIZE. # options BLKDEV_IOSIZE=8192 @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ # # MAXPHYS and DFLTPHYS # -# These are the maximal and safe 'raw' I/O block device access sizes. +# These are the maximal and safe 'raw' I/O disk device access sizes. # Reads and writes will be split into MAXPHYS chunks for known good # devices and DFLTPHYS for the rest. Some applications have better # performance with larger raw I/O access sizes. Note that certain VM Index: sys/pc98/cbus/fdc.c =================================================================== --- sys/pc98/cbus/fdc.c (revision 235336) +++ sys/pc98/cbus/fdc.c (working copy) @@ -1291,7 +1291,7 @@ } /* - * Block device driver interface functions (interspersed with even more + * Disk device driver interface functions (interspersed with even more * auxiliary functions). */ static int Index: sys/sys/param.h =================================================================== --- sys/sys/param.h (revision 235336) +++ sys/sys/param.h (working copy) @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ #define DEV_BSIZE (1<Release-Note: >Audit-Trail: >Unformatted: From eadler at FreeBSD.org Sun May 13 22:22:23 2012 From: eadler at FreeBSD.org (eadler at FreeBSD.org) Date: Sun, 13 May 2012 22:22:22 GMT Subject: docs/167832: [patch] swapon(2) (and elsewhere) refer to non-existent block devices Message-ID: <201205132222.q4DMMMwo027411@freefall.freebsd.org> Synopsis: [patch] swapon(2) (and elsewhere) refer to non-existent block devices Responsible-Changed-From-To: freebsd-doc->eadler Responsible-Changed-By: eadler Responsible-Changed-When: Sun May 13 22:22:22 UTC 2012 Responsible-Changed-Why: I'll take it. http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=167832 From eadler at FreeBSD.org Sun May 13 22:22:26 2012 From: eadler at FreeBSD.org (eadler at FreeBSD.org) Date: Sun, 13 May 2012 22:22:25 GMT Subject: docs/163742: [patch] document failok mount(8) option Message-ID: <201205132222.q4DMMPoY027477@freefall.freebsd.org> Synopsis: [patch] document failok mount(8) option Responsible-Changed-From-To: freebsd-doc->eadler Responsible-Changed-By: eadler Responsible-Changed-When: Sun May 13 22:22:24 UTC 2012 Responsible-Changed-Why: I'll take it. http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=163742 From avilla at FreeBSD.org Mon May 14 08:40:02 2012 From: avilla at FreeBSD.org (Alberto Villa) Date: Mon, 14 May 2012 08:33:53 GMT Subject: docs/167864: [patch] Update KDE documentation in Handbook and Porter's Handbook Message-ID: <201205140833.q4E8XrGQ099781@red.freebsd.org> >Number: 167864 >Category: docs >Synopsis: [patch] Update KDE documentation in Handbook and Porter's Handbook >Confidential: no >Severity: non-critical >Priority: low >Responsible: freebsd-doc >State: open >Quarter: >Keywords: >Date-Required: >Class: doc-bug >Submitter-Id: current-users >Arrival-Date: Mon May 14 08:40:01 UTC 2012 >Closed-Date: >Last-Modified: >Originator: Alberto Villa >Release: >Organization: >Environment: >Description: KDE documentation is quite outdated both in the Handbook and in the Porter's Handbook. The attached patch updates it and cleans it up, and fixes a serious documentation bug within the KDM section. >How-To-Repeat: >Fix: Patch attached with submission follows: Index: handbook/x11/chapter.sgml =================================================================== RCS file: /home/dcvs/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/x11/chapter.sgml,v retrieving revision 1.212 diff -u -r1.212 chapter.sgml --- handbook/x11/chapter.sgml 16 Feb 2012 05:06:57 -0000 1.212 +++ handbook/x11/chapter.sgml 14 May 2012 08:30:41 -0000 @@ -1323,9 +1323,9 @@ Several replacements for the default XDM program exist. One of them, - kdm (bundled with + KDM (bundled with KDE) is described later in this - chapter. The kdm display manager offers many visual + chapter. The KDM display manager offers many visual improvements and cosmetic frills, as well as the functionality to allow users to choose their window manager of choice at login time. @@ -1460,7 +1460,7 @@ Yet another option is to configure the display manager to allow choosing the window manager at login time; the section on KDE details - explains how to do this for kdm, the + explains how to do this for KDM, the display manager of KDE. @@ -1504,7 +1504,7 @@ Internationalization: KDE - is available in more than 40 languages + is available in more than 55 languages @@ -1525,13 +1525,15 @@ can be found on the KDE website. For FreeBSD specific information and resources on KDE, consult - the KDE on FreeBSD - team's website. + the KDE/FreeBSD + initiative's website. - There are two versions of KDE available on FreeBSD. Version 3 - has been around for a long time, and is very mature. Version 4, - the next generation, is also available in the Ports Collection. - They can even be installed side by side. + There are two versions of KDE available + on FreeBSD. Version 3 has been around for a long time, and is still + available in the Ports Collection though it's now unmaintained and + partially broken. Version 4 is punctually updated and is the default + choice for KDE users. They can even be + installed side by side. @@ -1541,12 +1543,12 @@ other desktop environment, the software can be easily installed from a package or the Ports Collection: - To install the KDE3 package + To install the KDE 3 package from the network, simply type: &prompt.root; pkg_add -r kde - To install the KDE4 package + To install the KDE 4 package from the network, simply type: &prompt.root; pkg_add -r kde4 @@ -1554,13 +1556,13 @@ &man.pkg.add.1; will automatically fetch the latest version of the application. - To build KDE3 from source, + To build KDE 3 from source, use the ports tree: &prompt.root; cd /usr/ports/x11/kde3 &prompt.root; make install clean - To build KDE4 from source, + To build KDE 4 from source, use the ports tree: &prompt.root; cd /usr/ports/x11/kde4 @@ -1571,12 +1573,12 @@ instead of the default window manager. This is accomplished by editing the .xinitrc file: - For KDE3: - + For KDE 3: + &prompt.user; echo "exec startkde" > ~/.xinitrc - For KDE4: - + For KDE 4: + &prompt.user; echo "exec /usr/local/kde4/bin/startkde" > ~/.xinitrc Now, whenever the X Window System is invoked with @@ -1587,7 +1589,7 @@ XDM is being used, the configuration is slightly different. Edit the .xsession file instead. Instructions - for kdm are described later in + for KDM are described later in this chapter. @@ -1618,28 +1620,28 @@ XDM can be used, as described earlier. However, KDE includes an - alternative, kdm, which is designed + alternative, KDM, which is designed to look more attractive and include more login-time options. In particular, users can easily choose (via a menu) which desktop environment (KDE, GNOME, or something else) to run after logging on. - To enable kdm, different files + To enable KDM, different files need to be edited depending on the version of KDE. - For KDE3, the ttyv8 + For KDE 3, the ttyv8 entry in /etc/ttys has to be adapted as follows: ttyv8 "/usr/local/bin/kdm -nodaemon" xterm on secure - For KDE4, you have to add the - following lines to /etc/rc.conf: + For KDE 4, you have to mount + &man.procfs.5; and add the following line to + /etc/rc.conf: - local_startup="${local_startup} /usr/local/kde4/etc/rc.d" -kdm4_enable="YES" + kdm4_enable="YES" Index: porters-handbook/book.sgml =================================================================== RCS file: /home/dcvs/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook/book.sgml,v retrieving revision 1.1186 diff -u -r1.1186 book.sgml --- porters-handbook/book.sgml 2 May 2012 10:21:37 -0000 1.1186 +++ porters-handbook/book.sgml 14 May 2012 08:30:44 -0000 @@ -1742,8 +1742,7 @@ kde* Ports from the K Desktop Environment - (KDE) Project. + url="http://www.kde.org">KDE Project. @@ -6004,7 +6003,8 @@ QTNONSTANDARD Suppress modification of CONFIGURE_ENV, - CONFIGURE_ARGS, and + CONFIGURE_ARGS, + CPPFLAGS and MAKE_ENV. @@ -6019,30 +6019,26 @@ QT_COMPONENTS - Specify tool and library dependencies for Qt4. + Specify tool and library dependencies for Qt 4. See below for details. UIC Set to the path of uic - (read-only variable). Default set according to - USE_QT_VER value. + (read-only variable). QMAKE Set to the path of qmake - (read-only variable). Default set according to - USE_QT_VER value. + (read-only variable). QMAKESPEC Set to the path of configuration file for - qmake (read-only variable). - Default set according to - USE_QT_VER value. + qmake (read-only variable). @@ -6056,8 +6052,9 @@ --with-qt-libraries=${QT_PREFIX}/lib \ --with-extra-libs=${LOCALBASE}/lib \ --with-extra-includes=${LOCALBASE}/include -CONFIGURE_ENV+= MOC="${MOC}" CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS} ${QTCPPFLAGS}" LIBS="${QTCFGLIBS}" \ - QTDIR="${QT_PREFIX}" KDEDIR="${KDE_PREFIX}" +CONFIGURE_ENV+= MOC="${MOC}" LIBS="${QTCFGLIBS}" \ + QTDIR="${QT_PREFIX}" KDEDIR="${KDE_PREFIX}" +CPPFLAGS+= ${QTCPPFLAGS} If USE_QT_VER is set to 4, the following settings are also @@ -6070,8 +6067,8 @@ Component Selection (Qt 4.x Only) - When USE_QT_VER is set to 4, - individual Qt4 tool and library dependencies can be + When USE_QT_VER is set to 4, + individual Qt 4 tool and library dependencies can be specified in the QT_COMPONENTS variable. Every component can be suffixed by either _build or _run, the @@ -6088,7 +6085,7 @@ /usr/ports/Mk/bsd.qt.mk): - Available Qt4 Library Components + Available Qt 4 Library Components @@ -6122,7 +6119,7 @@ qt3support - Qt3 compatibility library + Qt 3 compatibility library @@ -6154,7 +6151,7 @@ executable after a successful compilation.
- Available Qt4 Tool Components + Available Qt 4 Tool Components @@ -6178,7 +6175,7 @@ rcc - resource compiler (need if the application + resource compiler (needed if the application comes with *.rc or *.qrc files) @@ -6195,7 +6192,7 @@
- Available Qt4 Plugin Components + Available Qt 4 Plugin Components @@ -6223,17 +6220,18 @@
- Selecting Qt4 Components + Selecting Qt 4 Components - In this example, the ported application uses the Qt4 - graphical user interface library, the Qt4 core library, - all of the Qt4 code generation tools and Qt4's Makefile - generator. Since the gui library implies a dependency on - the core library, corelib does not need to be specified. - The Qt4 code generation tools moc, uic and rcc, as well as - the Makefile generator qmake are only needed at buildtime, - thus they are specified with the _build - suffix: + In this example, the ported application uses the Qt 4 + graphical user interface library, the Qt 4 core library, + all of the Qt 4 code generation tools and Qt 4's Makefile + generator. Since the gui library implies + a dependency on the core library, corelib + does not need to be specified. The Qt 4 code generation tools + moc, uic and + rcc, as well as the Makefile generator + qmake are only needed at buildtime, thus they + are specified with the _build suffix: USE_QT_VER= 4 QT_COMPONENTS= gui moc_build qmake_build rcc_build uic_build @@ -6252,7 +6250,7 @@ do-configure: @cd ${WRKSRC} && ${SETENV} ${CONFIGURE_ENV} \ - ${QMAKE} -unix PREFIX=${PREFIX} texmaker.pro + ${QMAKE} PREFIX=${PREFIX} texmaker.pro Note the similarity to the qmake line from the provided BUILD.sh script. @@ -6271,14 +6269,14 @@ Missing additional - includepaths. Many applications come with + include paths. Many applications come with system tray icon support, but neglect to look for includes and/or libraries in the X11 directories. You can tell qmake to add directories to - the include and library searchpaths via the command + the include and library search paths via the command line, for example: - ${QMAKE} -unix PREFIX=${PREFIX} INCLUDEPATH+=${LOCALBASE}/include \ + ${QMAKE} PREFIX=${PREFIX} INCLUDEPATH+=${LOCALBASE}/include \ LIBS+=-L${LOCALBASE}/lib sillyapp.pro @@ -6287,12 +6285,12 @@ Sometimes data such as icons or .desktop files are by default installed into directories which aren't scanned by XDG-compatible applications. editors/texmaker is an + role="package">editors/texmaker is an example for this - look at patch-texmaker.pro in the files directory of that port for a - template on how to remedy this directly in the Qmake - project file. + template on how to remedy this directly in the + qmake project file.
@@ -6336,13 +6334,18 @@ If your application depends on KDE 4.x, set USE_KDE4 to the list of required - components. The most commonly used components are listed - below (up-to-date components are listed in - _USE_KDE4_ALL in + components. _build and _run + suffixes can be used to force components dependency type + (e.g., baseapps_run). If no suffix is set, + a default dependency type will be used. If you want to force + both types, add the component twice with both suffixes + (e.g., automoc4_build automoc4_run). + The most commonly used components are listed below (up-to-date + components are documented at the top of /usr/ports/Mk/bsd.kde4.mk): - Available KDE4 Components + Available KDE 4 Components @@ -6354,36 +6357,18 @@ - akonadi - Personal information management (PIM) storage - service - - - - automoc4 - Makes port use automoc4 build tool - - - - kdebase - Basic KDE applications (Konqueror, Dolphin, - Konsole) - - - - kdeexp - Experimental KDE libraries (with non-stable - API) + baseapps + Basic applications for KDE Desktop kdehier - Provides common KDE directories + Hierarchy of common KDE directories kdelibs - The base set of KDE libraries + KDE Developer Platform @@ -6395,60 +6380,58 @@ pimlibs - PIM libraries + KDE-Pim libraries workspace - Applications and libraries which form desktop - (Plasma, KWin) + KDE user environments + + + + akonadi + Storage server for KDE-Pim + + + + automoc4 + Automatic moc for Qt 4 packages
KDE 4.x ports are installed into - ${KDE4_PREFIX}, which is + KDE4_PREFIX, which is /usr/local/kde4 currently, to avoid conflicts with KDE 3.x ports. This is achieved by specifying the kdeprefix component, which overrides the default PREFIX. The ports however respect any PREFIX set via MAKEFLAGS environment variable and/or - make arguments. - - KDE 4.x ports may conflict with KDE 3.x ports, so when - the kdeprefix component is enabled, they - are installed in ${KDE4_PREFIX}. - The default value of KDE4_PREFIX is - currently /usr/local/kde4. Installing - the KDE 4.x ports into a custom PREFIX is - also possible. When PREFIX is set via - the MAKEFLAGS environment variable or via - make options it overrides the - value configured by kdeprefix. + make arguments. <makevar>USE_KDE4</makevar> Example - This is a simple example for KDE 4 port. - USE_CMAKE instructs port to utilize + This is a simple example for a KDE 4 port. + USE_CMAKE instructs the port to utilize CMake — configuration tool widely spread among KDE 4 projects. USE_KDE4 brings dependency on KDE libraries and makes port using - automoc4 at build stage. + automoc4 at build stage. Required KDE components and other dependencies can be determined through configure log. USE_KDE4 does not imply USE_QT_VER. If a port requires some - Qt4 components, USE_QT_VER should be + Qt 4 components, USE_QT_VER should be set and then needed components can be specified. USE_CMAKE= yes -USE_KDE4= automoc4 kdelibs kdeprefix +USE_KDE4= kdelibs kdeprefix automoc4 USE_QT_VER= 4 -QT_COMPONENTS= qmake_build moc_build rcc_build uic_build +QT_COMPONENTS= moc_build qmake_build rcc_build uic_build >Release-Note: >Audit-Trail: >Unformatted: From bugmaster at FreeBSD.org Mon May 14 11:06:11 2012 From: bugmaster at FreeBSD.org (FreeBSD bugmaster) Date: Mon, 14 May 2012 11:06:09 GMT Subject: Current unassigned doc problem reports Message-ID: <201205141106.q4EB69kQ052444@freefall.freebsd.org> (Note: an HTML version of this report is available at http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr-summary.cgi?category=doc .) The following is a listing of current problems submitted by FreeBSD users. These represent problem reports covering all versions including experimental development code and obsolete releases. S Tracker Resp. Description -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- o docs/167864 doc [patch] Update KDE documentation in Handbook and Porte o docs/167742 doc Update documentation for group 5, and newgrp 1 o docs/167741 doc group(5): Group Passwords do not work and are not docu o docs/166553 doc find(1): find -delete documentation is misleading o docs/166358 doc No networking in Jail build via: handbook/jail-tuning o docs/165657 doc Web site Features page aging o docs/165551 doc ipfw(8): no info in "ipfw pipe show" about ipv6 o docs/165410 doc [handbook] installer documentation is not up to date o docs/165249 doc Multibyte characters in manpages still not displaying o docs/164803 doc Unclear manual page for mount_unionfs(8) o docs/164800 doc Handbook's installation topic doesn't mention ZFS o docs/164772 doc incorrect ipfw sched parameters in manual o docs/164682 doc Handbook contains wrong information about Flash player o docs/164620 doc Raid 1 issues o docs/164099 doc gparm(8): man page for gparm set is incorrect and inco o docs/164034 doc acl(9) documentation lacking o docs/163879 doc [handbook] handbook does not say about how to force to o docs/163830 doc device smbios: missing documentation, no manpage o docs/163576 doc zfs(8) sync property not noted in the manpage o docs/163149 doc [patch] Red Hat Linux/i386 9 HTML format sudo man page o docs/162775 doc zpool(1): Document some undocumented zpool import opti o docs/162433 doc [handbook] QEMU instructions for FreeBSD guests o docs/162419 doc [request] please document (new) zfs and zpool cmdline o docs/162404 doc [handbook] IPv6 link-local address compared with IPv4 o docs/162380 doc Documentation lacking for getfacl/setfacl o docs/161804 doc New documentation: French translation for building-pro o docs/161754 doc p4tcc(4), est(4) and qpi(4) are not documented o docs/161496 doc zfs(1): Please document that sysctl vfs.usermount must o docs/160460 doc [handbook] Network setup guide suggestion o docs/160447 doc [handbook] Developer's Handbook contains some outdated o docs/160446 doc [handbook] Handbook sound setup seems outdated o docs/160445 doc [handbook] Handbook does not mention ACL o docs/160399 doc Man page for re(4) missing jumbo frames info o docs/159307 doc [patch] lpd smm chapter unconditionally installed o docs/159298 doc [handbook] document Konqueror with Webkit support to i o docs/158388 doc Incorrect documentation of LOCAL_SCRIPT in release(7) o docs/158387 doc The tree(3) man should mention the RB_FOREACH_SAFE() A o docs/157908 doc [handbook] Description of post-install should include o docs/157049 doc FreeBSD Handbook: Chapter 14 (Security) Inaccuracy p docs/156955 doc bug in share/man/man2/setsockopt.2 o docs/156920 doc isspecial(3) is not helpful o docs/156853 doc [patch] Update docs: jail(8) security issues with worl o docs/156815 doc chmod(1): manpage should describe that chmod kicks +t o docs/156689 doc stf(4) output-only documentation gives bad configurati f docs/156187 doc [handbook] [patch] Add bsnmpd to handbook o docs/156081 doc troff falls with troff.core with UTF-8 man with incorr o docs/155982 doc [handbook] reaper of the dead: remove reference to flo o docs/155773 doc dialog(1): dialog manpages not updated o docs/155149 doc [patch] don't encourage using xorg.conf outside of PRE o docs/154838 doc update cvs-tags information on releng_* to reflect sup o docs/153958 doc ksu man-page documented, but not installed a docs/153012 doc [patch] iostat(8) requires an argument to -c option o docs/151752 doc pw.conf(5) doesn't define format for file clearly o docs/150991 doc [patch] Install upgtfw using pkg_add as advised in upg o docs/150917 doc [patch] icmp.4, wrong description of icmplim and icmpl o docs/150877 doc ambiguity in newsyslog(8) man page about zfs with comp o docs/150255 doc dtrace description should mention makeoptions DEBUG=-g o docs/150219 doc zfs(8) manual page misses jail/unjail o docs/149574 doc [patch] update mi_switch(9) man page o docs/148987 doc [patch] {MD[245]|SHA_|SHA1_|SHA256_}{End|File|FileChun o docs/148984 doc [handbook] Mistake in section 16.15.4 of the handbook o docs/148680 doc [sysctl][patch] Document some sys/kern sysctls o docs/148071 doc Failover mode between wired and wireless interfaces o docs/147995 doc elf.5 man page has has missing reference o docs/146958 doc bad link to "XaQti XMAC II datasheet" in sk(4) manual o docs/146521 doc [handbook] Update IPv6 system handbook section to ment o docs/145719 doc [patch] 7.3 relnotes erroneously describes new getpage o docs/145699 doc hexdump(1) mutes all format qualifier output following o docs/145644 doc Add artical about creating manpage from scratch o docs/145069 doc Dialup firewalling with FreeBSD article out dated. o docs/145066 doc Update for new uart dev names for serial port. s docs/144818 doc all mailinglist archives dated 19970101 contain traili o docs/144630 doc [patch] domainname(1) manpage contains old information o docs/144515 doc [handbook] Expand handbook Table of contents o docs/144488 doc share/examples/etc/make.conf: contains dangerous examp o docs/143850 doc procfs(5) manpage for status > controlling terminal is o docs/143416 doc [handbook] IPFW handbook page issues o docs/143408 doc man filedesc(9) is missing o docs/142168 doc [patch] ld(1): ldd(1) not mentioned in ld(1) manpage o docs/141032 doc misleading documentation for rtadvd.conf(5) raflags se s docs/140847 doc [request] add documentation on ECMP and new route args p docs/140457 doc [patch] Grammar fix for isspace(3) o docs/140444 doc [patch] New Traditional Chinese translation of custom- o docs/140375 doc [UPDATE] Updated zh_TW.Big5/articles/nanobsd o docs/139336 doc [request] ZFS documentation suggestion o docs/139165 doc gssapi.3 man page out of sync with between crypto and o docs/139018 doc translation of submitting.sgml from docproj/submitting o docs/138845 doc Exceeding kern.ipc.maxpipekva refers to tuning(7) whic o docs/138485 doc bpf(4) and ip(4) man pages missing important corner ca o docs/136712 doc [handbook] [patch] draft new section on gmirror per pa o docs/136666 doc [handbook] Configure serial port for remote kernel deb o docs/136035 doc ftpchroot(5) omits an important option o docs/134123 doc The RUNQUEUE(9) man page is out of date o docs/132839 doc [patch] Fix example script in ldap-auth article o docs/132718 doc [handbook] Information about adding a new mirror is ou o docs/132260 doc dhcpd(8) pid not stored in documented location o docs/132190 doc EPERM explanation for send(2), sendto(2), and sendmsg( o docs/131918 doc [patch] Fixes for the BPF(4) man page o docs/131626 doc [patch] dump(8) "recommended" cache option confusing o docs/130238 doc nfs.lockd man page doesn't mention NFSLOCKD option or o docs/129671 doc New TCP chapter for Developer's Handbook (from rwatson o docs/129464 doc using packages system o docs/129095 doc ipfw(8): Can not check that packet originating/destine o docs/128356 doc [request] add Firefox plugin for FreeBSD manual pages s docs/127844 doc Example code skeleton_capture_n.c in meteor(4) manpage o docs/126590 doc [patch] Write routine called forever in Sample Echo Ps o docs/126484 doc libc function res-zonscut2 is not documented o docs/125921 doc lpd(8) talks about blocks in minfree while it is KB in f docs/122052 doc minor update on handbook section 20.7.1 o docs/121952 doc Handbook chapter on Network Address Translation wrong o docs/121585 doc [handbook] Wrong multicast specification s docs/121541 doc [request] no man pages for wlan_scan_ap o docs/121312 doc RELNOTES_LANG breaks release if not en_US.ISO8859-1 o docs/121173 doc [patch] mq_getattr(2): mq_flags mistakenly described a s docs/120917 doc [request]: Man pages mising for thr_xxx syscalls o docs/120539 doc Inconsistent ipfw's man page o docs/120125 doc [patch] Installing FreeBSD 7.0 via serial console and o docs/120024 doc resolver(5) and hosts(5) need updated for IPv6 o docs/119545 doc books/arch-handbook/usb/chapter.sgml formatting o docs/118902 doc [patch] wrong signatures in d2i_RSAPublicKey man pages o docs/118020 doc ipfilter(4): man pages query for man 4 ipfilter return o docs/116080 doc PREFIX is documented, but not the more important LOCAL p docs/115065 doc [patch] sync ps.1 with p_flag and keywords o docs/114371 doc [patch] [ip6] rtadvd.con(5) should show how to adverti o docs/114139 doc mbuf(9) has misleading comments on M_DONTWAIT and M_TR o docs/113194 doc [patch] [request] crontab.5: handling of day-in-month o docs/112682 doc Handbook GEOM_GPT explanation does not provide accurat o docs/111425 doc Missing chunks of text in historical manpages o docs/111265 doc [request] Clarify how to set common shell variables o docs/110999 doc carp(4) should document unsupported interface types o docs/110692 doc wi(4) man page doesn't say WPA is not supported o docs/110376 doc [patch] add some more explanations for the iwi/ipw fir o docs/110062 doc [patch] mount_nfs(8) fails to mention a failure condit p docs/110061 doc [patch] tuning(7) missing reference to vfs.read_max o docs/109981 doc No manual entry for post-grohtml o docs/109977 doc No manual entry for ksu o docs/109973 doc No manual entry for c++filt o docs/109972 doc No manual entry for zless/bzless f docs/109226 doc [request] No manual entry for sntp o docs/109201 doc [request]: manual for callbootd a docs/108980 doc list of missing man pages o docs/106135 doc [request] articles/vinum needs to be updated o docs/105608 doc fdc(4) debugging description staled o docs/104879 doc Howto: Listen to IMA ADPCM .wav files on FreeBSD box o docs/102719 doc [patch] ng_bpf(4) example leads to unneeded promiscuos o docs/100196 doc man login.conf does explain not "unlimited" o docs/99506 doc FreeBSD Handbook addition: IPv6 Server Settings o docs/98974 doc Missing tunables in loader(8) manpage o docs/98115 doc Missing parts after rendering handbook to RTF format o docs/96207 doc Comments of a sockaddr_un structure could confuse one o docs/94625 doc [patch] growfs man page -- document "panic: not enough o docs/92626 doc jail manpage should mention disabling some periodic sc o docs/91506 doc ndis(4) man page should be more specific about support o docs/91149 doc read(2) can return EINVAL for unaligned access to bloc o docs/88512 doc [patch] mount_ext2fs(8) man page has no details on lar o docs/87936 doc Handbook chapter on NIS/YP lacks good information on a o docs/87857 doc ifconfig(8) wireless options order matters o docs/85128 doc [patch] loader.conf(5) autoboot_delay incompletly desc o docs/84956 doc [patch] intro(5) manpage doesn't mention API coverage o docs/84932 doc new document: printing with an Epson ALC-3000N on Free o docs/84670 doc [patch] tput(1) manpage missing ENVIRONMENT section wi o docs/84317 doc fdp-primer doesn't show class=USERNAME distinctively o docs/84271 doc [patch] compress(1) doesn't warn about nasty link hand o docs/83820 doc getino(3) manpage not installed o docs/81611 doc [patch] natd runs with -same_ports by default o docs/78480 doc Networked printer setup unnecessarily complex in handb o docs/61605 doc [request] Improve documentation for i386 disk geometry o docs/61301 doc [patch] Manpage patch for aue(4) to enable HomePNA fun o docs/59835 doc ipfw(8) man page does not warn about accepted but mean o docs/59477 doc Outdated Info Documents at http://docs.freebsd.org/inf o docs/59044 doc [patch] doc.docbook.mk does not properly handle a sour o docs/57298 doc [patch] add using compact flash cards info to handbook s docs/54752 doc bus_dma explained in ISA section in Handbook: should b o docs/53751 doc bus_dma(9) incorrectly documents BUS_DMA_ALLOCNOW o docs/53596 doc Updates to mt(1) manual page o docs/53271 doc bus_dma(9) fails to document alignment restrictions o docs/51480 doc Multiple undefined references in the FreeBSD manual pa o docs/50211 doc [patch] doc.docbook.mk: fix textfile creation o docs/48101 doc [patch] Add documentation on the fixit disk o docs/43823 doc [patch] update to environ(7) manpage o docs/41089 doc pax(1) -B option does not mention interaction with -z o docs/40423 doc Keyboard(4)'s definition of parameters to GETFKEY/SETF o docs/38982 doc [patch] developers-handbook/Jail fix o docs/38556 doc EPS file of beastie, as addition to existing examples s docs/33589 doc [patch] to doc.docbook.mk to post process .tex files. o docs/27605 doc [patch] Cross-document references () o docs/26286 doc *printf(3) etc should gain format string warnings o docs/24786 doc missing FILES descriptions in sa(4) s docs/20028 doc ASCII docs should reflect tags in the sourc 189 problems total. From ebrandi at fugspbr.org Mon May 14 17:28:26 2012 From: ebrandi at fugspbr.org (Edson Brandi) Date: Mon, 14 May 2012 14:28:25 -0300 Subject: Need advice to help me fix build process of translated documentation In-Reply-To: References: <20120425131740.GA2206@glenbarber.us> Message-ID: Hello Guys, Just a small update about build problems that i reported some weeks ago >>> #### Issue 3 #### >>> - For some strange reason sgml markup ? aren't getting >>> translated into "?" , i'm not able to find what i need do to fix this. Any advice >>> about what i`m doing wrong? >>> Example of this behavior: ?http://server04.ebrandi.eti.br/pt_BR/books/fdp-primer/writing-style.html , >>> name o Jordan K. Hubbard was supposed to be between quotes, sgml file are marked correctly. A friend was able to fix this problem with replacement, it was related with tidy version installed by docproj meta port. When we install docproj meta port it install tidy-devel (tidy-lib-090315.c_1) , our problem has been solved when we removed tidy-devel package and installed old version of tidy (tidy4-20000804_3). >>> #### Issue 3 #### >>> - I'm also having troubles with sgml markup ? , >>> this was supposed to be translated into a red box where paragraphs start with >>> "Aten??o:" , for some reason my html files are missing a ":" (colon). >>> Example of this behavior: http://server04.ebrandi.eti.br/pt_BR/books/fdp-primer/preface-notes.html This problem has been fixed adding few lines to our freebsd.dsl file: https://github.com/doc-br/doc-br/commit/8e19dcbd7279fa3f110cd12a135674d422e402e5 I think that translation of FDP Primer to pt_BR will be finished in more some days Edson From gjb at FreeBSD.org Mon May 14 18:20:13 2012 From: gjb at FreeBSD.org (Glen Barber) Date: Mon, 14 May 2012 14:20:09 -0400 Subject: Need advice to help me fix build process of translated documentation In-Reply-To: References: <20120425131740.GA2206@glenbarber.us> Message-ID: <20120514182009.GA1501@glenbarber.us> Hello, On Mon, May 14, 2012 at 02:28:25PM -0300, Edson Brandi wrote: > Hello Guys, > > Just a small update about build problems that i reported some weeks ago > > >>> #### Issue 3 #### > >>> - For some strange reason sgml markup ? aren't getting > >>> translated into "?" , i'm not able to find what i need do to fix this. Any advice > >>> about what i`m doing wrong? > >>> Example of this behavior: ?http://server04.ebrandi.eti.br/pt_BR/books/fdp-primer/writing-style.html , > >>> name o Jordan K. Hubbard was supposed to be between quotes, sgml file are marked correctly. > > A friend was able to fix this problem with > replacement, it was related with tidy version installed by docproj > meta port. > > When we install docproj meta port it install tidy-devel > (tidy-lib-090315.c_1) , our problem has been solved when we removed > tidy-devel package and installed old version of tidy > (tidy4-20000804_3). > Ah, good to know. I did notice this in my local build for en_US a few days ago, but made no progress tracking it down. Glad you did. :) > >>> #### Issue 3 #### > >>> - I'm also having troubles with sgml markup ? , > >>> this was supposed to be translated into a red box where paragraphs start with > >>> "Aten??o:" , for some reason my html files are missing a ":" (colon). > >>> Example of this behavior: http://server04.ebrandi.eti.br/pt_BR/books/fdp-primer/preface-notes.html > > This problem has been fixed adding few lines to our freebsd.dsl file: > > https://github.com/doc-br/doc-br/commit/8e19dcbd7279fa3f110cd12a135674d422e402e5 > > I think that translation of FDP Primer to pt_BR will be finished in > more some days > Great! Glen From kogane at jp.freebsd.org Mon May 14 19:40:04 2012 From: kogane at jp.freebsd.org (Nobuyuki Koganemaru) Date: Tue, 15 May 2012 04:28:21 +0900 (JST) Subject: docs/167890: groff mandoc style, usage mistakes or typos. (man7) Message-ID: <20120514192821.1F80728424@kcesx30.koganemaru.co.jp> >Number: 167890 >Category: docs >Synopsis: groff mandoc style, usage mistakes or typos. (man7) >Confidential: no >Severity: non-critical >Priority: low >Responsible: freebsd-doc >State: open >Quarter: >Keywords: >Date-Required: >Class: doc-bug >Submitter-Id: current-users >Arrival-Date: Mon May 14 19:40:02 UTC 2012 >Closed-Date: >Last-Modified: >Originator: Nobuyuki Koganemaru >Release: FreeBSD 10.0-CURRENT >Organization: KOGANEMARU Computer Engineering Service Corporation. >Environment: System: FreeBSD kcesx31.koganemaru.co.jp 8.2-RELEASE-p6 FreeBSD 8.2-RELEASE-p6 #0: Tue Apr 24 03:49:22 JST 2012 root at kcesx31.koganemaru.co.jp:/usr/obj/usr/src.82/sys/GENERIC i386 >Description: man7 >How-To-Repeat: none. >Fix: corrected files: c99.7: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man7/c99.7,v 1.3 2011/05/30 10:28:55 bcr Exp $ release.7: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man7/release.7,v 1.69 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ patch files: diff -u src/share/man/man7/c99.7.orig src/share/man/man7/c99.7 --- src/share/man/man7/c99.7.orig 2012-05-15 03:41:29.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/man/man7/c99.7 2012-05-15 03:41:38.000000000 +0900 @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ ISO/IEC 9899 AM1 in 1995. This contained, for example, the wide-character support in wchar.h and wctype.h. -Two corregenda were also published: Technical Corrigendum 1 as +Two corrigenda were also published: Technical Corrigendum 1 as ISO/IEC 9899 TCOR1 in 1995 and Technical Corrigendum 2 as ISO/IEC 9899 TCOR1 in 1996. The continuous development and growth made it necessary to work out a new diff -u src/share/man/man7/release.7.orig src/share/man/man7/release.7 --- src/share/man/man7/release.7.orig 2012-05-15 03:41:45.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/man/man7/release.7 2012-05-15 03:41:58.000000000 +0900 @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ the Handbook) is built during the .Cm base.txz target invoked by -.Cm packagesystem. +.Cm packagesystem . .El .Sh ENVIRONMENT Optional variables: >Release-Note: >Audit-Trail: >Unformatted: From gjb at FreeBSD.org Mon May 14 19:42:42 2012 From: gjb at FreeBSD.org (gjb at FreeBSD.org) Date: Mon, 14 May 2012 19:42:42 GMT Subject: docs/167890: groff mandoc style, usage mistakes or typos. (man7) Message-ID: <201205141942.q4EJgg6E047734@freefall.freebsd.org> Synopsis: groff mandoc style, usage mistakes or typos. (man7) Responsible-Changed-From-To: freebsd-doc->gjb Responsible-Changed-By: gjb Responsible-Changed-When: Mon May 14 19:42:35 UTC 2012 Responsible-Changed-Why: Take. http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=167890 From gjb at FreeBSD.org Tue May 15 13:44:42 2012 From: gjb at FreeBSD.org (gjb at FreeBSD.org) Date: Tue, 15 May 2012 13:44:41 GMT Subject: docs/167864: [patch] Update KDE documentation in Handbook and Porter's Handbook Message-ID: <201205151344.q4FDifGa077388@freefall.freebsd.org> Synopsis: [patch] Update KDE documentation in Handbook and Porter's Handbook Responsible-Changed-From-To: freebsd-doc->gjb Responsible-Changed-By: gjb Responsible-Changed-When: Tue May 15 13:44:30 UTC 2012 Responsible-Changed-Why: I'll take it. http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=167864 From madpilot at FreeBSD.org Tue May 15 16:30:02 2012 From: madpilot at FreeBSD.org (Guido Falsi) Date: Tue, 15 May 2012 18:21:20 +0200 (CEST) Subject: docs/167932: [PATCH] examples/csh/dot.cshrc SSH_AUTH_SOCK example incorrect Message-ID: <3VsPD05sWNz2Yb@megatron.madpilot.net> >Number: 167932 >Category: docs >Synopsis: [PATCH] examples/csh/dot.cshrc SSH_AUTH_SOCK example incorrect >Confidential: no >Severity: non-critical >Priority: low >Responsible: freebsd-doc >State: open >Quarter: >Keywords: >Date-Required: >Class: doc-bug >Submitter-Id: current-users >Arrival-Date: Tue May 15 16:30:02 UTC 2012 >Closed-Date: >Last-Modified: >Originator: Guido Falsi >Release: FreeBSD 9.0-STABLE amd64 >Organization: >Environment: System: FreeBSD megatron.madpilot.net 9.0-STABLE FreeBSD 9.0-STABLE #5: Sun Apr 22 14:22:36 CEST 2012 root at megatron.madpilot.net:/usr/obj/usr/src/sys/MEGATRON amd64 >Description: While experimenting with the .cshrc examples I discovered that the sample for automatically setting SSH_AUTH_SOCK does not work as is. It's easily tricked by other processes and cut seems to split on every single space character, not grouping them. I was using this revision of the file: # $FreeBSD: stable/9/share/examples/csh/dot.cshrc 234978 2012-05-03 19:55:36Z eadler $ I tested a few possible solutions. I'm quite aware that none of these is rock solid, but they do perform better than the sample code in the file. I'm sure someone will come up with an even better implementation. It is my personal opinion that sample code should be as correctly working as possible. The simpliest and most legible (used in the attached patch): setenv SSH_AUTH_SOCK `sockstat | grep "${USER}" | grep ssh-agent | awk '{ print $6 }'` a slightly less legible one, but avoiding the double grep: setenv SSH_AUTH_SOCK `sockstat | egrep "${USER}.*ssh-agent" | awk '{ print $6 }'` and a simplier(but with horrible legibility) one relying only on sed: setenv SSH_AUTH_SOCK `sockstat | sed -n "/${USER}.*ssh-agent/s/[^\/]*\(.*\)/\1/p"` I know this is a minor glitch, but I thought it was worth reporting anyway. >How-To-Repeat: Enable the sample code to populate SSH_AUTH_SOCK. launch an ssh-agent on teh target machine. Login via ssh. Run "env" and notice that the SSH_AUTH_SOCK variable will be empty even if there is an ssh-agent running. >Fix: --- dot.cshrc.orig 2012-05-15 18:03:10.053581560 +0200 +++ dot.cshrc 2012-05-15 18:11:25.903582833 +0200 @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ # Sets SSH_AUTH_SOCK to the user's ssh-agent socket path if running if (${?SSH_AUTH_SOCK} != "1") then - setenv SSH_AUTH_SOCK `sockstat | grep "${USER}" | cut -d ' ' -f 6` + setenv SSH_AUTH_SOCK `sockstat | grep "${USER}" | grep ssh-agent | awk '{ print $6 }'` endif # Change only root's prompt >Release-Note: >Audit-Trail: >Unformatted: From wblock at wonkity.com Tue May 15 18:50:33 2012 From: wblock at wonkity.com (Warren Block) Date: Tue, 15 May 2012 12:50:26 -0600 (MDT) Subject: docs/167932: [PATCH] examples/csh/dot.cshrc SSH_AUTH_SOCK example incorrect In-Reply-To: <3VsPD05sWNz2Yb@megatron.madpilot.net> References: <3VsPD05sWNz2Yb@megatron.madpilot.net> Message-ID: On Tue, 15 May 2012, Guido Falsi wrote: > It is my personal opinion that sample code should be as correctly > working as possible. > > The simpliest and most legible (used in the attached patch): > > setenv SSH_AUTH_SOCK `sockstat | grep "${USER}" | grep ssh-agent | awk '{ print $6 }'` awk can do a little more to eliminate the second grep: setenv SSH_AUTH_SOCK `sockstat | grep "^${USER} " | awk '/ssh-agent/ { print $6 }'` The anchor before and space after the username in the grep are to make it an exact match and not a subset ("jsm" versus "jsmith"). Although I don't know what sockstat does with a username longer than eight characters. > I know this is a minor glitch, but I thought it was worth reporting > anyway. It is. Accuracy and precision are the goal. From wblock at wonkity.com Tue May 15 19:00:17 2012 From: wblock at wonkity.com (Warren Block) Date: Tue, 15 May 2012 19:00:17 GMT Subject: docs/167932: [PATCH] examples/csh/dot.cshrc SSH_AUTH_SOCK example incorrect Message-ID: <201205151900.q4FJ0HxL081061@freefall.freebsd.org> The following reply was made to PR docs/167932; it has been noted by GNATS. From: Warren Block To: Guido Falsi Cc: FreeBSD-gnats-submit at freebsd.org, freebsd-doc at freebsd.org Subject: Re: docs/167932: [PATCH] examples/csh/dot.cshrc SSH_AUTH_SOCK example incorrect Date: Tue, 15 May 2012 12:50:26 -0600 (MDT) On Tue, 15 May 2012, Guido Falsi wrote: > It is my personal opinion that sample code should be as correctly > working as possible. > > The simpliest and most legible (used in the attached patch): > > setenv SSH_AUTH_SOCK `sockstat | grep "${USER}" | grep ssh-agent | awk '{ print $6 }'` awk can do a little more to eliminate the second grep: setenv SSH_AUTH_SOCK `sockstat | grep "^${USER} " | awk '/ssh-agent/ { print $6 }'` The anchor before and space after the username in the grep are to make it an exact match and not a subset ("jsm" versus "jsmith"). Although I don't know what sockstat does with a username longer than eight characters. > I know this is a minor glitch, but I thought it was worth reporting > anyway. It is. Accuracy and precision are the goal. From amdmi3 at FreeBSD.org Tue May 15 19:20:03 2012 From: amdmi3 at FreeBSD.org (Dmitry Marakasov) Date: Tue, 15 May 2012 23:16:54 +0400 (MSK) Subject: docs/167936: [patch] fix example zone declaration in Domain Name System chapter of RU handbook Message-ID: <20120515191654.494B054F@hades.panopticon> >Number: 167936 >Category: docs >Synopsis: [patch] fix example zone declaration in Domain Name System chapter of RU handbook >Confidential: no >Severity: serious >Priority: low >Responsible: freebsd-doc >State: open >Quarter: >Keywords: >Date-Required: >Class: doc-bug >Submitter-Id: current-users >Arrival-Date: Tue May 15 19:20:02 UTC 2012 >Closed-Date: >Last-Modified: >Originator: Dmitry Marakasov >Release: FreeBSD 9.0-RELEASE amd64 >Organization: >Environment: System: FreeBSD hades.panopticon 9.0-RELEASE FreeBSD 9.0-RELEASE #0: Tue Jan 10 01:33:18 MSK 2012 root at hades.panopticon:/usr/obj/usr/src/sys/HADES amd64 >Description: SOA has 5 fields. Fix it to match english article. >How-To-Repeat: >Fix: --- dns.patch begins here --- Index: ru_RU.KOI8-R/books/handbook/network-servers/chapter.sgml =================================================================== RCS file: /home/amdmi3/projects/freebsd/FreeBSD.cvs/doc/ru_RU.KOI8-R/books/handbook/network-servers/chapter.sgml,v retrieving revision 1.22 diff -u -r1.22 chapter.sgml --- ru_RU.KOI8-R/books/handbook/network-servers/chapter.sgml 5 Dec 2011 14:33:50 -0000 1.22 +++ ru_RU.KOI8-R/books/handbook/network-servers/chapter.sgml 15 May 2012 19:14:40 -0000 @@ -3722,7 +3722,6 @@ 10800 ; Refresh 3600 ; Retry 604800 ; Expire - 86400 ; Minimum TTL 300 ; Negative Response TTL ) --- dns.patch ends here --- >Release-Note: >Audit-Trail: >Unformatted: From maxim at FreeBSD.org Tue May 15 19:28:22 2012 From: maxim at FreeBSD.org (maxim at FreeBSD.org) Date: Tue, 15 May 2012 19:28:22 GMT Subject: docs/167936: [patch] fix example zone declaration in Domain Name System chapter of RU handbook Message-ID: <201205151928.q4FJSMlq008889@freefall.freebsd.org> Synopsis: [patch] fix example zone declaration in Domain Name System chapter of RU handbook State-Changed-From-To: open->closed State-Changed-By: maxim State-Changed-When: Tue May 15 19:28:04 UTC 2012 State-Changed-Why: Committed. Thanks! http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=167936 From dfilter at FreeBSD.ORG Tue May 15 19:30:12 2012 From: dfilter at FreeBSD.ORG (dfilter service) Date: Tue, 15 May 2012 19:30:08 GMT Subject: docs/167936: commit references a PR Message-ID: <201205151930.q4FJU8Yt009176@freefall.freebsd.org> The following reply was made to PR docs/167936; it has been noted by GNATS. From: dfilter at FreeBSD.ORG (dfilter service) To: bug-followup at FreeBSD.org Cc: Subject: Re: docs/167936: commit references a PR Date: Tue, 15 May 2012 19:27:55 +0000 (UTC) maxim 2012-05-15 19:27:46 UTC FreeBSD doc repository Modified files: ru_RU.KOI8-R/books/handbook/network-servers chapter.sgml Log: o SOA RR corrected, a superfluous field removed. PR: docs/167936 Submitted by: amdmi3 Revision Changes Path 1.23 +0 -1 doc/ru_RU.KOI8-R/books/handbook/network-servers/chapter.sgml _______________________________________________ cvs-all at freebsd.org mailing list http://lists.freebsd.org/mailman/listinfo/cvs-all To unsubscribe, send any mail to "cvs-all-unsubscribe at freebsd.org" From eadler at FreeBSD.org Tue May 15 19:35:45 2012 From: eadler at FreeBSD.org (eadler at FreeBSD.org) Date: Tue, 15 May 2012 19:35:44 GMT Subject: docs/167932: [PATCH] examples/csh/dot.cshrc SSH_AUTH_SOCK example incorrect Message-ID: <201205151935.q4FJZiMZ019340@freefall.freebsd.org> Synopsis: [PATCH] examples/csh/dot.cshrc SSH_AUTH_SOCK example incorrect Responsible-Changed-From-To: freebsd-doc->eadler Responsible-Changed-By: eadler Responsible-Changed-When: Tue May 15 19:35:44 UTC 2012 Responsible-Changed-Why: I'll take it. http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=167932 From bryan at shatow.net Wed May 16 20:30:02 2012 From: bryan at shatow.net (Bryan Drewery) Date: Wed, 16 May 2012 15:25:00 -0500 Subject: docs/167980: [PATCH] [share/man] periodic.conf.5: Document daily_status_security_chkportsum_enable Message-ID: <20120516202533.A95F31065672@hub.freebsd.org> >Number: 167980 >Category: docs >Synopsis: [PATCH] [share/man] periodic.conf.5: Document daily_status_security_chkportsum_enable >Confidential: no >Severity: non-critical >Priority: low >Responsible: freebsd-doc >State: open >Quarter: >Keywords: >Date-Required: >Class: update >Submitter-Id: current-users >Arrival-Date: Wed May 16 20:30:01 UTC 2012 >Closed-Date: >Last-Modified: >Originator: Bryan Drewery >Release: FreeBSD 8.3-RELEASE i386 >Organization: >Environment: >Description: daily_status_security_chkportsum_enable is not documented in periodic.conf.5. Reported by: rank1seeker at gmail.com on freebsd-hackers >How-To-Repeat: >Fix: --- patch-periodic.conf.5.txt begins here --- diff --git share/man/man5/periodic.conf.5 share/man/man5/periodic.conf.5 index 4ab009c..d33555c 100644 --- share/man/man5/periodic.conf.5 +++ share/man/man5/periodic.conf.5 @@ -504,6 +504,12 @@ Set to .Dq Li YES to compare the modes and modification times of setuid executables with the previous day's values. +.It Va daily_status_security_chkportsum_enable +.Pq Vt bool +Set to +.Dq Li YES +to verify checksums of all installed packages against the known checksums in +.Pa /var/db/pkg . .It Va daily_status_security_neggrpperm_enable .Pq Vt bool Set to --- patch-periodic.conf.5.txt ends here --- >Release-Note: >Audit-Trail: >Unformatted: From eadler at FreeBSD.org Wed May 16 22:33:39 2012 From: eadler at FreeBSD.org (eadler at FreeBSD.org) Date: Wed, 16 May 2012 22:33:38 GMT Subject: docs/167980: [PATCH] share/man: periodic.conf.5: Document daily_status_security_chkportsum_enable Message-ID: <201205162233.q4GMXcsc069034@freefall.freebsd.org> Synopsis: [PATCH] share/man: periodic.conf.5: Document daily_status_security_chkportsum_enable Responsible-Changed-From-To: freebsd-doc->eadler Responsible-Changed-By: eadler Responsible-Changed-When: Wed May 16 22:33:38 UTC 2012 Responsible-Changed-Why: I'll take it. http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=167980 From kogane at jp.freebsd.org Thu May 17 15:40:02 2012 From: kogane at jp.freebsd.org (Nobuyuki Koganemaru) Date: Fri, 18 May 2012 00:31:42 +0900 (JST) Subject: docs/168016: groff mandoc style, usage mistakes or typos. (man8) Message-ID: <20120517153142.A919C28424@kcesx30.koganemaru.co.jp> >Number: 168016 >Category: docs >Synopsis: groff mandoc style, usage mistakes or typos. (man8) >Confidential: no >Severity: non-critical >Priority: low >Responsible: freebsd-doc >State: open >Quarter: >Keywords: >Date-Required: >Class: doc-bug >Submitter-Id: current-users >Arrival-Date: Thu May 17 15:40:01 UTC 2012 >Closed-Date: >Last-Modified: >Originator: Nobuyuki Koganemaru >Release: FreeBSD 10.0-CURRENT >Organization: KOGANEMARU Computer Engineering Service Corporation. >Environment: System: FreeBSD kcesx31.koganemaru.co.jp 8.2-RELEASE-p6 FreeBSD 8.2-RELEASE-p6 #0: Tue Apr 24 03:49:22 JST 2012 root at kcesx31.koganemaru.co.jp:/usr/obj/usr/src.82/sys/GENERIC i386 >Description: man8 >How-To-Repeat: none. >Fix: corrected files: atacontrol.8: $FreeBSD: src/sbin/atacontrol/atacontrol.8,v 1.35 2011/10/09 21:42:02 rodrigc Exp $ beastie.4th.8: $FreeBSD: src/sys/boot/forth/beastie.4th.8,v 1.1 2011/05/28 08:50:38 julian Exp $ brand.4th.8: $FreeBSD: src/sys/boot/forth/brand.4th.8,v 1.1 2011/05/28 08:50:38 julian Exp $ burncd.8: $FreeBSD: src/usr.sbin/burncd/burncd.8,v 1.43 2011/12/30 00:59:08 uqs Exp $ camcontrol.8: $FreeBSD: src/sbin/camcontrol/camcontrol.8,v 1.59 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ check-password.4th.8: $FreeBSD: src/sys/boot/forth/check-password.4th.8,v 1.2 2011/06/02 09:56:42 uqs Exp $ color.4th.8: $FreeBSD: src/sys/boot/forth/color.4th.8,v 1.1 2011/05/28 08:50:38 julian Exp $ cpucontrol.8: $FreeBSD: src/usr.sbin/cpucontrol/cpucontrol.8,v 1.7 2010/05/13 12:07:55 uqs Exp $ ctladm.8: $Id: //depot/users/kenm/FreeBSD-test2/usr.sbin/ctladm/ctladm.8#3 $ $FreeBSD: src/usr.sbin/ctladm/ctladm.8,v 1.4 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ ctlstat.8: $Id: //depot/users/kenm/FreeBSD-test2/usr.bin/ctlstat/ctlstat.8#2 $ $FreeBSD: src/usr.bin/ctlstat/ctlstat.8,v 1.1 2012/01/12 00:34:33 ken Exp $ delay.4th.8: $FreeBSD: src/sys/boot/forth/delay.4th.8,v 1.1 2011/05/28 08:50:38 julian Exp $ etherswitchcfg.8: $FreeBSD: src/sbin/etherswitchcfg/etherswitchcfg.8,v 1.2 2012/05/12 19:59:37 joel Exp $ flowctl.8: $FreeBSD: src/usr.sbin/flowctl/flowctl.8,v 1.6 2011/07/05 14:55:17 glebius Exp $ freebsd-update.8: $FreeBSD: src/usr.sbin/freebsd-update/freebsd-update.8,v 1.12 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ geli.8: $FreeBSD: src/sbin/geom/class/eli/geli.8,v 1.39 2012/05/09 17:26:52 eadler Exp $ gmultipath.8: $FreeBSD: src/sbin/geom/class/multipath/gmultipath.8,v 1.9 2012/04/18 09:42:14 mav Exp $ gpart.8: $FreeBSD: src/sbin/geom/class/part/gpart.8,v 1.44 2012/03/19 13:17:47 ae Exp $ graid.8: $FreeBSD: src/sbin/geom/class/raid/graid.8,v 1.9 2012/05/06 11:32:36 mav Exp $ gvinum.8: $FreeBSD: src/sbin/gvinum/gvinum.8,v 1.9 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ gvirstor.8: $FreeBSD: src/sbin/geom/class/virstor/gvirstor.8,v 1.4 2011/01/24 14:24:10 ivoras Exp $ hastctl.8: $FreeBSD: src/sbin/hastctl/hastctl.8,v 1.7 2012/01/07 16:09:33 uqs Exp $ hastd.8: $FreeBSD: src/sbin/hastd/hastd.8,v 1.3 2011/03/22 10:39:34 pjd Exp $ hlfsd.8: $Id: hlfsd.8,v 1.11.2.1 2006/01/02 18:48:25 ezk Exp $ $FreeBSD: src/contrib/amd/hlfsd/hlfsd.8,v 1.17 2007/12/07 20:16:20 ru Exp $ i2c.8: $FreeBSD: src/usr.sbin/i2c/i2c.8,v 1.6 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ ifconfig.8: $FreeBSD: src/sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.8,v 1.194 2012/05/02 20:01:28 monthadar Exp $ ipf.8: $FreeBSD: src/contrib/ipfilter/man/ipf.8,v 1.9 2009/11/19 08:10:24 darrenr Exp $ ipfw.8: $FreeBSD: src/sbin/ipfw/ipfw.8,v 1.258 2012/05/12 17:14:55 joel Exp $ ipmon.8: $FreeBSD: src/contrib/ipfilter/man/ipmon.8,v 1.19 2010/05/12 00:56:53 brueffer Exp $ ippool.8: $FreeBSD: src/contrib/ipfilter/man/ippool.8,v 1.2 2005/04/25 18:20:14 darrenr Exp $ jail.8: $FreeBSD: src/usr.sbin/jail/jail.8,v 1.123 2012/05/12 19:59:37 joel Exp $ loader.8: $FreeBSD: src/sys/boot/common/loader.8,v 1.105 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ menu.4th.8: $FreeBSD: src/sys/boot/forth/menu.4th.8,v 1.5 2012/02/25 15:21:43 gjb Exp $ mount.8: $FreeBSD: src/sbin/mount/mount.8,v 1.101 2011/06/06 13:24:54 gavin Exp $ natd.8: $FreeBSD: src/sbin/natd/natd.8,v 1.70 2011/07/01 19:22:27 sem Exp $ ndis_events.8: $FreeBSD: src/usr.sbin/wpa/ndis_events/ndis_events.8,v 1.7 2007/09/07 22:19:29 brueffer Exp $ nfsrevoke.8: $FreeBSD: src/usr.sbin/nfsrevoke/nfsrevoke.8,v 1.1 2009/05/26 15:19:04 rmacklem Exp $ ntp-keygen.8: $FreeBSD: src/usr.sbin/ntp/doc/ntp-keygen.8,v 1.4 2012/03/25 09:18:34 joel Exp $ ntpdc.8: $FreeBSD: src/usr.sbin/ntp/doc/ntpdc.8,v 1.15 2006/09/29 17:57:03 ru Exp $ ntpq.8: $FreeBSD: src/usr.sbin/ntp/doc/ntpq.8,v 1.20 2010/08/06 14:33:42 joel Exp $ pam_exec.8: $FreeBSD: src/lib/libpam/modules/pam_exec/pam_exec.8,v 1.7 2012/03/26 12:18:15 dumbbell Exp $ pc-sysinstall.8: $FreeBSD: src/usr.sbin/pc-sysinstall/pc-sysinstall/pc-sysinstall.8,v 1.5 2010/10/08 12:40:16 uqs Exp $ picobsd.8: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man8/picobsd.8,v 1.35 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ rc.8: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man8/rc.8,v 1.37 2012/05/14 14:33:08 gjb Exp $ rctl.8: $FreeBSD: src/usr.bin/rctl/rctl.8,v 1.13 2012/04/22 07:55:56 delphij Exp $ rtadvctl.8: $FreeBSD: src/usr.sbin/rtadvctl/rtadvctl.8,v 1.2 2011/07/17 20:47:34 gjb Exp $ rtadvd.8: $KAME: rtadvd.8,v 1.24 2002/05/31 16:16:08 jinmei Exp $ $FreeBSD: src/usr.sbin/rtadvd/rtadvd.8,v 1.22 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ smbmsg.8: $FreeBSD: src/usr.sbin/smbmsg/smbmsg.8,v 1.7 2010/05/27 13:56:19 uqs Exp $ sshd.8: $OpenBSD: sshd.8,v 1.263 2011/08/02 01:22:11 djm Exp $ $FreeBSD: src/crypto/openssh/sshd.8,v 1.43 2011/10/05 22:08:17 des Exp $ tftpd.8: $FreeBSD: src/libexec/tftpd/tftpd.8,v 1.33 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ utx.8: $FreeBSD: src/usr.sbin/utx/utx.8,v 1.2 2012/03/25 09:18:34 joel Exp $ version.4th.8: $FreeBSD: src/sys/boot/forth/version.4th.8,v 1.1 2011/05/28 08:50:38 julian Exp $ zpool.8: $FreeBSD: src/cddl/contrib/opensolaris/cmd/zpool/zpool.8,v 1.16 2012/04/16 08:19:43 mm Exp $ patch files: diff -u src/sbin/atacontrol/atacontrol.8.orig src/sbin/atacontrol/atacontrol.8 --- src/sbin/atacontrol/atacontrol.8.orig 2012-05-17 01:53:25.000000000 +0900 +++ src/sbin/atacontrol/atacontrol.8 2012-05-17 03:16:27.000000000 +0900 @@ -367,8 +367,8 @@ or syslog logging on it as the disk will be worn out spinning down and up all the time. .Sh SEE ALSO -.Xr ata 4 -.Xr cam 4 +.Xr ata 4 , +.Xr cam 4 , .Xr camcontrol 8 .Sh HISTORY The diff -u src/sys/boot/forth/beastie.4th.8.orig src/sys/boot/forth/beastie.4th.8 --- src/sys/boot/forth/beastie.4th.8.orig 2012-05-17 03:16:38.000000000 +0900 +++ src/sys/boot/forth/beastie.4th.8 2012-05-17 03:16:56.000000000 +0900 @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ .Os .Sh NAME .Nm beastie.4th -.Nd FreeBSD ASCII art boot module. +.Nd FreeBSD ASCII art boot module .Sh DESCRIPTION The file that goes by the name of .Nm diff -u src/sys/boot/forth/brand.4th.8.orig src/sys/boot/forth/brand.4th.8 --- src/sys/boot/forth/brand.4th.8.orig 2012-05-17 03:17:07.000000000 +0900 +++ src/sys/boot/forth/brand.4th.8 2012-05-17 03:17:22.000000000 +0900 @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ .Os .Sh NAME .Nm brand.4th -.Nd FreeBSD ASCII art boot module. +.Nd FreeBSD ASCII art boot module .Sh DESCRIPTION The file that goes by the name of .Nm diff -u src/usr.sbin/burncd/burncd.8.orig src/usr.sbin/burncd/burncd.8 --- src/usr.sbin/burncd/burncd.8.orig 2012-05-17 03:17:32.000000000 +0900 +++ src/usr.sbin/burncd/burncd.8 2012-05-17 03:17:55.000000000 +0900 @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ is compiled into the kernel, then .Xr cdrecord 1 , available in the -.Fx +.Fx . Ports Collection as part of the .Pa sysutils/cdrtools port, must be used instead. diff -u src/sbin/camcontrol/camcontrol.8.orig src/sbin/camcontrol/camcontrol.8 --- src/sbin/camcontrol/camcontrol.8.orig 2012-05-17 03:18:08.000000000 +0900 +++ src/sbin/camcontrol/camcontrol.8 2012-05-17 03:20:07.000000000 +0900 @@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ .Bl -tag -width 17n .It Fl a Ar cmd Op args This specifies the content of 12 ATA Command Block registers (command, -features, lba_low, lba_mid, lba_high, device, lba_low_exp, lba_mid_exp. +features, lba_low, lba_mid, lba_high, device, lba_low_exp, lba_mid_exp, lba_high_exp, features_exp, sector_count, sector_count_exp). .It Fl c Ar cmd Op args This specifies the SCSI CDB. @@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@ .It Ic idle Put ATA device into IDLE state. Optional parameter .Pq Fl t -specifies automatic standby timer value in seconds. Value 0 disables timer. +specifies automatic idle timer value in seconds. Value 0 disables timer. .It Ic standby Put ATA device into STANDBY state. Optional parameter .Pq Fl t @@ -1106,7 +1106,7 @@ Run in simulation mode. Packet sizes that will be sent are shown, but no actual packet is sent to the device. -No confimation is asked in simulation mode. +No confirmation is asked in simulation mode. .It Fl v Besides showing sense information in case of a failure, the verbose option causes diff -u src/sys/boot/forth/check-password.4th.8.orig src/sys/boot/forth/check-password.4th.8 --- src/sys/boot/forth/check-password.4th.8.orig 2012-05-17 03:20:19.000000000 +0900 +++ src/sys/boot/forth/check-password.4th.8 2012-05-17 03:20:26.000000000 +0900 @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ .Os .Sh NAME .Nm check-password.4th -.Nd FreeBSD password-checking boot module. +.Nd FreeBSD password-checking boot module .Sh DESCRIPTION The file that goes by the name of .Nm diff -u src/sys/boot/forth/color.4th.8.orig src/sys/boot/forth/color.4th.8 --- src/sys/boot/forth/color.4th.8.orig 2012-05-17 03:20:42.000000000 +0900 +++ src/sys/boot/forth/color.4th.8 2012-05-17 03:20:55.000000000 +0900 @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ .Os .Sh NAME .Nm color.4th -.Nd FreeBSD color-detection boot module. +.Nd FreeBSD color-detection boot module .Sh DESCRIPTION The file that goes by the name of .Nm diff -u src/usr.sbin/cpucontrol/cpucontrol.8.orig src/usr.sbin/cpucontrol/cpucontrol.8 --- src/usr.sbin/cpucontrol/cpucontrol.8.orig 2012-05-17 03:21:08.000000000 +0900 +++ src/usr.sbin/cpucontrol/cpucontrol.8 2012-05-17 03:21:23.000000000 +0900 @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ .Nm cpucontrol .Nd control utility for the .Xr cpuctl 4 -device. +device .Sh SYNOPSIS .Nm .Op Fl vh diff -u src/usr.sbin/ctladm/ctladm.8.orig src/usr.sbin/ctladm/ctladm.8 --- src/usr.sbin/ctladm/ctladm.8.orig 2012-05-17 03:21:36.000000000 +0900 +++ src/usr.sbin/ctladm/ctladm.8 2012-05-17 03:23:33.000000000 +0900 @@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ Because this command uses the ioctl port, it will only work when the FETDs (Front End Target Drivers) are enabled. This command is the equivalent of doing a REPORT LUNS on one LUN and then -and then an INQUIRY on each LUN in the system. +an INQUIRY on each LUN in the system. .It Ic delay Delay commands at the given location. There are two places where commands may be delayed currently: before data is transferred @@ -749,7 +749,7 @@ As a general rule, the WWNN should be the same across all ports on the system. .It Fl W Ar wwpn -Set the World Wide Node Name for the given port. +Set the World Wide Port Name for the given port. The .Fl n argument must be specified, since this is only possible to implement on a @@ -939,10 +939,10 @@ .Pa src/usr.sbin/ctladm/src/usr.sbin/ctladm/ctladm.8 as the backing store, and specify the .Tn SCSI -VPD page 0x80 and 0x83 serial number ( -.Fl S) -and device ID ( -.Fl d). +VPD page 0x80 and 0x83 serial number +.Fl ( S ) +and device ID +.Fl ( d ) . .Pp .Dl ctladm remove -b block -l 12 .Pp diff -u src/usr.bin/ctlstat/ctlstat.8.orig src/usr.bin/ctlstat/ctlstat.8 --- src/usr.bin/ctlstat/ctlstat.8.orig 2012-05-17 03:23:49.000000000 +0900 +++ src/usr.bin/ctlstat/ctlstat.8 2012-05-17 03:24:06.000000000 +0900 @@ -86,8 +86,8 @@ No statistics are computed in this mode, only raw numbers are displayed. .It Fl l Ar lun Request statistics for the specified LUN. -This option is incompatible with total ( -.Fl t ) +This option is incompatible with total +.Fl ( t ) mode. .It Fl n Ar numdevs Display statistics for this many devices. diff -u src/sys/boot/forth/delay.4th.8.orig src/sys/boot/forth/delay.4th.8 --- src/sys/boot/forth/delay.4th.8.orig 2012-05-17 03:24:16.000000000 +0900 +++ src/sys/boot/forth/delay.4th.8 2012-05-17 03:24:28.000000000 +0900 @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ .Os .Sh NAME .Nm delay.4th -.Nd FreeBSD debugging boot module. +.Nd FreeBSD debugging boot module .Sh DESCRIPTION The file that goes by the name of .Nm diff -u src/sbin/etherswitchcfg/etherswitchcfg.8.orig src/sbin/etherswitchcfg/etherswitchcfg.8 --- src/sbin/etherswitchcfg/etherswitchcfg.8.orig 2012-05-17 03:28:50.000000000 +0900 +++ src/sbin/etherswitchcfg/etherswitchcfg.8 2012-05-17 03:29:27.000000000 +0900 @@ -71,7 +71,8 @@ Specifies a list of media options for a port. See .Xr ifconfig 8 for details on -.Ar media and +.Ar media +and .Ar mediaopt . .El .Ss reg diff -u src/usr.sbin/flowctl/flowctl.8.orig src/usr.sbin/flowctl/flowctl.8 --- src/usr.sbin/flowctl/flowctl.8.orig 2012-05-17 03:34:08.000000000 +0900 +++ src/usr.sbin/flowctl/flowctl.8 2012-05-17 03:34:42.000000000 +0900 @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ .Dq "show ip cache flow" command of a Cisco router. It dumps the contents of the flow cache in Cisco-like format. -Specifing either +Specifying either .Cm ipv4 or .Cm ipv6 diff -u src/usr.sbin/freebsd-update/freebsd-update.8.orig src/usr.sbin/freebsd-update/freebsd-update.8 --- src/usr.sbin/freebsd-update/freebsd-update.8.orig 2012-05-17 03:34:52.000000000 +0900 +++ src/usr.sbin/freebsd-update/freebsd-update.8 2012-05-17 03:35:27.000000000 +0900 @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ .Fx 9.0-CURRENT. .Sh OPTIONS -The following options are supported +The following options are supported: .Bl -tag -width "-f conffile" .It Fl b Ar basedir Operate on a system mounted at diff -u src/sbin/geom/class/eli/geli.8.orig src/sbin/geom/class/eli/geli.8 --- src/sbin/geom/class/eli/geli.8.orig 2012-05-17 03:35:41.000000000 +0900 +++ src/sbin/geom/class/eli/geli.8 2012-05-17 03:35:51.000000000 +0900 @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ Consult the .Sx HISTORY section to find which metadata version is supported by which FreeBSD version. -Note that using older metadata version may limit numer of features available. +Note that using older metadata version may limit number of features available. .El .It Cm attach Attach the given provider. diff -u src/sbin/geom/class/multipath/gmultipath.8.orig src/sbin/geom/class/multipath/gmultipath.8 --- src/sbin/geom/class/multipath/gmultipath.8.orig 2012-05-17 03:36:00.000000000 +0900 +++ src/sbin/geom/class/multipath/gmultipath.8 2012-05-17 03:37:14.000000000 +0900 @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ method. Label the first given provider with on-disk metadata using the specified .Ar name . -The rest of given providers will be retasted to detect these metadata. +The rest of given providers will be retested to detect these metadata. It reliably protects against specifying unrelated providers. Providers with no matching metadata detected will not be added to the device. .Pp diff -u src/sbin/geom/class/part/gpart.8.orig src/sbin/geom/class/part/gpart.8 --- src/sbin/geom/class/part/gpart.8.orig 2012-05-17 03:37:29.000000000 +0900 +++ src/sbin/geom/class/part/gpart.8 2012-05-17 03:38:31.000000000 +0900 @@ -650,7 +650,7 @@ for GPT. .It Cm ms-ldm-metadata A partition that contains Logical Disk Manager (LDM) database. -The scheme-specifig type is +The scheme-specific type is .Qq Li "!5808c8aa-7e8f-42e0-85d2-e1e90434cfb3" for GPT. .El @@ -971,7 +971,7 @@ .Sx "PARTITION TYPES" section). If this variable set to 1 each component of the mirrored volume will be -present as independet partition. +present as independent partition. .Em NOTE : This may break a mirrored volume and lead to data damage. .El diff -u src/sbin/geom/class/raid/graid.8.orig src/sbin/geom/class/raid/graid.8 --- src/sbin/geom/class/raid/graid.8.orig 2012-05-17 03:38:39.000000000 +0900 +++ src/sbin/geom/class/raid/graid.8 2012-05-17 03:38:50.000000000 +0900 @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ .Nm RAID GEOM class. .It Va kern.geom.raid.idle_threshold : No 1000000 -Time in microseconds to consider a volume idle for rebuild puroses. +Time in microseconds to consider a volume idle for rebuild purpose. .It Va kern.geom.raid.name_format : No 0 Providers name format: 0 -- raid/r{num}, 1 -- raid/{label}. .It Va kern.geom.raid.read_err_thresh : No 10 diff -u src/sbin/inum/gvinum.8,v.orig src/sbin/inum/gvinum.8,v --- src/sbin/inum/gvinum.8,v.orig 2012-05-17 03:38:58.000000000 +0900 +++ src/sbin/inum/gvinum.8,v 2012-05-17 03:42:17.000000000 +0900 @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ .It Ic raid5 Oo Fl fv Oc Oo Fl s Ar stripesize Oc Oo Fl n Ar name Oc Ar drives Create a RAID-5 volume from the specified drives. If no name is specified,a unique name will be set by -.Ic gvinum. +.Ic gvinum . This organization requires at least three drives. .It Ic rename Oo Fl r Oc Ar drive | subdisk | plex | volume newname Change the name of the specified object. @@ -202,8 +202,9 @@ if no parameters are specified. .It Ic stripe Oo Fl fv Oc Oo Fl n Ar name Oc Ar drives Create a striped volume from the specified drives. If no name is specified, -a unique name will be set by Ic gvinum. This organization requires at least two -drives. +a unique name will be set by +.Ic gvinum . +This organization requires at least two drives. .El .Sh DESCRIPTION The @@ -278,7 +279,8 @@ .El .Sh EXAMPLES To create a mirror on disks /dev/ad1 and /dev/ad2, create a filesystem, mount, -unmount and then stop Ic gvinum: +unmount and then stop +.Ic gvinum : .Pp .Dl "gvinum mirror /dev/ad1 /dev/ad2" .Dl "newfs /dev/gvinum/gvinumvolume0" diff -u src/sbin/geom/classirstor/gvirstor.8,v.orig src/sbin/geom/classirstor/gvirstor.8,v --- src/sbin/geom/classirstor/gvirstor.8,v.orig 2012-05-17 03:42:29.000000000 +0900 +++ src/sbin/geom/classirstor/gvirstor.8,v 2012-05-17 03:43:13.000000000 +0900 @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ The specified virstor device must exist and be active .Pq i.e. module loaded, device present in Pa /dev . This action can be safely performed while the virstor device is in use -.Pq Qo hot Qc operation +.Pq Qo hot Qc operation . .It Cm remove Removes components from existing virtual device with the given .Ar name . @@ -268,7 +268,8 @@ components will always remain constant during their existence. For alternative ways to implement virtual or resizable file systems see .Xr zfs 1M , -.Xr gconcat 8 and +.Xr gconcat 8 +and .Xr growfs 8 . .Pp Note that diff -u src/sbin/hastctl/hastctl.8.orig src/sbin/hastctl/hastctl.8 --- src/sbin/hastctl/hastctl.8.orig 2012-05-17 04:21:06.000000000 +0900 +++ src/sbin/hastctl/hastctl.8 2012-05-17 04:21:26.000000000 +0900 @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ .Xr ggatel 8 , .Xr hastd 8 , .Xr mount 8 , -.Xr newfs 8 . +.Xr newfs 8 .Sh AUTHORS The .Nm diff -u src/sbin/hastd/hastd.8.orig src/sbin/hastd/hastd.8 --- src/sbin/hastd/hastd.8.orig 2012-05-17 04:21:34.000000000 +0900 +++ src/sbin/hastd/hastd.8 2012-05-17 04:21:50.000000000 +0900 @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ .Xr hastctl 8 , .Xr mount 8 , .Xr newfs 8 , -.Xr g_bio 9 . +.Xr g_bio 9 .Sh AUTHORS The .Nm diff -u src/contrib/amd/hlfsd/hlfsd.8.orig src/contrib/amd/hlfsd/hlfsd.8 --- src/contrib/amd/hlfsd/hlfsd.8.orig 2012-05-17 04:22:04.000000000 +0900 +++ src/contrib/amd/hlfsd/hlfsd.8 2012-05-17 04:23:08.000000000 +0900 @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ or mis-delivery of mail. The option is ignored on systems that can turn off the attribute-cache. -.It Fl D Ar log-options +.It Fl D Ar debug-options Select from a variety of debugging options. Prefixing an option with the string diff -u src/usr.sbin/i2c/i2c.8.orig src/usr.sbin/i2c/i2c.8 --- src/usr.sbin/i2c/i2c.8.orig 2012-05-17 04:23:22.000000000 +0900 +++ src/usr.sbin/i2c/i2c.8 2012-05-17 04:23:41.000000000 +0900 @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ .It Fl s scan the bus for devices. .It Fl v -be verbose +be verbose. .It Fl w Ar 0|8|16 device addressing width (in bits). .El diff -u src/sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.8.orig src/sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.8 --- src/sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.8.orig 2012-05-17 04:24:00.000000000 +0900 +++ src/sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.8 2012-05-17 04:25:53.000000000 +0900 @@ -708,13 +708,13 @@ .Cm sta , .Cm ahdemo (or -.Cm adhoc-demo ), +.Cm adhoc-demo ) , .Cm ibss , (or -.Cm adhoc ), +.Cm adhoc ) , .Cm ap , (or -.Cm hostap ), +.Cm hostap ) , .Cm wds , .Cm tdma , .Cm mesh , @@ -2020,7 +2020,7 @@ discover a path to us. .It Cm PROACTIVE Send broadcast path requests every two seconds and every node must reply with -with a path reply even if it already has a path to this root mesh station. +a path reply even if it already has a path to this root mesh station. .It Cm RANN Send broadcast root announcement (RANN) frames. Nodes on the mesh without a path to this root mesh station with try to @@ -2378,7 +2378,8 @@ .It Cm grekey Ar key Configure the GRE key to be used for outgoing packets. Note that -.Xr gre 4 will always accept GRE packets with invalid or absent keys. +.Xr gre 4 +will always accept GRE packets with invalid or absent keys. This command will result in a four byte MTU reduction on the interface. .El .Pp @@ -2590,7 +2591,7 @@ printed. For example, the values of 802.11 WEP keys and .Xr carp 4 -passphrases will be printed, if accessible to the current user. +passphrase will be printed, if accessible to the current user. This information is not printed by default, as it may be considered sensitive. .Pp diff -u src/contrib/ipfilter/man/ipf.8.orig src/contrib/ipfilter/man/ipf.8 --- src/contrib/ipfilter/man/ipf.8.orig 2012-05-17 04:26:11.000000000 +0900 +++ src/contrib/ipfilter/man/ipf.8 2012-05-17 04:27:51.000000000 +0900 @@ -42,11 +42,11 @@ .TP .B \-c This option causes \fBipf\fP to generate output files for a compiler that -supports \fBlanguage\fI. At present, the only target language supported is -\fBC\fB (-cc) for which two files - \fBip_rules.c\fP +supports \fBlanguage\fP. At present, the only target language supported is +\fBC\fP (-cc) for which two files - \fBip_rules.c\fP and \fBip_rules.h\fP are generated in the \fBCURRENT DIRECTORY\fP when \fBipf\fP is being run. These files can be used with the -\fBIPFILTER_COMPILED\fP kernel option to build filter rules staticlly into +\fBIPFILTER_COMPILED\fP kernel option to build filter rules statically into the kernel. .TP .B \-d diff -u src/sbin/ipfw/ipfw.8.orig src/sbin/ipfw/ipfw.8 --- src/sbin/ipfw/ipfw.8.orig 2012-05-17 04:28:12.000000000 +0900 +++ src/sbin/ipfw/ipfw.8 2012-05-17 04:35:09.000000000 +0900 @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ .Sh NAME .Nm ipfw .Nd User interface for firewall, traffic shaper, packet scheduler, -in-kernel NAT. +in-kernel NAT .Sh SYNOPSIS .Ss FIREWALL CONFIGURATION .Nm @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ for the place of invocation (e.g.\& trying to match a MAC header within .Cm ip_input or -.Cm ip6_input ), +.Cm ip6_input ) , the match pattern will not match, but a .Cm not operator in front of such patterns @@ -843,7 +843,7 @@ and .Cm return actions don't do any jumps and simply go to the next rule if memory -can't be allocated or stack overflowed/undeflowed. +can't be allocated or stack overflowed/underflowed. .Pp Internally stack for rule numbers is implemented using .Xr mbuf_tags 9 @@ -914,7 +914,7 @@ where .Ar code is a number from 0, 1, 3 or 4, or one of these aliases: -.Cm no-route, admin-prohib, address +.Cm no-route , admin-prohib , address or .Cm port . The search terminates. @@ -1525,7 +1525,7 @@ .Cm port numbers (i.e., one or more comma-separated single values or ranges). You can use symbolic names for known values such as -.Em vlan , ipv4, ipv6 . +.Em vlan , ipv4 , ipv6 . Values can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal (if prefixed by 0x), and they are always printed as hexadecimal (unless the .Cm -N @@ -1781,11 +1781,11 @@ The .Cm tablearg argument can be used with the following actions: -.Cm nat, pipe , queue, divert, tee, netgraph, ngtee, fwd, skipto, setfib, +.Cm nat, pipe , queue , divert , tee , netgraph , ngtee , fwd , skipto , setfib , action parameters: -.Cm tag, untag, +.Cm tag , untag , rule options: -.Cm limit, tagged. +.Cm limit , tagged . .Pp When used with .Cm fwd @@ -1883,7 +1883,7 @@ are used here only to denote the initial match addresses, but they are completely equivalent afterwards). Dynamic rules will be checked at the first -.Cm check-state, keep-state +.Cm check-state , keep-state or .Cm limit occurrence, and the action performed upon a match will be the same @@ -2713,7 +2713,7 @@ Global tracking is disabled .It Cm >1 Enables tracking, the maximum number of addresses tracked for each -association is limited to this value +association is limited to this value. .El .Pp This variable is fully dynamic, the new value will be adopted for all newly @@ -2789,7 +2789,8 @@ .It Va net.inet.ip.fw.default_rule : No 65535 The default rule number (read-only). By the design of -.Nm , the default rule is the last one, so its number +.Nm , +the default rule is the last one, so its number can also serve as the highest number allowed for a rule. .It Va net.inet.ip.fw.dyn_buckets : No 256 The number of buckets in the hash table for dynamic rules. diff -u src/contrib/ipfilter/man/ipmon.8.orig src/contrib/ipfilter/man/ipmon.8 --- src/contrib/ipfilter/man/ipmon.8.orig 2012-05-17 04:35:46.000000000 +0900 +++ src/contrib/ipfilter/man/ipmon.8 2012-05-17 04:39:16.000000000 +0900 @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ 4. The group and rule number of the rule, e.g., \fB at 0:17\fP. These can be viewed with \fBipfstat -n\fP. .LP -5. The action: \fBp\fP for passed, \fBb\fP for blocked, \fB\fP for a short +5. The action: \fBp\fP for passed, \fBb\fP for blocked, \fBS\fP for a short packet, \fBn\fP did not match any rules or \fBL\fP for a log rule. .LP 6. The addresses. @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ .TP .B \-P Write the pid of the ipmon process to a file. By default this is -\fI//etc/opt/ipf/ipmon.pid\fP (Solaris), \fI/var/run/ipmon.pid\fP (44BSD +\fI/etc/opt/ipf/ipmon.pid\fP (Solaris), \fI/var/run/ipmon.pid\fP (44BSD or later) or \fI/etc/ipmon.pid\fP for all others. .TP .B \-s diff -u src/contrib/ipfilter/man/ippool.8.orig src/contrib/ipfilter/man/ippool.8 --- src/contrib/ipfilter/man/ippool.8.orig 2012-05-17 04:39:23.000000000 +0900 +++ src/contrib/ipfilter/man/ippool.8 2012-05-17 04:39:36.000000000 +0900 @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ type pools. .TP .B -t -Sets the type of pool being defined. Myst be one of +Sets the type of pool being defined. Must be one of .B tree, .B hash, .B group-map. diff -u src/usr.sbin/jail/jail.8.orig src/usr.sbin/jail/jail.8 --- src/usr.sbin/jail/jail.8.orig 2012-05-17 04:39:48.000000000 +0900 +++ src/usr.sbin/jail/jail.8 2012-05-17 04:41:03.000000000 +0900 @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ .Dq true and .Dq false . -Other partameters may have more than one value, specified as a +Other parameters may have more than one value, specified as a comma-separated list or with .Dq += in the configuration file (see @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ can be seen with .Xr jls 8 , and can (usually) be changed with -.Dq Nm Fl m. +.Dq Nm Fl m . Then there are pseudo-parameters that are only used by .Nm itself. @@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ command lines that are run in either the system or prison environment. They may be given multiple values, which run would the specified commands in sequence. -All commands must succed (return a zero exit status), or the jail will +All commands must succeed (return a zero exit status), or the jail will not be created or removed. .Pp The pseudo-parameters are: @@ -657,7 +657,8 @@ after sending them a .Dv SIGTERM signal (which happens after the -.Va exec.stop commands have completed). +.Va exec.stop +commands have completed). After this many seconds have passed, the prison will be removed, which will kill any remaining processes. If this is set to zero, no diff -u src/sys/boot/common/loader.8.orig src/sys/boot/common/loader.8 --- src/sys/boot/common/loader.8.orig 2012-05-17 04:41:16.000000000 +0900 +++ src/sys/boot/common/loader.8 2012-05-17 04:41:27.000000000 +0900 @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ Defines the base i/o port used to access console UART (i386 and amd64 only). If the variable is not set, its assumed value is 0x3F8, which -corresponds to PC port COM1, unless overriden by +corresponds to PC port COM1, unless overridden by .Va BOOT_COMCONSOLE_PORT variable during the compilation of .Nm . diff -u src/sys/boot/forth/menu.4th.8.orig src/sys/boot/forth/menu.4th.8 --- src/sys/boot/forth/menu.4th.8.orig 2012-05-17 04:41:50.000000000 +0900 +++ src/sys/boot/forth/menu.4th.8 2012-05-17 04:41:55.000000000 +0900 @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ .Os .Sh NAME .Nm menu.4th -.Nd FreeBSD dynamic menu boot module. +.Nd FreeBSD dynamic menu boot module .Sh DESCRIPTION The file that goes by the name of .Nm diff -u src/sbin/mount/mount.8.orig src/sbin/mount/mount.8 --- src/sbin/mount/mount.8.orig 2012-05-17 04:42:04.000000000 +0900 +++ src/sbin/mount/mount.8 2012-05-17 04:42:29.000000000 +0900 @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ .Cm smbfs , .Cm udf , and -.Cm unionfs , +.Cm unionfs . .Nm will not call .Xr nmount 2 diff -u src/sbin/natd/natd.8.orig src/sbin/natd/natd.8 --- src/sbin/natd/natd.8.orig 2012-05-17 04:42:40.000000000 +0900 +++ src/sbin/natd/natd.8 2012-05-17 04:42:50.000000000 +0900 @@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ .Pp Here the packet from internal network to Internet goes out via .Ql sis0 -(rule number 2000) and gets catched by the +(rule number 2000) and gets caught by the .Ic globalport socket (3000). After that, either a match is found in a translation table diff -u src/usr.sbin/wpa/ndis_ents/ndis_events.8,v.orig src/usr.sbin/wpa/ndis_ents/ndis_events.8,v --- src/usr.sbin/wpa/ndis_ents/ndis_events.8,v.orig 2012-05-17 04:42:56.000000000 +0900 +++ src/usr.sbin/wpa/ndis_ents/ndis_events.8,v 2012-05-17 04:43:11.000000000 +0900 @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ interface, it transmits it via UDP packet on the loopback interface, where .Xr wpa_supplicant 8 -is presumeably listening. +is presumably listening. The standard .Xr wpa_supplicant 8 distribution includes its own version of this utility for use with diff -u src/usr.sbin/nfsroke/nfsrevoke.8,v.orig src/usr.sbin/nfsroke/nfsrevoke.8,v --- src/usr.sbin/nfsroke/nfsrevoke.8,v.orig 2012-05-17 04:43:22.000000000 +0900 +++ src/usr.sbin/nfsroke/nfsrevoke.8,v 2012-05-17 04:43:37.000000000 +0900 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ .Ar ClientId .Sh DESCRIPTION .Nm -This command is used by a system administrator to revoke a client's access +command is used by a system administrator to revoke a client's access to the NFS Version 4 server. All Open/Lock state held by the client will be released. After revocation, the client will no longer be able to use state on the server diff -u src/usr.sbin/ntp/doc/ntp-keygen.8.orig src/usr.sbin/ntp/doc/ntp-keygen.8 --- src/usr.sbin/ntp/doc/ntp-keygen.8.orig 2012-05-17 04:43:52.000000000 +0900 +++ src/usr.sbin/ntp/doc/ntp-keygen.8 2012-05-17 04:51:18.000000000 +0900 @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ Each cryptographic configuration involves selection of a signature scheme and identification scheme, called a cryptotype, as explained in the -.Sx Authentication Options +.Sx Authentication Commands section of .Xr ntp.conf 5 . The default cryptotype uses RSA encryption, MD5 message digest @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ Trusted hosts prove identity using values provided by the TA, while the remaining hosts prove identity using values provided by a trusted host and certificate trails that end on that host. -The name of a trusted host is also the name of its sugroup +The name of a trusted host is also the name of its su group and also the subject and issuer name on its trusted certificate. The TA is not necessarily a trusted host in this sense, but often is. .Pp @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ to her clients. It doesn't matter which client key file goes to alice, since they all work the same way. -Alice copies the client key file to all of her cliens. +Alice copies the client key file to all of her clients. On client bob install a soft link from generic .Pa ntpkey_mvkey_ Ns Ar bob to the client key file. @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ Generate parameters for the IFF identification scheme, obsoleting any that may exist. .It Fl i Ar name -Set the suject name to +Set the subject name to .Ar name . This is used as the subject field in certificates and in the file name for host and sign keys. @@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ and .Xr ntpdc 8 utilities. -.Sh Bugs +.Sh BUGS It can take quite a while to generate some cryptographic values, from one to several minutes with modern architectures such as UltraSPARC and up to tens of minutes to an hour diff -u src/usr.sbin/ntp/doc/ntpdc.8.orig src/usr.sbin/ntp/doc/ntpdc.8 --- src/usr.sbin/ntp/doc/ntpdc.8.orig 2012-05-17 23:38:04.000000000 +0900 +++ src/usr.sbin/ntp/doc/ntpdc.8 2012-05-17 23:42:59.000000000 +0900 @@ -608,7 +608,7 @@ .It Cm monitor Enables the monitoring facility. See the -.Xr src/usr.sbin/ntp/doc/ntpdc.8 . +.Xr src/usr.sbin/ntp/doc/ntpdc.8 program and the monlist command or further information. The default for this flag is enable. .It Cm ntp @@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ .It Cm stats Enables the statistics facility. See the -.Sx Monitoring Options +.Sx Monitoring Support section of .Xr ntp.conf 5 for further information. diff -u src/usr.sbin/ntp/doc/ntpq.8.orig src/usr.sbin/ntp/doc/ntpq.8 --- src/usr.sbin/ntp/doc/ntpq.8.orig 2012-05-17 23:43:12.000000000 +0900 +++ src/usr.sbin/ntp/doc/ntpq.8 2012-05-17 23:45:38.000000000 +0900 @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ The .Nm can also obtain and print a list of peers in a common format -by sendingmultiple queries to the server. +by sending multiple queries to the server. .Pp If one or more request options is included on the command line when @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ billboard, called the tally code, shows the fate of each association in the clock selection process. -Following is a list of these characters, the pigeon used +Following is a list of these characters, the pidgeon used in the .Ic rv command, and a short explanation of the condition revealed. @@ -749,7 +749,7 @@ .Sy TEST12 check the authentication state using Autokey public-key cryptography, as described in the -.Sx Authentication Options +.Sx Authentication Commands section of .Xr ntp.conf 5 . If @@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ .Pq TEST5 Cryptographic authentication fails. See the -.Sx Authentication Options +.Sx Authentication Commands section of .Xr ntp.conf 5 . .It 0x020 @@ -809,12 +809,12 @@ .It 0x100 .Pq TEST9 Either the peer delay or dispersion is greater than one second, which is -higly unlikely unless the peer is on Mars. +highly unlikely unless the peer is on Mars. .It 0x200 .Pq TEST10 The autokey protocol has detected an authentication failure. See the -.Sx Authentication Options +.Sx Authentication Commands section of .Xr ntp.conf 5 . .It 0x400 @@ -822,7 +822,7 @@ The autokey protocol has not verified the server or peer is proventic and has valid public key credentials. See the -.Sx Authentication Options +.Sx Authentication Commands section of .Xr ntp.conf 5 . .It 0x800 @@ -830,7 +830,7 @@ A protocol or configuration error has occurred in the public key algorithms or a possible intrusion event has been detected. See the -.Sx Authentication Options +.Sx Authentication Commands section of .Xr ntp.conf 5 . .El diff -u src/lib/libpam/modules/pam_exec/pam_exec.8.orig src/lib/libpam/modules/pam_exec/pam_exec.8 --- src/lib/libpam/modules/pam_exec/pam_exec.8.orig 2012-05-17 23:45:53.000000000 +0900 +++ src/lib/libpam/modules/pam_exec/pam_exec.8 2012-05-17 23:46:11.000000000 +0900 @@ -131,10 +131,10 @@ .Xr pam 8 , .Xr pam_sm_acct_mgmt 8 , .Xr pam_sm_authenticate 8 , -.Xr pam_sm_chauthtok 8, +.Xr pam_sm_chauthtok 8 , .Xr pam_sm_close_session 8 , .Xr pam_sm_open_session 8 , -.Xr pam_sm_setcred 8 . +.Xr pam_sm_setcred 8 .Sh AUTHORS The .Nm diff -u src/usr.sbin/pc-sysinstall/pc-sysinstall/pc-sysinstall.8.orig src/usr.sbin/pc-sysinstall/pc-sysinstall/pc-sysinstall.8 --- src/usr.sbin/pc-sysinstall/pc-sysinstall/pc-sysinstall.8.orig 2012-05-17 23:46:18.000000000 +0900 +++ src/usr.sbin/pc-sysinstall/pc-sysinstall/pc-sysinstall.8 2012-05-17 23:46:50.000000000 +0900 @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ .Bl -tag -width indent .It Fl c Ar file Perform an installation as directed by -.Ar file. +.Ar file . .El .Sh COMMANDS The @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ .It detect-laptop Tests to see if this system is a laptop or desktop. .It detect-emulation -Tests to see if this system is running in an emulator +Tests to see if this system is running in an emulator. .It detect-nics Returns a listing of the detected network cards on this system. .It list-components diff -u src/share/man/man8/picobsd.8.orig src/share/man/man8/picobsd.8 --- src/share/man/man8/picobsd.8.orig 2012-05-17 23:47:00.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/man/man8/picobsd.8 2012-05-17 23:47:54.000000000 +0900 @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ .Fl src , .Fl init , .Fl n and -.Fl v. +.Fl v . .Bl -tag -width indent .\" .It Fl -all_in_mfs @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ images. .\" .It Fl -iso -Generate an ISO image, picobsd.iso, in addition to the disk image picobsd.bin +Generate an ISO image, picobsd.iso, in addition to the disk image picobsd.bin. .\" .It Fl -modules Also build kernel modules. diff -u src/share/man/man8/rc.8.orig src/share/man/man8/rc.8 --- src/share/man/man8/rc.8.orig 2012-05-17 23:48:13.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/man/man8/rc.8 2012-05-17 23:48:29.000000000 +0900 @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ but a script can stop the boot if necessary by invoking the .Fn stop_boot function (from -.Xr rc.subr 8 ). +.Xr rc.subr 8 ) . .El .Pp Each script should contain diff -u src/usr.bin/rctl/rctl.8.orig src/usr.bin/rctl/rctl.8 --- src/usr.bin/rctl/rctl.8.orig 2012-05-17 23:48:37.000000000 +0900 +++ src/usr.bin/rctl/rctl.8 2012-05-17 23:48:46.000000000 +0900 @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ for a list of supported signals. .Pp Not all actions are supported for all resources. -Attempt to add rule with action not supported by a given resouce will result +Attempt to add rule with action not supported by a given resource will result in error. .Pp Note that limiting RSS may kill the machine due to thrashing. diff -u src/usr.sbin/rtactl/rtadvctl.8,v.orig src/usr.sbin/rtactl/rtadvctl.8,v --- src/usr.sbin/rtactl/rtadvctl.8,v.orig 2012-05-17 23:48:54.000000000 +0900 +++ src/usr.sbin/rtactl/rtadvctl.8,v 2012-05-17 23:49:08.000000000 +0900 @@ -31,7 +31,8 @@ .Sh NAME .Nm rtadvctl .Nd control program for -.Xr rtadvd 8 daemon +.Xr rtadvd 8 +daemon .Sh SYNOPSIS .Nm .Op Fl v diff -u src/usr.sbin/rtad/rtadvd.8,v.orig src/usr.sbin/rtad/rtadvd.8,v --- src/usr.sbin/rtad/rtadvd.8,v.orig 2012-05-17 23:49:18.000000000 +0900 +++ src/usr.sbin/rtad/rtadvd.8,v 2012-05-17 23:49:28.000000000 +0900 @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ .It Fl p Specify an alternative file in which to store the process ID. The default is -.Pa /var/run/rtadvd.pid. +.Pa /var/run/rtadvd.pid . .It Fl R Accept router renumbering requests. If you enable it, certain IPsec setup is suggested for security reasons. diff -u src/usr.sbin/smbmsg/smbmsg.8.orig src/usr.sbin/smbmsg/smbmsg.8 --- src/usr.sbin/smbmsg/smbmsg.8.orig 2012-05-17 23:51:03.000000000 +0900 +++ src/usr.sbin/smbmsg/smbmsg.8 2012-05-17 23:51:14.000000000 +0900 @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ The only valid additional option for this modus of operation (besides the .Fl p -option that choses the modus) is +option that chooses the modus) is .Fl f Ar dev . See below for a description. .Pp diff -u src/crypto/openssh/sshd.8.orig src/crypto/openssh/sshd.8 --- src/crypto/openssh/sshd.8.orig 2012-05-17 23:51:23.000000000 +0900 +++ src/crypto/openssh/sshd.8 2012-05-17 23:51:33.000000000 +0900 @@ -386,7 +386,8 @@ If the login is on a tty, records login time. .It Checks -.Pa /etc/nologin and +.Pa /etc/nologin +and .Pa /var/run/nologin ; if one exists, it prints the contents and quits (unless root). diff -u src/libexec/tftpd/tftpd.8.orig src/libexec/tftpd/tftpd.8 --- src/libexec/tftpd/tftpd.8.orig 2012-05-17 23:51:49.000000000 +0900 +++ src/libexec/tftpd/tftpd.8 2012-05-17 23:52:31.000000000 +0900 @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ .Ar value . The debug level is a bitmask implemented in .Pa src/libexec/tftpd/tftp-utils.h . -Valid values are 0 (DEBUG_NONE), 1 (DEBUG_PACKETS), 2, (DEBUG_SIMPLE), +Valid values are 0 (DEBUG_NONE), 1 (DEBUG_PACKETS), 2 (DEBUG_SIMPLE), 4 (DEBUG_OPTIONS), and 8 (DEBUG_ACCESS). Multiple debug values can be combined in the bitmask by logically OR'ing the values. For example, specifying .Fl d @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ Note that this only works in directories writable by the user specified with .Fl u -option +option. .It Fl W As .Fl w diff -u src/usr.sbin/utx/utx.8.orig src/usr.sbin/utx/utx.8 --- src/usr.sbin/utx/utx.8.orig 2012-05-17 23:52:40.000000000 +0900 +++ src/usr.sbin/utx/utx.8 2012-05-17 23:52:58.000000000 +0900 @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr getent 1 , .Xr w 1 , -.Xr pututxline 3 . +.Xr pututxline 3 .Sh HISTORY The .Nm diff -u src/sys/boot/forthersion.4th.8,v.orig src/sys/boot/forthersion.4th.8,v --- src/sys/boot/forthersion.4th.8,v.orig 2012-05-17 23:53:05.000000000 +0900 +++ src/sys/boot/forthersion.4th.8,v 2012-05-17 23:53:42.000000000 +0900 @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ .Os .Sh NAME .Nm version.4th -.Nd FreeBSD version string boot module. +.Nd FreeBSD version string boot module .Sh DESCRIPTION The file that goes by the name of .Nm diff -u src/cddl/contrib/opensolaris/cmd/zpool/zpool.8.orig src/cddl/contrib/opensolaris/cmd/zpool/zpool.8 --- src/cddl/contrib/opensolaris/cmd/zpool/zpool.8.orig 2012-05-17 23:54:39.000000000 +0900 +++ src/cddl/contrib/opensolaris/cmd/zpool/zpool.8 2012-05-17 23:56:33.000000000 +0900 @@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ .It Sy dedupditto Ns = Ns Ar number Threshold for the number of block ditto copies. If the reference count for a deduplicated block increases above this number, a new ditto copy of this block -is automatically stored. Deafult setting is +is automatically stored. Default setting is .Cm 0 . .It Sy delegation Ns = Ns Cm on No | Cm off Controls whether a non-privileged user is granted access based on the dataset @@ -832,7 +832,7 @@ in use by another subsystem. There are some uses, such as being currently mounted, or specified as the dedicated dump device, that prevents a device from ever being used by -.Tn ZFS +.Tn ZFS . Other uses, such as having a preexisting .Sy UFS file system, can be overridden with the @@ -882,7 +882,8 @@ .Ar ... .Xc Sets the given file system properties in the root file system of the pool. See -.Xr zfs 8 Properties +.Xr zfs 8 +Properties for a list of valid properties that can be set. .It Fl R Ar root @@ -1110,7 +1111,7 @@ and the .Qq Sy altroot property to -.Qq Ar root +.Qq Ar root . .It Fl F Recovery mode for a non-importable pool. Attempt to return the pool to an importable state by discarding the last few transactions. Not all damaged pools >Release-Note: >Audit-Trail: >Unformatted: From gjb at FreeBSD.org Thu May 17 15:45:51 2012 From: gjb at FreeBSD.org (gjb at FreeBSD.org) Date: Thu, 17 May 2012 15:45:51 GMT Subject: docs/168016: groff mandoc style, usage mistakes or typos. (man8) Message-ID: <201205171545.q4HFjp1B067153@freefall.freebsd.org> Synopsis: groff mandoc style, usage mistakes or typos. (man8) Responsible-Changed-From-To: freebsd-doc->gjb Responsible-Changed-By: gjb Responsible-Changed-When: Thu May 17 15:45:43 UTC 2012 Responsible-Changed-Why: Over to me. http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=168016 From wblock at wonkity.com Thu May 17 21:17:31 2012 From: wblock at wonkity.com (Warren Block) Date: Thu, 17 May 2012 15:17:29 -0600 (MDT) Subject: Handbook mirroring section Message-ID: Summary: Handbook mirror example broken, new rewrite here, feedback desired before commit. http://www.wonkity.com/~wblock/mirror/book.html http://www.wonkity.com/~wblock/mirror/chapter.diff More detail: The existing mirroring section in the GEOM chapter of the Handbook uses a workaround to add another drive and make a mirror with one existing drive without moving data. http://www.freebsd.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/geom-mirror.html That workaround creates mirrors that FreeBSD 9 and later versions of 8 see as having invalid, overlapping areas. The more strict tests prevent at least FreeBSD 9 from even booting from mirrors created that way: http://www.freebsd.org/releases/9.0R/relnotes-detailed.html#AEN1277 Ideally, the procedure would be able to create a single-drive mirror but use only a limited amount of disk space on the new drive, making that space the same size as the existing drive. (Here's a new 80G drive, but I only want to use 40G of space for the mirror.) Of course this can be done with partitions, but that is more complex and there may be thrashing issues with multiple partitions. It turns out to be fairly difficult to do this in a situation that will work reliably for the average user. I've rewritten the mirroring section to just use two new drives. A mirror *can* be created with two different-sized drives, provided they are both seen at the time of creation. The smaller size is used; exposing that size with a command-line option would be very useful. From gjb at FreeBSD.org Thu May 17 21:47:49 2012 From: gjb at FreeBSD.org (Glen Barber) Date: Thu, 17 May 2012 17:47:46 -0400 Subject: Handbook mirroring section In-Reply-To: References: Message-ID: <20120517214746.GB1414@glenbarber.us> On Thu, May 17, 2012 at 03:17:29PM -0600, Warren Block wrote: > Summary: Handbook mirror example broken, new rewrite here, feedback > desired before commit. > > http://www.wonkity.com/~wblock/mirror/book.html > http://www.wonkity.com/~wblock/mirror/chapter.diff > > I think it looks good. Glen From mexas at bristol.ac.uk Thu May 17 22:27:05 2012 From: mexas at bristol.ac.uk (Anton Shterenlikht) Date: Thu, 17 May 2012 23:26:57 +0100 Subject: Handbook mirroring section In-Reply-To: References: Message-ID: <20120517222657.GA14370@mech-cluster241.men.bris.ac.uk> On Thu, May 17, 2012 at 03:17:29PM -0600, Warren Block wrote: > Summary: Handbook mirror example broken, new rewrite here, feedback > desired before commit. > > http://www.wonkity.com/~wblock/mirror/book.html > http://www.wonkity.com/~wblock/mirror/chapter.diff > > > More detail: > > The existing mirroring section in the GEOM chapter of the Handbook uses > a workaround to add another drive and make a mirror with one existing > drive without moving data. > > http://www.freebsd.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/geom-mirror.html > > That workaround creates mirrors that FreeBSD 9 and later versions of 8 > see as having invalid, overlapping areas. The more strict tests prevent > at least FreeBSD 9 from even booting from mirrors created that way: > > http://www.freebsd.org/releases/9.0R/relnotes-detailed.html#AEN1277 > > Ideally, the procedure would be able to create a single-drive mirror but > use only a limited amount of disk space on the new drive, making that > space the same size as the existing drive. (Here's a new 80G drive, but > I only want to use 40G of space for the mirror.) Of course this can be > done with partitions, but that is more complex and there may be > thrashing issues with multiple partitions. > > It turns out to be fairly difficult to do this in a situation that will > work reliably for the average user. > > I've rewritten the mirroring section to just use two new drives. > > A mirror *can* be created with two different-sized drives, provided they > are both seen at the time of creation. The smaller size is used; > exposing that size with a command-line option would be very useful. I haven't read your update thoroughly. This is just to mention that you might want to look at http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=docs/136712 It might be completely out of date by now, in which case feel free to close this PR. -- Anton Shterenlikht Room 2.6, Queen's Building Mech Eng Dept Bristol University University Walk, Bristol BS8 1TR, UK Tel: +44 (0)117 331 5944 Fax: +44 (0)117 929 4423 From kogane at jp.freebsd.org Fri May 18 19:00:19 2012 From: kogane at jp.freebsd.org (Nobuyuki Koganemaru) Date: Sat, 19 May 2012 03:56:05 +0900 (JST) Subject: docs/168117: groff mandoc style, usage mistakes or typos. (man9) Message-ID: <20120518185605.ACE162842A@kcesx30.koganemaru.co.jp> >Number: 168117 >Category: docs >Synopsis: groff mandoc style, usage mistakes or typos. (man9) >Confidential: no >Severity: non-critical >Priority: low >Responsible: freebsd-doc >State: open >Quarter: >Keywords: >Date-Required: >Class: doc-bug >Submitter-Id: current-users >Arrival-Date: Fri May 18 19:00:18 UTC 2012 >Closed-Date: >Last-Modified: >Originator: Nobuyuki Koganemaru >Release: FreeBSD 10.0-CURRENT >Organization: KOGANEMARU Computer Engineering Service Corporation. >Environment: System: FreeBSD kcesx31.koganemaru.co.jp 8.2-RELEASE-p6 FreeBSD 8.2-RELEASE-p6 #0: Tue Apr 24 03:49:22 JST 2012 root at kcesx31.koganemaru.co.jp:/usr/obj/usr/src.82/sys/GENERIC i386 >Description: man9 >How-To-Repeat: none. >Fix: corrected files: BUF_ISLOCKED.9: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man9/BUF_ISLOCKED.9,v 1.2 2010/02/27 01:17:44 delphij Exp $ DB_COMMAND.9: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man9/DB_COMMAND.9,v 1.5 2012/05/12 20:08:16 gjb Exp $ VOP_GETEXTATTR.9: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man9/VOP_GETEXTATTR.9,v 1.24 2012/05/12 03:46:43 gjb Exp $ VOP_GETPAGES.9: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man9/VOP_GETPAGES.9,v 1.14 2010/10/20 05:57:54 avg Exp $ VOP_GETVOBJECT.9: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man9/VOP_GETVOBJECT.9,v 1.9 2010/04/14 19:08:06 uqs Exp $ VOP_SETEXTATTR.9: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man9/VOP_SETEXTATTR.9,v 1.22 2012/05/12 03:46:43 gjb Exp $ acl.9: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man9/acl.9,v 1.21 2010/04/14 19:08:06 uqs Exp $ bus_generic_print_child.9: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man9/bus_generic_print_child.9,v 1.11 2005/06/28 20:15:18 hmp Exp $ bus_release_resource.9: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man9/bus_release_resource.9,v 1.11 2005/06/28 20:15:18 hmp Exp $ bus_space.9: $NetBSD: bus_space.9,v 1.9 1999/03/06 22:09:29 mycroft Exp $ $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man9/bus_space.9,v 1.10 2012/05/12 20:06:17 gjb Exp $ byteorder.9: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man9/byteorder.9,v 1.7 2012/02/28 15:07:05 kevlo Exp $ devclass_get_maxunit.9: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man9/devclass_get_maxunit.9,v 1.12 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ device_find_child.9: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man9/device_find_child.9,v 1.10 2005/06/15 13:31:23 ru Exp $ firmware.9: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man9/firmware.9,v 1.10 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ hashinit.9: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man9/hashinit.9,v 1.4 2007/01/27 23:06:00 ru Exp $ ieee80211_proto.9: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man9/ieee80211_proto.9,v 1.6 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ ieee80211_vap.9: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man9/ieee80211_vap.9,v 1.4 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ ifnet.9: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man9/ifnet.9,v 1.82 2012/03/23 16:24:07 pluknet Exp $ kqueue.9: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man9/kqueue.9,v 1.9 2012/03/26 09:34:17 melifaro Exp $ lock.9: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man9/lock.9,v 1.38 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ locking.9: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man9/locking.9,v 1.28 2012/05/12 03:46:43 gjb Exp $ mbuf.9: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man9/mbuf.9,v 1.70 2011/04/18 15:30:25 glebius Exp $ mod_cc.9: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man9/mod_cc.9,v 1.1 2011/09/15 12:15:36 lstewart Exp $ netisr.9: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man9/netisr.9,v 1.8 2012/02/12 18:29:56 ed Exp $ pci.9: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man9/pci.9,v 1.20 2012/03/05 20:04:28 pluknet Exp $ spl.9: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man9/spl.9,v 1.24 2012/05/12 20:53:00 gjb Exp $ sysctl.9: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man9/sysctl.9,v 1.13 2012/02/29 22:41:40 thompsa Exp $ taskqueue.9: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man9/taskqueue.9,v 1.37 2012/03/29 05:02:12 eadler Exp $ usbdi.9: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man9/usbdi.9,v 1.10 2012/05/12 20:41:40 gjb Exp $ vm_page_aflag.9: $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man9/vm_page_aflag.9,v 1.1 2011/09/06 10:40:21 kib Exp $ patch files: diff -u src/share/man/man9/BUF_ISLOCKED.9.orig src/share/man/man9/BUF_ISLOCKED.9 --- src/share/man/man9/BUF_ISLOCKED.9.orig 2012-05-19 03:13:47.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/man/man9/BUF_ISLOCKED.9 2012-05-19 03:14:21.000000000 +0900 @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ .It Dv LK_EXCLUSIVE An exclusive lock is held by curthread. .It Dv LK_EXCLOTHER -An exclusive lock is held by someone other than curthread +An exclusive lock is held by someone other than curthread. .It Dv LK_SHARED A shared lock is held. .It Li 0 diff -u src/share/man/man9/DB_COMMAND.9.orig src/share/man/man9/DB_COMMAND.9 --- src/share/man/man9/DB_COMMAND.9.orig 2012-05-19 03:14:35.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/man/man9/DB_COMMAND.9 2012-05-19 03:14:53.000000000 +0900 @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ .Nm DB_COMMAND , .Nm DB_SHOW_COMMAND , .Nm DB_SHOW_ALL_COMMAND -.Nd Extends the ddb command set. +.Nd Extends the ddb command set .Sh SYNOPSIS .In ddb/ddb.h .Fo DB_COMMAND diff -u src/share/man/man9/VOP_GETEXTATTR.9.orig src/share/man/man9/VOP_GETEXTATTR.9 --- src/share/man/man9/VOP_GETEXTATTR.9.orig 2012-05-19 03:15:32.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/man/man9/VOP_GETEXTATTR.9 2012-05-19 03:15:58.000000000 +0900 @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ .Dv NULL when .Fa size -is not, and vise versa. +is not, and vice versa. .It Fa cred The user credentials to use in authorizing the request. .It Fa td @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ .It Bq Er EINVAL The .Fa name , -.Fa namespace, +.Fa namespace , or .Fa uio argument is invalid. diff -u src/share/man/man9/VOP_GETPAGES.9.orig src/share/man/man9/VOP_GETPAGES.9 --- src/share/man/man9/VOP_GETPAGES.9.orig 2012-05-19 03:16:06.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/man/man9/VOP_GETPAGES.9 2012-05-19 03:16:34.000000000 +0900 @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ medium or protocol. .It Dv VM_PAGER_FAIL Treated identically to -.Dv VM_PAGER_ERROR +.Dv VM_PAGER_ERROR . .It Dv VM_PAGER_AGAIN The page was not handled by this request. .El diff -u src/share/man/man9/VOP_GETVOBJECT.9.orig src/share/man/man9/VOP_GETVOBJECT.9 --- src/share/man/man9/VOP_GETVOBJECT.9.orig 2012-05-19 03:17:08.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/man/man9/VOP_GETVOBJECT.9 2012-05-19 03:17:24.000000000 +0900 @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ The VM object being returned, or .Dv NULL if the caller wants to test for the existence -of the VM object). +of the VM object. .El .Pp .Xr VFS 9 diff -u src/share/man/man9/VOP_SETEXTATTR.9.orig src/share/man/man9/VOP_SETEXTATTR.9 --- src/share/man/man9/VOP_SETEXTATTR.9.orig 2012-05-19 03:17:35.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/man/man9/VOP_SETEXTATTR.9 2012-05-19 03:17:55.000000000 +0900 @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ The request was not valid in this file system for the specified vnode and attribute name. .It Bq Er ENOMEM -Insufficient memory available to fulfill request +Insufficient memory available to fulfill request. .It Bq Er EFAULT The uio structure refers to an invalid userspace address. .It Bq Er EINVAL diff -u src/share/man/man9/acl.9.orig src/share/man/man9/acl.9 --- src/share/man/man9/acl.9.orig 2012-05-19 03:18:09.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/man/man9/acl.9 2012-05-19 03:19:13.000000000 +0900 @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ .Xr vaccess_acl_nfs4 9 , .Xr vaccess_acl_posix1e 9 , .Xr VFS 9 , -.Xr vnaccess 9 , +.Xr vaccess 9 , .Xr VOP_ACLCHECK 9 , .Xr VOP_GETACL 9 , .Xr VOP_SETACL 9 diff -u src/share/man/man9/bus_generic_print_child.9.orig src/share/man/man9/bus_generic_print_child.9 --- src/share/man/man9/bus_generic_print_child.9.orig 2012-05-19 03:20:30.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/man/man9/bus_generic_print_child.9 2012-05-19 03:20:42.000000000 +0900 @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ bus_generic_print_child itself calls two functions .Fn bus_print_child_header and -.Fn bus_print_child_footer +.Fn bus_print_child_footer . The former prints "foo0: " and the latter "on bar0". These routines should be used if possible in your own code if .Fn bus_generic_print_child diff -u src/share/man/man9/bus_release_resource.9.orig src/share/man/man9/bus_release_resource.9 --- src/share/man/man9/bus_release_resource.9.orig 2012-05-19 03:20:51.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/man/man9/bus_release_resource.9 2012-05-19 03:27:53.000000000 +0900 @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ .It .Fa r is the pointer to -.Va struct res , +.Va struct resource , i.e., the resource itself, returned by .Xr bus_alloc_resource 9 . diff -u src/share/man/man9/bus_space.9.orig src/share/man/man9/bus_space.9 --- src/share/man/man9/bus_space.9.orig 2012-05-19 03:28:02.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/man/man9/bus_space.9 2012-05-19 03:52:40.000000000 +0900 @@ -1380,7 +1380,8 @@ They may also be executed out of order with respect to other pending read and write operations unless order is enforced by use of the -.Fn bus_space_barrier function . +.Fn bus_space_barrier +function. There is no way to insert barriers between reads or writes of individual bus space locations executed by the .Fn bus_space_copy_region_N diff -u src/share/man/man9/byteorder.9.orig src/share/man/man9/byteorder.9 --- src/share/man/man9/byteorder.9.orig 2012-05-19 03:29:25.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/man/man9/byteorder.9 2012-05-19 03:29:58.000000000 +0900 @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ The .Fn hto* and -.Fn toh* +.Fn *toh functions first appeared in .Fx 5.0 , and were originally developed by the diff -u src/share/man/man9/dclass_get_maxunit.9,v.orig src/share/man/man9/dclass_get_maxunit.9,v --- src/share/man/man9/dclass_get_maxunit.9,v.orig 2012-05-19 03:30:12.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/man/man9/dclass_get_maxunit.9,v 2012-05-19 03:30:21.000000000 +0900 @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ function returns -1 if .Fa dc is -.Dv NULL; +.Dv NULL ; otherwise it returns the next unit number in .Fa dc's diff -u src/share/man/man9/dice_find_child.9,v.orig src/share/man/man9/dice_find_child.9,v --- src/share/man/man9/dice_find_child.9,v.orig 2012-05-19 03:30:29.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/man/man9/dice_find_child.9,v 2012-05-19 03:30:57.000000000 +0900 @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ .Fn device_find_child "device_t dev" "const char *classname" "int unit" .Sh DESCRIPTION This function looks for a specific child of -.Dv dev . +.Dv dev with the given .Fa classname and diff -u src/share/man/man9/firmware.9.orig src/share/man/man9/firmware.9 --- src/share/man/man9/firmware.9.orig 2012-05-19 03:32:32.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/man/man9/firmware.9 2012-05-19 03:33:03.000000000 +0900 @@ -101,11 +101,13 @@ the firmware subsystem will try to load it using the mechanisms specified below (typically, a kernel module with -.Nm the same name +.Nm +the same name as the image). .Sh API DESCRIPTION The kernel -.Nm firmware API +.Nm +firmware API is made of the following functions: .Pp .Fn firmware_register @@ -225,7 +227,7 @@ If you need to embed firmware images into a system, you should write appropriate entries in the file, e.g. this example is from -.Nm sys/arm/xscale/ixp425/files.ixp425: +.Nm sys/arm/xscale/ixp425/files.ixp425 : .Bd -literal ixp425_npe_fw.c optional npe_fw \\ compile-with "${AWK} -f $S/tools/fw_stub.awk \\ diff -u src/share/man/man9/hashinit.9.orig src/share/man/man9/hashinit.9 --- src/share/man/man9/hashinit.9.orig 2012-05-19 03:33:31.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/man/man9/hashinit.9 2012-05-19 03:33:43.000000000 +0900 @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ .Dt HASHINIT 9 .Os .Sh NAME -.Nm hashinit , hashinit_flags, hashdestroy , phashinit +.Nm hashinit , hashinit_flags , hashdestroy , phashinit .Nd manage kernel hash tables .Sh SYNOPSIS .In sys/malloc.h diff -u src/share/man/man9/ieee80211_proto.9.orig src/share/man/man9/ieee80211_proto.9 --- src/share/man/man9/ieee80211_proto.9.orig 2012-05-19 03:35:32.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/man/man9/ieee80211_proto.9 2012-05-19 03:35:52.000000000 +0900 @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ Default/initial state. A vap in this state should not hold any dynamic state (e.g. entries for associated stations in the node table). -The driver must quiesce the hardware; e.g. there should be no +The driver must quiescence the hardware; e.g. there should be no interrupts firing. .It Dv IEEE80211_S_SCAN Scanning for a BSS or choosing a channel to operate on. @@ -238,4 +238,4 @@ The state machine concept was part of the original .Nm ieee80211 code base that first appeared in -.Nx 1.5 , +.Nx 1.5 . diff -u src/share/man/man9/ieee80211ap.9,v.orig src/share/man/man9/ieee80211ap.9,v --- src/share/man/man9/ieee80211ap.9,v.orig 2012-05-19 03:36:15.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/man/man9/ieee80211ap.9,v 2012-05-19 03:36:39.000000000 +0900 @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ Delete requests cause the .Vt ic_vap_delete method to be called. -Drivers must quiesce the device before calling +Drivers must quiescence the device before calling .Fn ieee80211_vap_detach to deactivate the vap and isolate it from activities such as requests from user applications. diff -u src/share/man/man9/ifnet.9.orig src/share/man/man9/ifnet.9 --- src/share/man/man9/ifnet.9.orig 2012-05-19 03:36:52.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/man/man9/ifnet.9 2012-05-19 03:37:01.000000000 +0900 @@ -637,7 +637,7 @@ .Aq D This interface blocks transmission of packets and discards incoming packets after BPF processing. -Used to monitor network trafic but not interact +Used to monitor network traffic but not interact with the network in question. .It Dv IFF_STATICARP .Aq D diff -u src/share/man/man9/kqueue.9.orig src/share/man/man9/kqueue.9 --- src/share/man/man9/kqueue.9.orig 2012-05-19 03:37:43.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/man/man9/kqueue.9 2012-05-19 03:38:01.000000000 +0900 @@ -260,8 +260,7 @@ If used, the .Vt knlist must be initialized with either -.Fn knlist_init -, +.Fn knlist_init , .Fn knlist_init_mtx or .Fn knlist_init_rw_reader . diff -u src/share/man/man9/lock.9.orig src/share/man/man9/lock.9 --- src/share/man/man9/lock.9.orig 2012-05-19 03:38:08.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/man/man9/lock.9 2012-05-19 03:38:17.000000000 +0900 @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ The .Fn lockmgr_disown function switches the owner from the current thread to be -.Dv LK_KERNPROC, +.Dv LK_KERNPROC , if the lock is already held. .Pp The diff -u src/share/man/man9/locking.9.orig src/share/man/man9/locking.9 --- src/share/man/man9/locking.9.orig 2012-05-19 03:38:25.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/man/man9/locking.9 2012-05-19 03:39:11.000000000 +0900 @@ -315,8 +315,7 @@ .Fn mtx_sleep , .Fn rw_sleep and -.Fn msleep_spin -). +.Fn msleep_spin ) . .Pp .Em *4 Though one can sleep holding an sx lock, one can also use @@ -358,6 +357,6 @@ functions appeared in .Bsx 4.1 through -.Fx 7.0 +.Fx 7.0 . .Sh BUGS There are too many locking primitives to choose from. diff -u src/share/man/man9/mbuf.9.orig src/share/man/man9/mbuf.9 --- src/share/man/man9/mbuf.9.orig 2012-05-19 03:39:26.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/man/man9/mbuf.9 2012-05-19 03:39:46.000000000 +0900 @@ -403,7 +403,8 @@ Associate externally managed data with .Fa mbuf . Any internal data contained in the mbuf will be discarded, and the -.Dv M_EXT flag will be set. +.Dv M_EXT +flag will be set. The .Fa buf and @@ -722,7 +723,8 @@ .Fa mbuf , so they are accessible with .Fn mtod mbuf type . -.Fa len must be smaller than, or equal to, the size of an +.Fa len +must be smaller than, or equal to, the size of an .Vt mbuf cluster . Return a pointer to an intermediate .Vt mbuf diff -u src/share/man/man9/mod_cc.9.orig src/share/man/man9/mod_cc.9 --- src/share/man/man9/mod_cc.9.orig 2012-05-19 03:40:00.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/man/man9/mod_cc.9 2012-05-19 03:40:13.000000000 +0900 @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ .Va ack_received and is set when the connection's ability to send data is currently constrained by the value of the congestion window. -Algorithms should use the abscence of this flag being set to avoid accumulating +Algorithms should use the absence of this flag being set to avoid accumulating a large difference between the congestion window and send window. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr cc_chd 4 , diff -u src/share/man/man9/netisr.9.orig src/share/man/man9/netisr.9 --- src/share/man/man9/netisr.9.orig 2012-05-19 03:40:29.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/man/man9/netisr.9 2012-05-19 03:40:40.000000000 +0900 @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ .Fn netisr_getqdrops , .Fn netisr_getqlimit , and -.Fn netisr_setqlimit. +.Fn netisr_setqlimit . .Pp .Nm supports multi-processor execution of handlers, and relies on a combination diff -u src/share/man/man9/pci.9.orig src/share/man/man9/pci.9 --- src/share/man/man9/pci.9.orig 2012-05-19 03:40:48.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/man/man9/pci.9 2012-05-19 03:41:38.000000000 +0900 @@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ .Fn pci_count_msi function returns the maximum number of MSI messages supported by the device -.Fa dev. +.Fa dev . If the device does not support MSI, then .Fn pci_count_msi @@ -567,7 +567,8 @@ returns zero. For MSI-X messages, the resource ID for each -.Dv SYS_RES_IRQ resource identifies the index in the MSI-X table of the +.Dv SYS_RES_IRQ +resource identifies the index in the MSI-X table of the corresponding message. A resource ID of one maps to the first index of the MSI-X table; a resource ID two identifies the second index in the table, etc. @@ -608,7 +609,7 @@ table entries via the .Fn pci_remap_msix function. -Note that this function must be called after a succesful call to +Note that this function must be called after a successful call to .Fn pci_alloc_msix but before any of the .Dv SYS_RES_IRQ @@ -649,7 +650,8 @@ .Fn pci_alloc_msix . MSI-X table entries that with a vector of zero will not have an associated -.Dv SYS_RES_IRQ resource. +.Dv SYS_RES_IRQ +resource. Additionally, if any of the original messages allocated by .Fn pci_alloc_msix diff -u src/share/man/man9/spl.9.orig src/share/man/man9/spl.9 --- src/share/man/man9/spl.9.orig 2012-05-19 03:44:47.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/man/man9/spl.9 2012-05-19 03:45:01.000000000 +0900 @@ -220,7 +220,8 @@ The historical number scheme can be considered as a simple linearly ordered set of interrupt priority groups. .Pp -.Fx 5.0 eliminated spl entirely in favor of locking primitives which scale +.Fx 5.0 +eliminated spl entirely in favor of locking primitives which scale to more than one processor. .Sh AUTHORS This manual page was written by diff -u src/share/man/man9/sysctl.9.orig src/share/man/man9/sysctl.9 --- src/share/man/man9/sysctl.9.orig 2012-05-19 03:45:09.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/man/man9/sysctl.9 2012-05-19 03:45:20.000000000 +0900 @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ This is an opaque data structure. .It Dv CTLTYPE_STRUCT Alias for -.Dv CTLTYPE_OPAQUE. +.Dv CTLTYPE_OPAQUE . .It Dv CTLTYPE_UINT This is an unsigned integer. .It Dv CTLTYPE_LONG diff -u src/share/man/man9/taskqueue.9.orig src/share/man/man9/taskqueue.9 --- src/share/man/man9/taskqueue.9.orig 2012-05-19 03:45:28.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/man/man9/taskqueue.9 2012-05-19 03:46:26.000000000 +0900 @@ -189,8 +189,8 @@ count is cleared, and the old value returned in the reference parameter .Fa pendp , -if it is non- -.Dv NULL . +if it is +.Pf non- Dv NULL . If the task is currently running, .Dv EBUSY is returned, otherwise 0. diff -u src/share/man/man9/usbdi.9.orig src/share/man/man9/usbdi.9 --- src/share/man/man9/usbdi.9.orig 2012-05-19 03:47:40.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/man/man9/usbdi.9 2012-05-19 03:48:13.000000000 +0900 @@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ . This flag can be changed during operation. .Pp -"BOF" is short for "Block On Failure" +"BOF" is short for "Block On Failure". .Pp NOTE: This flag should be set on all BULK and INTERRUPT USB transfers which use an endpoint that can be shared between userland and kernel. diff -u src/share/man/man9m_page_aflag.9,v.orig src/share/man/man9m_page_aflag.9,v --- src/share/man/man9m_page_aflag.9,v.orig 2012-05-19 03:48:30.000000000 +0900 +++ src/share/man/man9m_page_aflag.9,v 2012-05-19 03:49:22.000000000 +0900 @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ .\" $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man9/src/share/man/man9m_page_aflag.9,v,v 1.1 2011/09/06 10:40:21 kib Exp $ .\" .Dd August 31, 2011 -.Dt VM_PAGE_FLAG 9 +.Dt VM_PAGE_AFLAG 9 .Os .Sh NAME .Nm vm_page_aflag_clear , vm_page_aflag_set , vm_page_reference >Release-Note: >Audit-Trail: >Unformatted: From gjb at FreeBSD.org Fri May 18 19:08:23 2012 From: gjb at FreeBSD.org (gjb at FreeBSD.org) Date: Fri, 18 May 2012 19:08:22 GMT Subject: docs/168117: groff mandoc style, usage mistakes or typos. (man9) Message-ID: <201205181908.q4IJ8MJF041649@freefall.freebsd.org> Synopsis: groff mandoc style, usage mistakes or typos. (man9) Responsible-Changed-From-To: freebsd-doc->gjb Responsible-Changed-By: gjb Responsible-Changed-When: Fri May 18 19:08:15 UTC 2012 Responsible-Changed-Why: Take. http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=168117 From bugmaster at FreeBSD.org Mon May 21 11:06:11 2012 From: bugmaster at FreeBSD.org (FreeBSD bugmaster) Date: Mon, 21 May 2012 11:06:10 GMT Subject: Current unassigned doc problem reports Message-ID: <201205211106.q4LB6AvQ048249@freefall.freebsd.org> (Note: an HTML version of this report is available at http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr-summary.cgi?category=doc .) The following is a listing of current problems submitted by FreeBSD users. These represent problem reports covering all versions including experimental development code and obsolete releases. S Tracker Resp. Description -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- o docs/167742 doc Update documentation for group 5, and newgrp 1 o docs/167741 doc group(5): Group Passwords do not work and are not docu o docs/166553 doc find(1): find -delete documentation is misleading o docs/166358 doc No networking in Jail build via: handbook/jail-tuning o docs/165657 doc Web site Features page aging o docs/165551 doc ipfw(8): no info in "ipfw pipe show" about ipv6 o docs/165410 doc [handbook] installer documentation is not up to date o docs/165249 doc Multibyte characters in manpages still not displaying o docs/164803 doc Unclear manual page for mount_unionfs(8) o docs/164800 doc Handbook's installation topic doesn't mention ZFS o docs/164772 doc incorrect ipfw sched parameters in manual o docs/164682 doc Handbook contains wrong information about Flash player o docs/164620 doc Raid 1 issues o docs/164099 doc gparm(8): man page for gparm set is incorrect and inco o docs/164034 doc acl(9) documentation lacking o docs/163879 doc [handbook] handbook does not say about how to force to o docs/163830 doc device smbios: missing documentation, no manpage o docs/163576 doc zfs(8) sync property not noted in the manpage o docs/163149 doc [patch] Red Hat Linux/i386 9 HTML format sudo man page o docs/162775 doc zpool(1): Document some undocumented zpool import opti o docs/162433 doc [handbook] QEMU instructions for FreeBSD guests o docs/162419 doc [request] please document (new) zfs and zpool cmdline o docs/162404 doc [handbook] IPv6 link-local address compared with IPv4 o docs/162380 doc Documentation lacking for getfacl/setfacl o docs/161804 doc New documentation: French translation for building-pro o docs/161754 doc p4tcc(4), est(4) and qpi(4) are not documented o docs/161496 doc zfs(1): Please document that sysctl vfs.usermount must o docs/160460 doc [handbook] Network setup guide suggestion o docs/160447 doc [handbook] Developer's Handbook contains some outdated o docs/160446 doc [handbook] Handbook sound setup seems outdated o docs/160445 doc [handbook] Handbook does not mention ACL o docs/160399 doc Man page for re(4) missing jumbo frames info o docs/159307 doc [patch] lpd smm chapter unconditionally installed o docs/159298 doc [handbook] document Konqueror with Webkit support to i o docs/158388 doc Incorrect documentation of LOCAL_SCRIPT in release(7) o docs/158387 doc The tree(3) man should mention the RB_FOREACH_SAFE() A o docs/157908 doc [handbook] Description of post-install should include o docs/157049 doc FreeBSD Handbook: Chapter 14 (Security) Inaccuracy p docs/156955 doc bug in share/man/man2/setsockopt.2 o docs/156920 doc isspecial(3) is not helpful o docs/156853 doc [patch] Update docs: jail(8) security issues with worl o docs/156815 doc chmod(1): manpage should describe that chmod kicks +t o docs/156689 doc stf(4) output-only documentation gives bad configurati f docs/156187 doc [handbook] [patch] Add bsnmpd to handbook o docs/156081 doc troff falls with troff.core with UTF-8 man with incorr o docs/155982 doc [handbook] reaper of the dead: remove reference to flo o docs/155773 doc dialog(1): dialog manpages not updated o docs/155149 doc [patch] don't encourage using xorg.conf outside of PRE o docs/154838 doc update cvs-tags information on releng_* to reflect sup o docs/153958 doc ksu man-page documented, but not installed a docs/153012 doc [patch] iostat(8) requires an argument to -c option o docs/151752 doc pw.conf(5) doesn't define format for file clearly o docs/150991 doc [patch] Install upgtfw using pkg_add as advised in upg o docs/150917 doc [patch] icmp.4, wrong description of icmplim and icmpl o docs/150877 doc ambiguity in newsyslog(8) man page about zfs with comp o docs/150255 doc dtrace description should mention makeoptions DEBUG=-g o docs/150219 doc zfs(8) manual page misses jail/unjail o docs/149574 doc [patch] update mi_switch(9) man page o docs/148987 doc [patch] {MD[245]|SHA_|SHA1_|SHA256_}{End|File|FileChun o docs/148984 doc [handbook] Mistake in section 16.15.4 of the handbook o docs/148680 doc [sysctl][patch] Document some sys/kern sysctls o docs/148071 doc Failover mode between wired and wireless interfaces o docs/147995 doc elf.5 man page has has missing reference o docs/146958 doc bad link to "XaQti XMAC II datasheet" in sk(4) manual o docs/146521 doc [handbook] Update IPv6 system handbook section to ment o docs/145719 doc [patch] 7.3 relnotes erroneously describes new getpage o docs/145699 doc hexdump(1) mutes all format qualifier output following o docs/145644 doc Add artical about creating manpage from scratch o docs/145069 doc Dialup firewalling with FreeBSD article out dated. o docs/145066 doc Update for new uart dev names for serial port. s docs/144818 doc all mailinglist archives dated 19970101 contain traili o docs/144630 doc [patch] domainname(1) manpage contains old information o docs/144515 doc [handbook] Expand handbook Table of contents o docs/144488 doc share/examples/etc/make.conf: contains dangerous examp o docs/143850 doc procfs(5) manpage for status > controlling terminal is o docs/143416 doc [handbook] IPFW handbook page issues o docs/143408 doc man filedesc(9) is missing o docs/142168 doc [patch] ld(1): ldd(1) not mentioned in ld(1) manpage o docs/141032 doc misleading documentation for rtadvd.conf(5) raflags se s docs/140847 doc [request] add documentation on ECMP and new route args p docs/140457 doc [patch] Grammar fix for isspace(3) o docs/140444 doc [patch] New Traditional Chinese translation of custom- o docs/140375 doc [UPDATE] Updated zh_TW.Big5/articles/nanobsd o docs/139336 doc [request] ZFS documentation suggestion o docs/139165 doc gssapi.3 man page out of sync with between crypto and o docs/139018 doc translation of submitting.sgml from docproj/submitting o docs/138845 doc Exceeding kern.ipc.maxpipekva refers to tuning(7) whic o docs/138485 doc bpf(4) and ip(4) man pages missing important corner ca o docs/136712 doc [handbook] [patch] draft new section on gmirror per pa o docs/136666 doc [handbook] Configure serial port for remote kernel deb o docs/136035 doc ftpchroot(5) omits an important option o docs/134123 doc The RUNQUEUE(9) man page is out of date o docs/132839 doc [patch] Fix example script in ldap-auth article o docs/132718 doc [handbook] Information about adding a new mirror is ou o docs/132260 doc dhcpd(8) pid not stored in documented location o docs/132190 doc EPERM explanation for send(2), sendto(2), and sendmsg( o docs/131918 doc [patch] Fixes for the BPF(4) man page o docs/131626 doc [patch] dump(8) "recommended" cache option confusing o docs/130238 doc nfs.lockd man page doesn't mention NFSLOCKD option or o docs/129671 doc New TCP chapter for Developer's Handbook (from rwatson o docs/129464 doc using packages system o docs/129095 doc ipfw(8): Can not check that packet originating/destine o docs/128356 doc [request] add Firefox plugin for FreeBSD manual pages s docs/127844 doc Example code skeleton_capture_n.c in meteor(4) manpage o docs/126590 doc [patch] Write routine called forever in Sample Echo Ps o docs/126484 doc libc function res-zonscut2 is not documented o docs/125921 doc lpd(8) talks about blocks in minfree while it is KB in f docs/122052 doc minor update on handbook section 20.7.1 o docs/121952 doc Handbook chapter on Network Address Translation wrong o docs/121585 doc [handbook] Wrong multicast specification s docs/121541 doc [request] no man pages for wlan_scan_ap o docs/121312 doc RELNOTES_LANG breaks release if not en_US.ISO8859-1 o docs/121173 doc [patch] mq_getattr(2): mq_flags mistakenly described a s docs/120917 doc [request]: Man pages mising for thr_xxx syscalls o docs/120539 doc Inconsistent ipfw's man page o docs/120125 doc [patch] Installing FreeBSD 7.0 via serial console and o docs/120024 doc resolver(5) and hosts(5) need updated for IPv6 o docs/119545 doc books/arch-handbook/usb/chapter.sgml formatting o docs/118902 doc [patch] wrong signatures in d2i_RSAPublicKey man pages o docs/118020 doc ipfilter(4): man pages query for man 4 ipfilter return o docs/116080 doc PREFIX is documented, but not the more important LOCAL p docs/115065 doc [patch] sync ps.1 with p_flag and keywords o docs/114371 doc [patch] [ip6] rtadvd.con(5) should show how to adverti o docs/114139 doc mbuf(9) has misleading comments on M_DONTWAIT and M_TR o docs/113194 doc [patch] [request] crontab.5: handling of day-in-month o docs/112682 doc Handbook GEOM_GPT explanation does not provide accurat o docs/111425 doc Missing chunks of text in historical manpages o docs/111265 doc [request] Clarify how to set common shell variables o docs/110999 doc carp(4) should document unsupported interface types o docs/110692 doc wi(4) man page doesn't say WPA is not supported o docs/110376 doc [patch] add some more explanations for the iwi/ipw fir o docs/110062 doc [patch] mount_nfs(8) fails to mention a failure condit p docs/110061 doc [patch] tuning(7) missing reference to vfs.read_max o docs/109981 doc No manual entry for post-grohtml o docs/109977 doc No manual entry for ksu o docs/109973 doc No manual entry for c++filt o docs/109972 doc No manual entry for zless/bzless f docs/109226 doc [request] No manual entry for sntp o docs/109201 doc [request]: manual for callbootd a docs/108980 doc list of missing man pages o docs/106135 doc [request] articles/vinum needs to be updated o docs/105608 doc fdc(4) debugging description staled o docs/104879 doc Howto: Listen to IMA ADPCM .wav files on FreeBSD box o docs/102719 doc [patch] ng_bpf(4) example leads to unneeded promiscuos o docs/100196 doc man login.conf does explain not "unlimited" o docs/99506 doc FreeBSD Handbook addition: IPv6 Server Settings o docs/98974 doc Missing tunables in loader(8) manpage o docs/98115 doc Missing parts after rendering handbook to RTF format o docs/96207 doc Comments of a sockaddr_un structure could confuse one o docs/94625 doc [patch] growfs man page -- document "panic: not enough o docs/92626 doc jail manpage should mention disabling some periodic sc o docs/91506 doc ndis(4) man page should be more specific about support o docs/91149 doc read(2) can return EINVAL for unaligned access to bloc o docs/88512 doc [patch] mount_ext2fs(8) man page has no details on lar o docs/87936 doc Handbook chapter on NIS/YP lacks good information on a o docs/87857 doc ifconfig(8) wireless options order matters o docs/85128 doc [patch] loader.conf(5) autoboot_delay incompletly desc o docs/84956 doc [patch] intro(5) manpage doesn't mention API coverage o docs/84932 doc new document: printing with an Epson ALC-3000N on Free o docs/84670 doc [patch] tput(1) manpage missing ENVIRONMENT section wi o docs/84317 doc fdp-primer doesn't show class=USERNAME distinctively o docs/84271 doc [patch] compress(1) doesn't warn about nasty link hand o docs/83820 doc getino(3) manpage not installed o docs/81611 doc [patch] natd runs with -same_ports by default o docs/78480 doc Networked printer setup unnecessarily complex in handb o docs/61605 doc [request] Improve documentation for i386 disk geometry o docs/61301 doc [patch] Manpage patch for aue(4) to enable HomePNA fun o docs/59835 doc ipfw(8) man page does not warn about accepted but mean o docs/59477 doc Outdated Info Documents at http://docs.freebsd.org/inf o docs/59044 doc [patch] doc.docbook.mk does not properly handle a sour o docs/57298 doc [patch] add using compact flash cards info to handbook s docs/54752 doc bus_dma explained in ISA section in Handbook: should b o docs/53751 doc bus_dma(9) incorrectly documents BUS_DMA_ALLOCNOW o docs/53596 doc Updates to mt(1) manual page o docs/53271 doc bus_dma(9) fails to document alignment restrictions o docs/51480 doc Multiple undefined references in the FreeBSD manual pa o docs/50211 doc [patch] doc.docbook.mk: fix textfile creation o docs/48101 doc [patch] Add documentation on the fixit disk o docs/43823 doc [patch] update to environ(7) manpage o docs/41089 doc pax(1) -B option does not mention interaction with -z o docs/40423 doc Keyboard(4)'s definition of parameters to GETFKEY/SETF o docs/38982 doc [patch] developers-handbook/Jail fix o docs/38556 doc EPS file of beastie, as addition to existing examples s docs/33589 doc [patch] to doc.docbook.mk to post process .tex files. o docs/27605 doc [patch] Cross-document references () o docs/26286 doc *printf(3) etc should gain format string warnings o docs/24786 doc missing FILES descriptions in sa(4) s docs/20028 doc ASCII docs should reflect tags in the sourc 188 problems total. From wblock at wonkity.com Mon May 21 15:48:02 2012 From: wblock at wonkity.com (Warren Block) Date: Mon, 21 May 2012 09:48:01 -0600 (MDT) Subject: Translators: updating the FDP translation chapter Message-ID: Could translators please look at the translation chapter of the FDP to check for relevance? While cleaning up whitespace, I noticed there are references to CVS and a not-yet-done section on using cvsup to check out the documentation and find changes between revisions. (Not only not yet done but three changes behind: cvsup->csup->svn. Although being not done is easier to fix.) There's a note on RCS strings, which may or may not need updating in light of SVN. The list of language-specific characters may need to be updated. There's a note on addressing the reader and translating the word "you", which probably should suggest that avoiding it generally results in better sentences, at least in English; "Now change xyz." is better than "You must now change xyz." If you have suggestions but are not a committer, respond here, send them to me (wblock at freebsd.org should not bounce), or enter a PR. Thank you! From gjb at FreeBSD.org Mon May 21 16:01:18 2012 From: gjb at FreeBSD.org (Glen Barber) Date: Mon, 21 May 2012 12:01:14 -0400 Subject: Translators: updating the FDP translation chapter In-Reply-To: References: Message-ID: <20120521160114.GA1398@glenbarber.us> On Mon, May 21, 2012 at 09:48:01AM -0600, Warren Block wrote: > Could translators please look at the translation chapter of the FDP to > check for relevance? While cleaning up whitespace, I noticed there are > references to CVS and a not-yet-done section on using cvsup to check out > the documentation and find changes between revisions. (Not only not yet > done but three changes behind: cvsup->csup->svn. Although being not > done is easier to fix.) > FWIW, this section is still on my TODO list. I hoped to finish all of it yesterday, but unfortunately that did not happen. Glen From info at obn24news.com Mon May 21 16:27:07 2012 From: info at obn24news.com (Oxford Business News) Date: Mon, 21 May 2012 18:17:16 +0200 Subject: 20% bei Strom und Gas sparen! Message-ID: Oxford Business News Wenn diese E-Mail nicht richtig angezeigt wird, klicken Sie bitte hier. ? ? ? Jetzt Strom und Gas bis zu 20 Prozent g?nstiger sichern! Gerade in wirtschaftlich herausfordernden Zeiten ?berpr?fen clevere Unternehmer ihre laufenden Kosten auf Einsparpotenziale. Ein besonders gro?er Dorn im Auge der Entscheider: die j?hrlich steigenden Energiekosten verbunden mit unerfreulichen Nachzahlungen. >>>mehr... ? ? So wehren Sie sich gegen die Beitragsanpassungen der privaten Krankenversicherungen Viele privat Krankenversicherte kennen die Situation bestens! Jedes Jahr flattert eine neue Beitragsanpassung ins Haus. Die finanzielle Belastung wird jedes Jahr h?her und h?her. >>>mehr... ? ? Der Schl?ssel zu mehr Umsatz Mit Sicherheit ein Hit: Wenn Sie mit Ihren Mailings eine h?here Responsequote erzielen wollen als bisher, dann ist das einfacher als Sie denken. Die erfolgversprechendste Methode ist, die Neugier der Angeschriebenen zu wecken. >>>mehr... ? ? Warum eignen sich Sachwerte zum Verm?gensaufbau? Wer sich heutzutage auf die Suche nach einer Geldanlageform ist, steht oft vor einem gro?en Problem. Denn das Bestreben ist nat?rlich zum einen, so viel Zinsen wie nur irgend m?glich zu erwirtschaften, trotzdem das Geld verf?gbar zu halten. Zus?tzlich sollte das Kapital sicher sein, also nicht Gefahr laufen an Wert zu verlieren. >>>mehr... ? ? Ihr Unternehmen durch die Hintert?r auf Platz 1 bei Google Clevere Strategie um neue Kunden zu gewinnen: Videos auf Webseiten werden immer wichtiger." Das ist nicht nur eine Aussage von Google, sondern Realit?t. >>>mehr... ? ? Eine Tasse Tee, die begeistert. USABILITEA ist Teegenuss mit sympathischer Werbewirkung. Hierbei handelt es sich um eine ausgefallene Idee, welche die allseits bekannte, beruhigende Wirkung einer Tasse Tee mit einem witzigen Gru? verbindet. >>>mehr... ? ? Elegante Business-Limousine und praktischer Raumgigant: Wechseln Sie jetzt auf die ?berholspur! Gerade clevere Unternehmer, die beruflich viel Zeit auf der Autobahn verbringen, werden sich umgehend in die neuen Lancia-Modelle vergucken. Denn die traditionsreiche Edelmarke aus Turin zeigt mit dem neuen Lancia Thema eine hochelegante Luxuslimousine, die mit einzigartigem Design und edlem Interieur ?berzeugt. >>>mehr... ? ? Laserschneiden von Materialien pr?zise, schnell und g?nstig. Immer wieder m?ssen Materialien zugeschnitten oder graviert werden. Unter Fachleuten hat es sich herumgesprochen, dass dieses mit Lasern nicht nur besonders pr?zise sondern auch sehr schnell geht. >>>mehr... ? In dieser Ausgabe: Jetzt Strom und Gas bis zu 20 Prozent g?nstiger sichern! So wehren Sie sich gegen die Beitragsanpassungen der privaten Krankenversicherungen Der Schl?ssel zu mehr Umsatz Warum eignen sich Sachwerte zum Verm?gensaufbau? Ihr Unternehmen durch die Hintert?r auf Platz 1 bei Google Eine Tasse Tee, die begeistert. Elegante Business-Limousine und praktischer Raumgigant: Wechseln Sie jetzt auf die ?berholspur! Laserschneiden von Materialien pr?zise, schnell und g?nstig. ? ? 2012 Oxford Business News, www.obn-24.com Oxford Business News ist eine Publikation der?Eureka Consultancy Ltd., 147-155 St John Street, London EC1V 4PY, United Kingdom Wenn Sie keine Newsletter mehr w?nschen,?dann klicken Sie hier. Um die Zusendung des Newsletters, insbesondere bei Freemail-Diensten wie GMX, WEB.DE oder AOL zu garantieren, bitten wir Sie, unsere Absender-Adresse in Ihr Adressbuch aufzunehmen. Dazu markieren Sie bitte die E-Mail Adresse und kopieren diese in Ihr Adressbuch. Herzlichen Dank! From wblock at wonkity.com Mon May 21 17:04:25 2012 From: wblock at wonkity.com (Warren Block) Date: Mon, 21 May 2012 11:04:24 -0600 (MDT) Subject: Translators: updating the FDP translation chapter In-Reply-To: References: Message-ID: On Mon, 21 May 2012, Warren Block wrote: > Could translators please look at the translation chapter of the FDP to check > for relevance? While cleaning up whitespace, I noticed there are references > to CVS and a not-yet-done section on using cvsup to check out the > documentation and find changes between revisions. (Not only not yet > done but three changes behind: cvsup->csup->svn. Although being not done is > easier to fix.) > > There's a note on RCS strings, which may or may not need updating in light of > SVN. > > The list of language-specific characters may need to be updated. > > There's a note on addressing the reader and translating the word "you", which > probably should suggest that avoiding it generally results in better > sentences, at least in English; "Now change xyz." is better than "You must > now change xyz." > > If you have suggestions but are not a committer, respond here, send them to > me (wblock at freebsd.org should not bounce), or enter a PR. Sorry, meant to post a link: http://www.freebsd.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/translations.html From wblock at wonkity.com Tue May 22 15:15:42 2012 From: wblock at wonkity.com (Warren Block) Date: Tue, 22 May 2012 09:15:35 -0600 (MDT) Subject: Handbook mirroring section In-Reply-To: References: Message-ID: On Thu, 17 May 2012, Warren Block wrote: > Summary: Handbook mirror example broken, new rewrite here, feedback desired > before commit. Updated: http://www.wonkity.com/~wblock/mirror/book.html http://www.wonkity.com/~wblock/mirror/geom-chapter.diff Changes include aligning partitions to 4K and some additional detail. From jadawin at freebsd.org Tue May 22 19:43:49 2012 From: jadawin at freebsd.org (jadawin at freebsd.org) Date: Tue, 22 May 2012 16:43:47 -0300 Subject: Take a spare three-hour work week in our clinic and get 580 dollars. Message-ID: <1GZ5SL-QJJVE6-R9@tcvdgfiurhuaatdvorijudauljt.fnbhutch.com> We invite you to work in the remote assistant position. This work takes 2-3 hours per week and requires absolutely no investment. The essence of this work for incoming client requests in your city. The starting salary is about 2500 EUR per month + bonuses. You get paid your salary every 2 weeks and your bonuses after fulfilling each task! We guarantee work for everyone. But we accept applications this week only! Therefore, you should write a request right now. And you will start earning money, starting from next week. Please indicate in the request: Your name: Your email address: City of residence: Please send the request to my email Cyrus at topeuropajobs.com,and I will answer you personally as soon as possible Sincerely, Cyrus Solis From akosela at andykosela.com Wed May 23 13:10:03 2012 From: akosela at andykosela.com (Andy Kosela) Date: Wed, 23 May 2012 13:00:18 GMT Subject: docs/168255: [patch] uuidgen(1): mention the upper hard limit for -n option Message-ID: <201205231300.q4ND0I7C020351@red.freebsd.org> >Number: 168255 >Category: docs >Synopsis: [patch] uuidgen(1): mention the upper hard limit for -n option >Confidential: no >Severity: non-critical >Priority: low >Responsible: freebsd-doc >State: open >Quarter: >Keywords: >Date-Required: >Class: update >Submitter-Id: current-users >Arrival-Date: Wed May 23 13:10:02 UTC 2012 >Closed-Date: >Last-Modified: >Originator: Andy Kosela >Release: -CURRENT >Organization: >Environment: >Description: uuidgen(1): mention the upper hard limit for -n option. The maximum number is 2048. >How-To-Repeat: >Fix: Patch attached with submission follows: Index: bin/uuidgen/uuidgen.1 =================================================================== --- bin/uuidgen/uuidgen.1 (revision 235828) +++ bin/uuidgen/uuidgen.1 (working copy) @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ .\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" -.Dd September 7, 2005 +.Dd May 23, 2012 .Dt UUIDGEN 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -52,8 +52,8 @@ to not generate them in batch, but one at a time. .It Fl n This option controls the number of identifiers generated. -By default, multiple -identifiers are generated in batch. +By default, multiple identifiers are generated in batch. +The upper hard limit is 2048. .It Fl o Redirect output to .Ar filename >Release-Note: >Audit-Trail: >Unformatted: From wblock at FreeBSD.org Wed May 23 14:15:23 2012 From: wblock at FreeBSD.org (wblock at FreeBSD.org) Date: Wed, 23 May 2012 14:15:22 GMT Subject: docs/168255: [patch] uuidgen(1): mention the upper hard limit for -n option Message-ID: <201205231415.q4NEFM3P001505@freefall.freebsd.org> Synopsis: [patch] uuidgen(1): mention the upper hard limit for -n option Responsible-Changed-From-To: freebsd-doc->wblock Responsible-Changed-By: wblock Responsible-Changed-When: Wed May 23 14:14:26 UTC 2012 Responsible-Changed-Why: Take. http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=168255 From zeising at daemonic.se Wed May 23 15:50:03 2012 From: zeising at daemonic.se (Niclas Zeising) Date: Wed, 23 May 2012 17:41:42 +0200 (CEST) Subject: docs/168265: [PATCH] update portsnap output after geodns update Message-ID: <20120523154142.2757A22AC6@tifa.daemonic.se> >Number: 168265 >Category: docs >Synopsis: [PATCH] update portsnap output after geodns update >Confidential: no >Severity: non-critical >Priority: low >Responsible: freebsd-doc >State: open >Quarter: >Keywords: >Date-Required: >Class: update >Submitter-Id: current-users >Arrival-Date: Wed May 23 15:50:02 UTC 2012 >Closed-Date: >Last-Modified: >Originator: Niclas Zeising >Release: FreeBSD 10.0-CURRENT amd64 >Organization: >Environment: System: FreeBSD tifa.daemonic.se 10.0-CURRENT FreeBSD 10.0-CURRENT #0 r231776M: Wed Feb 15 22:30:06 CET 2012 root at tifa.daemonic.se:/usr/obj/usr/src/sys/TIFA amd64 >Description: portsnap recently grew geodns support, which slightly changed the output of portsnap fetch. >How-To-Repeat: >Fix: Attached patch updates the handbook to reflect this. --- handbook.cutting-edge.chapter.sgml begins here --- Index: head/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/cutting-edge/chapter.sgml =================================================================== --- head/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/cutting-edge/chapter.sgml (revision 38876) +++ head/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/cutting-edge/chapter.sgml (working copy) @@ -659,10 +659,10 @@ Ports Collection files, issue the following command: &prompt.root; portsnap fetch -Looking up portsnap.FreeBSD.org mirrors... 3 mirrors found. -Fetching snapshot tag from portsnap1.FreeBSD.org... done. +Looking up portsnap.FreeBSD.org mirrors... 9 mirrors found. +Fetching snapshot tag from geodns-1.portsnap.freebsd.org... done. Fetching snapshot metadata... done. -Updating from Wed Aug 6 18:00:22 EDT 2008 to Sat Aug 30 20:24:11 EDT 2008. +Updating from Tue May 22 02:12:15 CEST 2012 to Wed May 23 16:28:31 CEST 2012. Fetching 3 metadata patches.. done. Applying metadata patches... done. Fetching 3 metadata files... done. --- handbook.cutting-edge.chapter.sgml ends here --- >Release-Note: >Audit-Trail: >Unformatted: From bcr at FreeBSD.org Wed May 23 19:52:34 2012 From: bcr at FreeBSD.org (bcr at FreeBSD.org) Date: Wed, 23 May 2012 19:52:33 GMT Subject: docs/168265: [PATCH] update portsnap output after geodns update Message-ID: <201205231952.q4NJqXKj006672@freefall.freebsd.org> Synopsis: [PATCH] update portsnap output after geodns update Responsible-Changed-From-To: freebsd-doc->bcr Responsible-Changed-By: bcr Responsible-Changed-When: Wed May 23 19:52:11 UTC 2012 Responsible-Changed-Why: I'll work on it. http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=168265 From zeising at daemonic.se Thu May 24 15:20:01 2012 From: zeising at daemonic.se (Niclas Zeising) Date: Thu, 24 May 2012 17:16:48 +0200 (CEST) Subject: docs/168305: [PATCH] rewrite of the syslogd and newsyslogd parts of the config chapter of the handbook Message-ID: <201205241516.q4OFGmuu075183@vincent.daemonic.se> >Number: 168305 >Category: docs >Synopsis: [PATCH] rewrite of the syslogd and newsyslogd parts of the config chapter of the handbook >Confidential: no >Severity: non-critical >Priority: low >Responsible: freebsd-doc >State: open >Quarter: >Keywords: >Date-Required: >Class: update >Submitter-Id: current-users >Arrival-Date: Thu May 24 15:20:01 UTC 2012 >Closed-Date: >Last-Modified: >Originator: Niclas Zeising >Release: FreeBSD 9.0-RELEASE amd64 >Organization: >Environment: System: FreeBSD vincent.daemonic.se 9.0-RELEASE FreeBSD 9.0-RELEASE #0 r232364: Fri Mar 2 01:14:23 CET 2012 root at vincent.daemonic.se:/usr/obj/usr/src/sys/VINCENT amd64 >Description: The parts in the handbook configuration chapter (chapter 12) about configuring syslogd and newsyslog are very short and barely contain any information. >How-To-Repeat: >Fix: Attached patch adds a new part that discusses how to configure syslogd and newsyslogd in more in-depth detail. It is a complete rewrite and removes the old part about the same subject. --- handbook.config.chapter.syslog.sgml.diff begins here --- Index: head/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/config/chapter.sgml =================================================================== --- head/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/config/chapter.sgml (revision 38878) +++ head/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/config/chapter.sgml (working copy) @@ -1415,6 +1415,273 @@ + + + + + Niclas + Zeising + Contributed by + + + + + + Configuring the system logger <application>syslogd</application> + + system logging + syslog + syslogd + + System logging is an important aspect of system administration. + It is used both to detect hardware and software issues and errors in + the system, as well as playing a very important role in security + auditing and incident response. System daemons without a controlling + terminal also usually logs information to a system logging facility or + other log file. + This section will describe how to configure and use the &os; system + logger, syslogd as well as discuss log rotation + and log management using newsyslog. Focus + will be on setting up and using syslogd on + a local machine. For more advanced setups using a separate loghost, see + . + + + Using <application>syslogd</application> + In the default &os; configuration &man.syslogd.8; is started by + default on startup. This is controlled by the variable + syslogd_enable in /etc/rc.conf. + There are numerous application arguments that affect the behavior of + syslogd. To change them, use + syslogd_flags in /etc/rc.conf. + Refer to &man.syslogd.8; for more information on the arguments, and + &man.rc.conf.5;, + and for more information about + /etc/rc.conf and the &man.rc.8; subsystem. + + + + Configuring <application>syslogd</application> + + syslog.conf + + The configuration file, by default + /etc/syslog.conf, controls what &man.syslogd.8; + should do with the log entries once they are received. There are + several parameters to control the handling of incoming events, of + which the most basic are facility and level. The facility describes + which subsystem generated the message, such as the kernel or a daemon, + and the level describes the severity of the event that occurred. This + makes it possible to log the message to different log files, or + discard it, depending on the facility and level. It is also possible + to take action depending on the application that sent the message, and + in the case of remote logging, also the host of the machine generating + the logging event. + Configuring syslogd is quite straight + forward. The configuration file contains one line per action, and + the syntax for each line is a selector field followed by an action + field. The syntax of the selector field is + facility.level and this will match log messages + from facility at level level or + higher. It is also possible to add an optional comparison flag + before the level to be able to specify more exact what is logged. + Multiple selector fields can be used for the same action, and are + separated with a semicolon (;). Using + * will match everything. + The action filed is where to send the log message, e.g. a file or + a remote log host. As an example, here is the default + syslog.conf from &os;: + # $&os;$ +# +# Spaces ARE valid field separators in this file. However, +# other *nix-like systems still insist on using tabs as field +# separators. If you are sharing this file between systems, you +# may want to use only tabs as field separators here. +# Consult the &man.syslog.conf.5; manpage. +*.err;kern.warning;auth.notice;mail.crit /dev/console +*.notice;authpriv.none;kern.debug;lpr.info;mail.crit;news.err /var/log/messages +security.* /var/log/security +auth.info;authpriv.info /var/log/auth.log +mail.info /var/log/maillog +lpr.info /var/log/lpd-errs +ftp.info /var/log/xferlog +cron.* /var/log/cron +*.=debug /var/log/debug.log +*.emerg * +# uncomment this to log all writes to /dev/console to /var/log/console.log +#console.info /var/log/console.log +# uncomment this to enable logging of all log messages to /var/log/all.log +# touch /var/log/all.log and chmod it to mode 600 before it will work +#*.* /var/log/all.log +# uncomment this to enable logging to a remote loghost named loghost +#*.* @loghost +# uncomment these if you're running inn +# news.crit /var/log/news/news.crit +# news.err /var/log/news/news.err +# news.notice /var/log/news/news.notice +!ppp +*.* /var/log/ppp.log +!* + + + + This line matches all messages with a level of + err or higher, as well as + kern.warning, auth.notice + and mail.crit and sends these log messages + to the console (/dev/console). + + + This line matches all messages from the mail + facility at level info or above, and logs the + messages to /var/log/maillog. + + + This line utilizes a comparison flag, = + to only match all messages at level debug, and + logs them in /var/log/debug.log. + + + This line uses a so called program specification, which means + that the block following that to the next program specification + will only match for messages from that program. In this example + this line and the following will make all messages from + ppp end up in + /var/log/ppp.log. + + + + As can be seen from the configuration file above, there are + plenty of levels and subsystems. The levels are, in order from most + to least critical: emerg, alert, + crit, err, + warning, notice, + info and debug. + The facilities are, in no particular order: + auth, authpriv, + console, cron, + daemon, ftp, + kern, lpr, + mail, mark, + news, security, + syslog, user, + uucp and local0 through + local7. Be aware that other operating systems + might have different facilities. + With this knowledge it is easy to add a new line to + /etc/syslog.conf to log everything from the + different daemons on level notice and higher to + /var/log/daemon.log. Just add the following: + daemon.notice /var/log/daemon.log + For more information about the different levels and facilities, + refer to &man.syslog.3; and &man.syslogd.8;. For more information + about syslog.conf, its syntax and more advanced + usage examples, refer to &man.syslog.conf.5; and + . + + + + Log management and rotation with + <application>newsyslog</application> + + newsyslog + newsyslog.conf + log rotation + log management + + Log files tend to grow quickly and accumulate steadily. This + leads to the log files being full of less immediately useful, + information, as well as filling up the hard drive. To mitigate + this log management comes into play. In &os;, &man.newsyslog.8; is + the tool used to manage log files. The + newsyslog application is used to + periodically rotate and compress log files, as well as optionally + create missing log files and signal programs when log files are moved. + The log files does not necessarily have to come from syslog, + newsyslog works with any logs written from + any program. It is important to note that + newsyslog is normally run from &man.cron.8; + and is not a system daemon. In the default configuration it is run + every hour. + + Configuring <application>newsyslog</application> + To know what actions to take, &man.newsyslog.8; reads its + configuration file, by default + /etc/newsyslog.conf. This configuration file + contains lines, one per log file newsyslog + manages and states the file owner, permissions and when to rotate + that file, as well as optional flags that affects the log rotation + (such as compression) and programs to signal when the log is rotated. + As an example, here is the default configuration in &os;: + # configuration file for newsyslog +# $&os;$ +# +# Entries which do not specify the '/pid_file' field will cause the +# syslogd process to be signalled when that log file is rotated. This +# action is only appropriate for log files which are written to by the +# syslogd process (ie, files listed in /etc/syslog.conf). If there +# is no process which needs to be signalled when a given log file is +# rotated, then the entry for that file should include the 'N' flag. +# +# The 'flags' field is one or more of the letters: BCDGJNUXZ or a '-'. +# +# Note: some sites will want to select more restrictive protections than the +# defaults. In particular, it may be desirable to switch many of the 644 +# entries to 640 or 600. For example, some sites will consider the +# contents of maillog, messages, and lpd-errs to be confidential. In the +# future, these defaults may change to more conservative ones. +# +# logfilename [owner:group] mode count size when flags [/pid_file] [sig_num] +/var/log/all.log 600 7 * @T00 J +/var/log/amd.log 644 7 100 * J +/var/log/auth.log 600 7 100 @0101T JC +/var/log/console.log 600 5 100 * J +/var/log/cron 600 3 100 * JC +/var/log/daily.log 640 7 * @T00 JN +/var/log/debug.log 600 7 100 * JC +/var/log/init.log 644 3 100 * J +/var/log/kerberos.log 600 7 100 * J +/var/log/lpd-errs 644 7 100 * JC +/var/log/maillog 640 7 * @T00 JC +/var/log/messages 644 5 100 @0101T JC +/var/log/monthly.log 640 12 * $M1D0 JN +/var/log/pflog 600 3 100 * JB /var/run/pflogd.pid +/var/log/ppp.log root:network 640 3 100 * JC +/var/log/security 600 10 100 * JC +/var/log/sendmail.st 640 10 * 168 B +/var/log/utx.log 644 3 * @01T05 B +/var/log/weekly.log 640 5 1 $W6D0 JN +/var/log/xferlog 600 7 100 * JC + + As seen above, each line starts with the name of the + log file to be rotated. This is followed by an optional owner + and group specification of both rotated and newly created files. + The next field, mode is the mode of the files + and count is how many rotated log files that + should be kept. The size and + when fields tells + newsyslog when to rotate the log file. + A log file is rotated once either its size is larger than the + size field specification, or when the time in the + when filed has passed. An asterisk, + * means that this field is ignored. The + flags field gives + newsyslog further instructions, such as + how to compress the rotated file, or to create the log file if + it is missing. The last two fields are optional, and specifies + a PID-file of a process + as well as a signal number to signal that process with when the log + file is rotated. For more information on all fields, valid flags + and how to specify the rotation time, refer to + &man.newsyslog.conf.5;. Remember also that + newsyslog is run from + cron and can not rotate files more often + than when it is run from &man.cron.8;. + + + + + Configuration Files @@ -1618,106 +1885,6 @@ - - Log File Configuration - - log files - - - <filename>syslog.conf</filename> - - syslog.conf - - syslog.conf is the configuration - file for the &man.syslogd.8; program. It indicates which - types of syslog messages are logged to - particular log files. - - # $&os;$ -# -# Spaces ARE valid field separators in this file. However, -# other *nix-like systems still insist on using tabs as field -# separators. If you are sharing this file between systems, you -# may want to use only tabs as field separators here. -# Consult the syslog.conf(5) manual page. -*.err;kern.debug;auth.notice;mail.crit /dev/console -*.notice;kern.debug;lpr.info;mail.crit;news.err /var/log/messages -security.* /var/log/security -mail.info /var/log/maillog -lpr.info /var/log/lpd-errs -cron.* /var/log/cron -*.err root -*.notice;news.err root -*.alert root -*.emerg * -# uncomment this to log all writes to /dev/console to /var/log/console.log -#console.info /var/log/console.log -# uncomment this to enable logging of all log messages to /var/log/all.log -#*.* /var/log/all.log -# uncomment this to enable logging to a remote log host named loghost -#*.* @loghost -# uncomment these if you're running inn -# news.crit /var/log/news/news.crit -# news.err /var/log/news/news.err -# news.notice /var/log/news/news.notice -!startslip -*.* /var/log/slip.log -!ppp -*.* /var/log/ppp.log - - Consult the &man.syslog.conf.5; manual page for more - information. - - - - <filename>newsyslog.conf</filename> - - newsyslog.conf - - newsyslog.conf is the configuration - file for &man.newsyslog.8;, a program that is normally - scheduled to run by &man.cron.8;. &man.newsyslog.8; - determines when log files require archiving or rearranging. - logfile is moved to - logfile.0, - logfile.0 is moved to - logfile.1, and so on. Alternatively, - the log files may be archived in &man.gzip.1; format causing - them to be named: logfile.0.gz, - logfile.1.gz, and so on. - - newsyslog.conf indicates which log - files are to be managed, how many are to be kept, and when - they are to be touched. Log files can be rearranged and/or - archived when they have either reached a certain size, or at - a certain periodic time/date. - - # configuration file for newsyslog -# $&os;$ -# -# filename [owner:group] mode count size when [ZB] [/pid_file] [sig_num] -/var/log/cron 600 3 100 * Z -/var/log/amd.log 644 7 100 * Z -/var/log/kerberos.log 644 7 100 * Z -/var/log/lpd-errs 644 7 100 * Z -/var/log/maillog 644 7 * @T00 Z -/var/log/sendmail.st 644 10 * 168 B -/var/log/messages 644 5 100 * Z -/var/log/all.log 600 7 * @T00 Z -/var/log/slip.log 600 3 100 * Z -/var/log/ppp.log 600 3 100 * Z -/var/log/security 600 10 100 * Z -/var/log/wtmp 644 3 * @01T05 B -/var/log/daily.log 640 7 * @T00 Z -/var/log/weekly.log 640 5 1 $W6D0 Z -/var/log/monthly.log 640 12 * $M1D0 Z -/var/log/console.log 640 5 100 * Z - - Consult the &man.newsyslog.8; manual page for more - information. - - - <filename>sysctl.conf</filename> --- handbook.config.chapter.syslog.sgml.diff ends here --- >Release-Note: >Audit-Trail: >Unformatted: From bcr at FreeBSD.org Thu May 24 16:49:38 2012 From: bcr at FreeBSD.org (bcr at FreeBSD.org) Date: Thu, 24 May 2012 16:49:37 GMT Subject: docs/168305: [PATCH] rewrite of the syslogd and newsyslogd parts of the config chapter of the handbook Message-ID: <201205241649.q4OGnbAF026093@freefall.freebsd.org> Synopsis: [PATCH] rewrite of the syslogd and newsyslogd parts of the config chapter of the handbook Responsible-Changed-From-To: freebsd-doc->I'll work on this one. Responsible-Changed-By: bcr Responsible-Changed-When: Thu May 24 16:49:05 UTC 2012 Responsible-Changed-Why: http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=168305 From jgh at FreeBSD.org Thu May 24 19:40:07 2012 From: jgh at FreeBSD.org (Jason Helfman) Date: Thu, 24 May 2012 19:37:35 GMT Subject: docs/168316: www/java: update news for build25 for openjdk Message-ID: <201205241937.q4OJbZbA049387@freefall.freebsd.org> >Number: 168316 >Category: docs >Synopsis: www/java: update news for build25 for openjdk >Confidential: no >Severity: non-critical >Priority: low >Responsible: freebsd-doc >State: open >Quarter: >Keywords: >Date-Required: >Class: sw-bug >Submitter-Id: current-users >Arrival-Date: Thu May 24 19:40:06 UTC 2012 >Closed-Date: >Last-Modified: >Originator: Jason Helfman >Release: FreeBSD 9.0-STABLE i386 >Organization: >Environment: System: FreeBSD freefall.freebsd.org 9.0-STABLE FreeBSD 9.0-STABLE #6 r235139: Tue May 8 21:19:03 UTC 2012 simon at freefall.freebsd.org:/usr/obj/usr/src/sys/FREEFALL i386 >Description: Add news link for openjdk6 update for build25 >How-To-Repeat: >Fix: Index: en/java/dists/16.sgml =================================================================== --- en/java/dists/16.sgml (revision 38879) +++ en/java/dists/16.sgml (working copy) @@ -12,6 +12,12 @@

+May 09, 2012: Greg +Lewis updates the &openjdk; 6 port +to Build 25. +

+ +

November 30, 2011: Jung-uk Kim updates the &openjdk; 6 port to Build 24. Index: en/java/news.xml =================================================================== --- en/java/news.xml (revision 38879) +++ en/java/news.xml (working copy) @@ -25,6 +25,28 @@ + 2012 + + + May + + + 09 + + + <a href="http://openjdk.java.net/">&openjdk;</a> 6 updated + to Build 24. + +

Greg Lewis updates + the &openjdk; 6 port to + Build 25. See the JDK 1.6.x page + for more details.

+ + + + + + 2011 >Release-Note: >Audit-Trail: >Unformatted: From gjb at FreeBSD.org Thu May 24 19:46:03 2012 From: gjb at FreeBSD.org (gjb at FreeBSD.org) Date: Thu, 24 May 2012 19:46:02 GMT Subject: docs/168316: www/java: update news for build25 for openjdk Message-ID: <201205241946.q4OJk2cd067335@freefall.freebsd.org> Synopsis: www/java: update news for build25 for openjdk Class-Changed-From-To: sw-bug->doc-bug Class-Changed-By: gjb Class-Changed-When: Thu May 24 19:45:29 UTC 2012 Class-Changed-Why: Reclassify. Responsible-Changed-From-To: freebsd-doc->gjb Responsible-Changed-By: gjb Responsible-Changed-When: Thu May 24 19:45:29 UTC 2012 Responsible-Changed-Why: I'll take it. http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=168316 From utisoft at gmail.com Sat May 26 20:13:42 2012 From: utisoft at gmail.com (Chris Rees) Date: Sat, 26 May 2012 21:13:10 +0100 Subject: New docs for OPTIONS Message-ID: Hi all, We have a new world order for OPTIONS in ports (exciting, isn't it??), and would very much like to document it. I've prepared the following patch which has had fairly extensive review, apart from not having a formal approval by a docs person. Would anyone mind giving it a check and approving it please? Bapt plans to commit the code later this week, and it'd be great to have approval by then! Thanks, Chris http://www.bayofrum.net/~crees/patches/optionsng-docs-patch.diff http://www.bayofrum.net/~crees/rendered/porters-optionsng.html From gjb at FreeBSD.org Sat May 26 21:04:36 2012 From: gjb at FreeBSD.org (Glen Barber) Date: Sat, 26 May 2012 17:04:32 -0400 Subject: New docs for OPTIONS In-Reply-To: References: Message-ID: <20120526210354.GC1369@glenbarber.us> Hi Chris, On Sat, May 26, 2012 at 09:13:10PM +0100, Chris Rees wrote: > Would anyone mind giving it a check and approving it please? Bapt > plans to commit the code later this week, and it'd be great to have > approval by then! > I think this looks good. If there are no objections from anyone on docs@ to your patch, please commit it with my approval after bapt commits his changes. Glen From wblock at wonkity.com Sun May 27 16:02:03 2012 From: wblock at wonkity.com (Warren Block) Date: Sun, 27 May 2012 10:02:01 -0600 (MDT) Subject: New docs for OPTIONS In-Reply-To: References: Message-ID: On Sat, 26 May 2012, Chris Rees wrote: > We have a new world order for OPTIONS in ports (exciting, isn't it??), > and would very much like to document it. > > I've prepared the following patch which has had fairly extensive > review, apart from not having a formal approval by a docs person. > > Would anyone mind giving it a check and approving it please? Bapt > plans to commit the code later this week, and it'd be great to have > approval by then! > > Thanks, > > Chris > > > http://www.bayofrum.net/~crees/patches/optionsng-docs-patch.diff > > http://www.bayofrum.net/~crees/rendered/porters-optionsng.html Attached is a full patch that builds on that. Some simplifications and clarifications, and an added tip on helpful descriptions. -------------- next part -------------- Index: doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook/book.sgml =================================================================== --- doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook/book.sgml (revision 38891) +++ doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook/book.sgml (working copy) @@ -3663,19 +3663,17 @@ <makevar>USE_<replaceable>*</replaceable></makevar> - A number of variables exist in order to encapsulate - common dependencies that many ports have. Although their - use is optional, they can help to reduce the verbosity of + Several variables exist to define + common dependencies shared by many ports. Their + use is optional, but helps to reduce the verbosity of the port Makefiles. Each of them is styled as - USE_*. The - usage of these variables is restricted to the port + USE_*. + These variables may be used only in the port Makefiles and - ports/Mk/bsd.*.mk and is not designed - to encapsulate user-settable options — use - WITH_* and - WITHOUT_* for - that purpose. + ports/Mk/bsd.*.mk. They are not meant + for user-settable options — use + PORT_OPTIONS for that purpose. It is always incorrect to set any @@ -3880,11 +3878,12 @@ Correct Declaration of an Optional Dependency - OPTIONS= BAR "Enable bar support" off + OPTIONS_DEFINE= BAR +BAR_DESC= Enable bar support -.include <bsd.port.pre.mk> +.include <bsd.port.options.mk> -.if defined(WITH_BAR) && !defined(WITHOUT_BAR) +.if ${PORTOPTIONS:MBAR} LIB_DEPENDS= bar:${PORTSDIR}/foo/bar .endif @@ -4089,15 +4088,14 @@ Makefile Options - Some large applications can be built in a number of - configurations, adding functionality if one of a number of - libraries or applications is available. Examples include + Many applications can be built with optional or differing + configurations. Examples include choice of natural (human) language, GUI versus command-line, - or type of database to support. Since not all users want - those libraries or applications, the ports system provides - hooks that the port author can use to control which - configuration should be built. Supporting these properly will - make users happy, and effectively provide 2 or more ports for + or type of database to support. Users may need a different + configuration than the default, so the ports system provides + hooks the port author can use to control which variation + will be built. Supporting these options properly will + make users happy, and effectively provide two or more ports for the price of one. @@ -4109,7 +4107,7 @@ WITHOUT_* These variables are designed to be set by the system - administrator. There are many that are standardized in + administrator. There are many that are standardized in the ports/KNOBS file. @@ -4131,7 +4129,7 @@ Unless otherwise specified, these variables are only tested for being set or not set, rather than being set - to some kind of variable such as YES + to a specific value such as YES or NO. @@ -4173,11 +4171,11 @@ WITHOUT_X11 - If the port can be built both with and - without X support, then it should normally be + Ports that can be built both with and + without X support are normally built with X support. If this variable is defined, then the version that does not have X - support should be built instead. + support will be built instead. @@ -4187,7 +4185,7 @@ Knob Naming - It is recommended that porters use like-named knobs, + Porters should use like-named knobs, both for the benefit of end-users and to help keep the number of knob names down. A list of popular knob names can be found in the Background - The OPTIONS variable gives the user - who installs the port a dialog with the available options - and saves them to - /var/db/ports/portname/options. - Next time when the port has to be rebuild, the options are - reused. Never again you will have to remember all the - twenty - WITH_* and - WITHOUT_* - options you used to build this port! + The OPTIONS_* variables give the user + installing the port a dialog showing the available options, + and then saves those options to + /var/db/ports/${UNIQUENAME}/options. + The next time the port is built, the options are + reused. When the user runs make config (or runs make build for the first time), - the framework will check for - /var/db/ports/portname/options. - If that file does not exist, it will use the values of - OPTIONS to create a dialog box where + the framework checks for + /var/db/ports/${UNIQUENAME}/options. + If that file does not exist, the values of + OPTIONS_* are used, and a dialog box is displayed where the options can be enabled or disabled. Then the options file is saved and the - selected variables will be used when building the + configured variables are used when building the port. If a new version of the port adds new OPTIONS, the dialog will be presented - to the user, with the saved values of old + to the user with the saved values of old OPTIONS prefilled. - Use make showconfig to see the + make showconfig shows the saved configuration. Use make rmconfig to remove the saved configuration. @@ -4242,50 +4236,141 @@ Syntax - The syntax for the OPTIONS variable - is: + OPTIONS_DEFINE contains a list of + OPTIONS to be used. These are independent + of each other and are not grouped: - OPTIONS= OPTION "descriptive text" default ... + OPTIONS_DEFINE= OPT1 OPT2 - The value for default is either ON - or OFF. Multiple repetitions of these - three fields are allowed. + Once defined, OPTIONS are + described (optional, but strongly recommended): - OPTIONS definition must appear + OPT1_DESC= Describe OPT1 +OPT2_DESC= Describe OPT2 +OPT3_DESC= Describe OPT3 +OPT4_DESC= Describe OPT4 +OPT5_DESC= Describe OPT5 +OPT6_DESC= Describe OPT6 + + + ports/Mk/bsd.options.desc.mk + has descriptions for many common + OPTIONS; there is usually no need + to override these. + + + + When describing options, view it from the + perspective of the user: What does it do? + and Why would I want to enable this? Do + not just repeat the name. For example, describing the + NLS option as + include NLS support does not help the + user who can already see the option name but may not + + know what it means. Describing it as Native + Language Support via gettext utilities is + much more helpful. + + + OPTIONS can be grouped as radio + choices, where only one choice from each group is + allowed: + + OPTIONS_SINGLE= SG1 +OPTIONS_SINGLE_SG1= OPT3 OPT4 + + OPTIONS can also be grouped as + multiple-choice lists, where + at least one option must be + enabled: + + OPTIONS_MULTI= MG1 +OPTIONS_MULTI_MG1= OPT5 OPT6 + + OPTIONS are unset by default, + unless they are listed in + OPTIONS_DEFAULT: + + OPTIONS_DEFAULT= OPT1 OPT3 OPT6 + + OPTIONS definitions must appear before the inclusion of bsd.port.options.mk. The - WITH_* and WITHOUT_* - variables can only be tested after the inclusion of + PORT_OPTIONS variable can only be + tested after the inclusion of bsd.port.options.mk. Inclusion of bsd.port.pre.mk can be used instead, too, and is still widely used in ports written before the introduction of bsd.port.options.mk. But be aware that some variables will not work as expected after the inclusion of - bsd.port.pre.mk, typically + bsd.port.pre.mk, typically some USE_* flags. Simple Use of <makevar>OPTIONS</makevar> - OPTIONS= FOO "Enable option foo" On \ - BAR "Support feature bar" Off + OPTIONS_DEFINE= FOO BAR +FOO_DESC= Enable option foo +BAR_DESC= Support feature bar +OPTIONS_DEFAULT=FOO + .include <bsd.port.options.mk> -.if defined(WITHOUT_FOO) -CONFIGURE_ARGS+= --without-foo +.if ${PORT_OPTIONS:MFOO} +CONFIGURE_ARGS+=--without-foo .else -CONFIGURE_ARGS+= --with-foo +CONFIGURE_ARGS+=--with-foo .endif -.if defined(WITH_BAR) +.if ${PORT_OPTIONS:MBAR} RUN_DEPENDS+= bar:${PORTSDIR}/bar/bar .endif .include <bsd.port.mk> + + Practical Use of <makevar>OPTIONS</makevar> + + OPTIONS_DEFINE= EXAMPLES + +OPTIONS_SINGLE= BACKEND +OPTIONS_SINGLE_BACKEND= MYSQL PGSQL BDB + +OPTIONS_MULTI= AUTH +OPTIONS_MULTI_AUTH= LDAP PAM SSL + +EXAMPLES_DESC= Install extra examples +MYSQL_DESC= Use MySQL as backend +PGSQL_DESC= Use PostgreSQL as backend +BDB_DESC= Use Berkeley DB as backend +LDAP_DESC= Build with LDAP authentication support +PAM_DESC= Build with PAM support +SSL_DESC= Build with OpenSSL support + +OPTIONS_DEFAULT= PGSQL LDAP SSL + +.include <bsd.port.options.mk> + +.if ${PORT_OPTIONS:MPGSQL} +USE_PGSQL= yes +CONFIGURE_ARGS+= --with-postgres +.else +CONFIGURE_ARGS+= --without-postgres +.endif + +.if ${PORT_OPTIONS:MICU} +LIB_DEPENDS+= icuuc:${PORTSDIR}/devel/icu +.endif + +# Check other OPTIONS + +.include <bsd.port.mk> + + Old-Style Use of <makevar>OPTIONS</makevar> @@ -4301,6 +4386,12 @@ .include <bsd.port.post.mk> + + + This method of using OPTIONS + is deprecated, and will be removed at some point. + Do not use this method for new ports. + @@ -4317,7 +4408,7 @@ Wrong Handling of an Option - .if defined(WITH_FOO) + .if ${PORT_OPTIONS:MFOO} LIB_DEPENDS+= foo.0:${PORTSDIR}/devel/foo CONFIGURE_ARGS+= --enable-foo .endif @@ -4336,7 +4427,7 @@ Correct Handling of an Option - .if defined(WITH_FOO) + .if ${PORT_OPTIONS:MFOO} LIB_DEPENDS+= foo.0:${PORTSDIR}/devel/foo CONFIGURE_ARGS+= --enable-foo .else @@ -7987,7 +8078,7 @@ .include <bsd.port.pre.mk> -.if defined(WITH_WX) || ${HAVE_WX:Mwx-2.4} != "" +.if defined(WITH_WX) || !empty(PORT_OPTIONS:MWX) || !empty(HAVE_WX:Mwx-2.4) USE_WX= 2.4 CONFIGURE_ARGS+= --enable-wx .endif @@ -8004,7 +8095,7 @@ .include <bsd.port.pre.mk> -.if defined(WITH_WXPYTHON) || ${HAVE_WX:Mpython} != "" +.if defined(WITH_WXPYTHON) || !empty(PORT_OPTIONS:MWXPYTHON) || !empty(HAVE_WX:Mpython) WX_COMPS+= python CONFIGURE_ARGS+= --enable-wxpython .endif @@ -8495,7 +8586,7 @@ .include <bsd.port.pre.mk> -.if defined(WITH_LUA5) || ${HAVE_LUA:Mlua-5.[01]} != "" +.if defined(WITH_LUA5) || !empty(PORT_OPTIONS:MLUA5) || !empty(HAVE_LUA:Mlua-5.[01]) USE_LUA= 5.0-5.1 CONFIGURE_ARGS+= --enable-lua5 .endif @@ -8512,7 +8603,7 @@ .include <bsd.port.pre.mk> -.if defined(WITH_TOLUA) || ${HAVE_LUA:Mtolua} != "" +.if defined(WITH_TOLUA) || !empty(PORT_OPTIONS:MTOLUA) || !empty(HAVE_LUA:Mtolua) LUA_COMPS+= tolua CONFIGURE_ARGS+= --enable-tolua .endif From crees at FreeBSD.org Sun May 27 18:15:18 2012 From: crees at FreeBSD.org (crees at FreeBSD.org) Date: Sun, 27 May 2012 18:15:18 GMT Subject: docs/167020: Bad command-line example in handbook Message-ID: <201205271815.q4RIFITd021085@freefall.freebsd.org> Synopsis: Bad command-line example in handbook State-Changed-From-To: closed->open State-Changed-By: crees State-Changed-When: Sun May 27 18:15:17 UTC 2012 State-Changed-Why: This can be more portable (work with csh and sh) using env; http://www.bayofrum.net/~crees/patches/handbook-dump-over-ssh.diff http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=167020 From no-reply at priceangels.com Mon May 28 03:30:36 2012 From: no-reply at priceangels.com (PriceAngels) Date: Mon, 28 May 2012 05:00:26 +0200 Subject: Dear Customer:Andriod 2.3 Tablet PC 20% off Message-ID: <0.1.11B.9BC.1CD3C7E08707C9A.0@pmta41036.emsmtp.com> To view the graphic version (HTML) of this e-mail, click on the following link or copy it into your browser: http://emaillink2.priceangels.com/u/gm.php?prm=aUv3Bnf3uC_143435532_217845_8293 About PriceAngels.com Welcome! Thank you for visiting PriceAngels.com, where you will find a wide array of high-quality products at unbelievable wholesale prices, and more important, we guarantee Free-Shipping all over the world! Customer-Centric Company PriceAngels.com is the next generation of online-shopping. Offering our customers more type of products, more conveniently, and at even lower wholesale prices has always been the focus of PriceAngels.com. We provide a best-of-breed online-shopping platform to our customers all over the world, no matter you?re a wholesaler who is looking for new merchandise and high profits , a retailer who wants to empower your commerce offerings, or an individual shopper who is looking for the latest products with good quality and lower price, you will be satisfied with us. We?ve Only Just Begun From the moment we founded PriceAngels, our vision has been to empower the people worldwide in buying and selling online. We have served customers from over 30 countries, and we?re still growing. In the years to come, you?ll see priceangels.com create new technologies, expand into more geographies and continue to improve the lives of wholesalers, retailers and individual shoppers around the world Our Promises We promise to: Free-shipping all over the world. Source only the best consumer goods and ensure the highest quality. Streamline the buying and payment process, and make it as easy as possible. Help the customers all over the world discover products and manufacturers in China. Deliver the goods to the customers all over the world with speed and precision Provide 24-hour customer support on weekdays. Learn More To learn more about PriceAngels.com today, explore our website the products, special offers, and you can also read some customer reviews. If you want to unsubscribe from our mailing list, use the following link: http://emaillink2.priceangels.com/u/un.php?par=aUv3Bnf3uC_217845_8293_$sid$ From bugmaster at FreeBSD.org Mon May 28 11:06:13 2012 From: bugmaster at FreeBSD.org (FreeBSD bugmaster) Date: Mon, 28 May 2012 11:06:11 GMT Subject: Current unassigned doc problem reports Message-ID: <201205281106.q4SB6B6J062463@freefall.freebsd.org> (Note: an HTML version of this report is available at http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr-summary.cgi?category=doc .) The following is a listing of current problems submitted by FreeBSD users. These represent problem reports covering all versions including experimental development code and obsolete releases. S Tracker Resp. Description -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- o docs/167742 doc Update documentation for group 5, and newgrp 1 o docs/167741 doc group(5): Group Passwords do not work and are not docu o docs/167020 doc Bad command-line example in handbook o docs/166553 doc find(1): find -delete documentation is misleading o docs/166358 doc No networking in Jail build via: handbook/jail-tuning o docs/165657 doc Web site Features page aging o docs/165551 doc ipfw(8): no info in "ipfw pipe show" about ipv6 o docs/165410 doc [handbook] installer documentation is not up to date o docs/165249 doc Multibyte characters in manpages still not displaying o docs/164803 doc Unclear manual page for mount_unionfs(8) o docs/164800 doc Handbook's installation topic doesn't mention ZFS o docs/164772 doc incorrect ipfw sched parameters in manual o docs/164682 doc Handbook contains wrong information about Flash player o docs/164620 doc Raid 1 issues o docs/164099 doc gparm(8): man page for gparm set is incorrect and inco o docs/164034 doc acl(9) documentation lacking o docs/163879 doc [handbook] handbook does not say about how to force to o docs/163830 doc device smbios: missing documentation, no manpage o docs/163576 doc zfs(8) sync property not noted in the manpage o docs/163149 doc [patch] Red Hat Linux/i386 9 HTML format sudo man page o docs/162775 doc zpool(1): Document some undocumented zpool import opti o docs/162433 doc [handbook] QEMU instructions for FreeBSD guests o docs/162419 doc [request] please document (new) zfs and zpool cmdline o docs/162404 doc [handbook] IPv6 link-local address compared with IPv4 o docs/162380 doc Documentation lacking for getfacl/setfacl o docs/161804 doc New documentation: French translation for building-pro o docs/161754 doc p4tcc(4), est(4) and qpi(4) are not documented o docs/161496 doc zfs(1): Please document that sysctl vfs.usermount must o docs/160460 doc [handbook] Network setup guide suggestion o docs/160447 doc [handbook] Developer's Handbook contains some outdated o docs/160446 doc [handbook] Handbook sound setup seems outdated o docs/160445 doc [handbook] Handbook does not mention ACL o docs/160399 doc Man page for re(4) missing jumbo frames info o docs/159307 doc [patch] lpd smm chapter unconditionally installed o docs/159298 doc [handbook] document Konqueror with Webkit support to i o docs/158388 doc Incorrect documentation of LOCAL_SCRIPT in release(7) o docs/158387 doc The tree(3) man should mention the RB_FOREACH_SAFE() A o docs/157908 doc [handbook] Description of post-install should include o docs/157049 doc FreeBSD Handbook: Chapter 14 (Security) Inaccuracy p docs/156955 doc bug in share/man/man2/setsockopt.2 o docs/156920 doc isspecial(3) is not helpful o docs/156853 doc [patch] Update docs: jail(8) security issues with worl o docs/156815 doc chmod(1): manpage should describe that chmod kicks +t o docs/156689 doc stf(4) output-only documentation gives bad configurati f docs/156187 doc [handbook] [patch] Add bsnmpd to handbook o docs/156081 doc troff falls with troff.core with UTF-8 man with incorr o docs/155982 doc [handbook] reaper of the dead: remove reference to flo o docs/155773 doc dialog(1): dialog manpages not updated o docs/155149 doc [patch] don't encourage using xorg.conf outside of PRE o docs/154838 doc update cvs-tags information on releng_* to reflect sup o docs/153958 doc ksu man-page documented, but not installed a docs/153012 doc [patch] iostat(8) requires an argument to -c option o docs/151752 doc pw.conf(5) doesn't define format for file clearly o docs/150991 doc [patch] Install upgtfw using pkg_add as advised in upg o docs/150917 doc [patch] icmp.4, wrong description of icmplim and icmpl o docs/150877 doc ambiguity in newsyslog(8) man page about zfs with comp o docs/150255 doc dtrace description should mention makeoptions DEBUG=-g o docs/150219 doc zfs(8) manual page misses jail/unjail o docs/149574 doc [patch] update mi_switch(9) man page o docs/148987 doc [patch] {MD[245]|SHA_|SHA1_|SHA256_}{End|File|FileChun o docs/148984 doc [handbook] Mistake in section 16.15.4 of the handbook o docs/148680 doc [sysctl][patch] Document some sys/kern sysctls o docs/148071 doc Failover mode between wired and wireless interfaces o docs/147995 doc elf.5 man page has has missing reference o docs/146958 doc bad link to "XaQti XMAC II datasheet" in sk(4) manual o docs/146521 doc [handbook] Update IPv6 system handbook section to ment o docs/145719 doc [patch] 7.3 relnotes erroneously describes new getpage o docs/145699 doc hexdump(1) mutes all format qualifier output following o docs/145644 doc Add artical about creating manpage from scratch o docs/145069 doc Dialup firewalling with FreeBSD article out dated. o docs/145066 doc Update for new uart dev names for serial port. s docs/144818 doc all mailinglist archives dated 19970101 contain traili o docs/144630 doc [patch] domainname(1) manpage contains old information o docs/144515 doc [handbook] Expand handbook Table of contents o docs/144488 doc share/examples/etc/make.conf: contains dangerous examp o docs/143850 doc procfs(5) manpage for status > controlling terminal is o docs/143416 doc [handbook] IPFW handbook page issues o docs/143408 doc man filedesc(9) is missing o docs/142168 doc [patch] ld(1): ldd(1) not mentioned in ld(1) manpage o docs/141032 doc misleading documentation for rtadvd.conf(5) raflags se s docs/140847 doc [request] add documentation on ECMP and new route args p docs/140457 doc [patch] Grammar fix for isspace(3) o docs/140444 doc [patch] New Traditional Chinese translation of custom- o docs/140375 doc [UPDATE] Updated zh_TW.Big5/articles/nanobsd o docs/139336 doc [request] ZFS documentation suggestion o docs/139165 doc gssapi.3 man page out of sync with between crypto and o docs/139018 doc translation of submitting.sgml from docproj/submitting o docs/138845 doc Exceeding kern.ipc.maxpipekva refers to tuning(7) whic o docs/138485 doc bpf(4) and ip(4) man pages missing important corner ca o docs/136712 doc [handbook] [patch] draft new section on gmirror per pa o docs/136666 doc [handbook] Configure serial port for remote kernel deb o docs/136035 doc ftpchroot(5) omits an important option o docs/134123 doc The RUNQUEUE(9) man page is out of date o docs/132839 doc [patch] Fix example script in ldap-auth article o docs/132718 doc [handbook] Information about adding a new mirror is ou o docs/132260 doc dhcpd(8) pid not stored in documented location o docs/132190 doc EPERM explanation for send(2), sendto(2), and sendmsg( o docs/131918 doc [patch] Fixes for the BPF(4) man page o docs/131626 doc [patch] dump(8) "recommended" cache option confusing o docs/130238 doc nfs.lockd man page doesn't mention NFSLOCKD option or o docs/129671 doc New TCP chapter for Developer's Handbook (from rwatson o docs/129464 doc using packages system o docs/129095 doc ipfw(8): Can not check that packet originating/destine o docs/128356 doc [request] add Firefox plugin for FreeBSD manual pages s docs/127844 doc Example code skeleton_capture_n.c in meteor(4) manpage o docs/126590 doc [patch] Write routine called forever in Sample Echo Ps o docs/126484 doc libc function res-zonscut2 is not documented o docs/125921 doc lpd(8) talks about blocks in minfree while it is KB in f docs/122052 doc minor update on handbook section 20.7.1 o docs/121952 doc Handbook chapter on Network Address Translation wrong o docs/121585 doc [handbook] Wrong multicast specification s docs/121541 doc [request] no man pages for wlan_scan_ap o docs/121312 doc RELNOTES_LANG breaks release if not en_US.ISO8859-1 o docs/121173 doc [patch] mq_getattr(2): mq_flags mistakenly described a s docs/120917 doc [request]: Man pages mising for thr_xxx syscalls o docs/120539 doc Inconsistent ipfw's man page o docs/120125 doc [patch] Installing FreeBSD 7.0 via serial console and o docs/120024 doc resolver(5) and hosts(5) need updated for IPv6 o docs/119545 doc books/arch-handbook/usb/chapter.sgml formatting o docs/118902 doc [patch] wrong signatures in d2i_RSAPublicKey man pages o docs/118020 doc ipfilter(4): man pages query for man 4 ipfilter return o docs/116080 doc PREFIX is documented, but not the more important LOCAL p docs/115065 doc [patch] sync ps.1 with p_flag and keywords o docs/114371 doc [patch] [ip6] rtadvd.con(5) should show how to adverti o docs/114139 doc mbuf(9) has misleading comments on M_DONTWAIT and M_TR o docs/113194 doc [patch] [request] crontab.5: handling of day-in-month o docs/112682 doc Handbook GEOM_GPT explanation does not provide accurat o docs/111425 doc Missing chunks of text in historical manpages o docs/111265 doc [request] Clarify how to set common shell variables o docs/110999 doc carp(4) should document unsupported interface types o docs/110692 doc wi(4) man page doesn't say WPA is not supported o docs/110376 doc [patch] add some more explanations for the iwi/ipw fir o docs/110062 doc [patch] mount_nfs(8) fails to mention a failure condit p docs/110061 doc [patch] tuning(7) missing reference to vfs.read_max o docs/109981 doc No manual entry for post-grohtml o docs/109977 doc No manual entry for ksu o docs/109973 doc No manual entry for c++filt o docs/109972 doc No manual entry for zless/bzless f docs/109226 doc [request] No manual entry for sntp o docs/109201 doc [request]: manual for callbootd a docs/108980 doc list of missing man pages o docs/106135 doc [request] articles/vinum needs to be updated o docs/105608 doc fdc(4) debugging description staled o docs/104879 doc Howto: Listen to IMA ADPCM .wav files on FreeBSD box o docs/102719 doc [patch] ng_bpf(4) example leads to unneeded promiscuos o docs/100196 doc man login.conf does explain not "unlimited" o docs/99506 doc FreeBSD Handbook addition: IPv6 Server Settings o docs/98974 doc Missing tunables in loader(8) manpage o docs/98115 doc Missing parts after rendering handbook to RTF format o docs/96207 doc Comments of a sockaddr_un structure could confuse one o docs/94625 doc [patch] growfs man page -- document "panic: not enough o docs/92626 doc jail manpage should mention disabling some periodic sc o docs/91506 doc ndis(4) man page should be more specific about support o docs/91149 doc read(2) can return EINVAL for unaligned access to bloc o docs/88512 doc [patch] mount_ext2fs(8) man page has no details on lar o docs/87936 doc Handbook chapter on NIS/YP lacks good information on a o docs/87857 doc ifconfig(8) wireless options order matters o docs/85128 doc [patch] loader.conf(5) autoboot_delay incompletly desc o docs/84956 doc [patch] intro(5) manpage doesn't mention API coverage o docs/84932 doc new document: printing with an Epson ALC-3000N on Free o docs/84670 doc [patch] tput(1) manpage missing ENVIRONMENT section wi o docs/84317 doc fdp-primer doesn't show class=USERNAME distinctively o docs/84271 doc [patch] compress(1) doesn't warn about nasty link hand o docs/83820 doc getino(3) manpage not installed o docs/81611 doc [patch] natd runs with -same_ports by default o docs/78480 doc Networked printer setup unnecessarily complex in handb o docs/61605 doc [request] Improve documentation for i386 disk geometry o docs/61301 doc [patch] Manpage patch for aue(4) to enable HomePNA fun o docs/59835 doc ipfw(8) man page does not warn about accepted but mean o docs/59477 doc Outdated Info Documents at http://docs.freebsd.org/inf o docs/59044 doc [patch] doc.docbook.mk does not properly handle a sour o docs/57298 doc [patch] add using compact flash cards info to handbook s docs/54752 doc bus_dma explained in ISA section in Handbook: should b o docs/53751 doc bus_dma(9) incorrectly documents BUS_DMA_ALLOCNOW o docs/53596 doc Updates to mt(1) manual page o docs/53271 doc bus_dma(9) fails to document alignment restrictions o docs/51480 doc Multiple undefined references in the FreeBSD manual pa o docs/50211 doc [patch] doc.docbook.mk: fix textfile creation o docs/48101 doc [patch] Add documentation on the fixit disk o docs/43823 doc [patch] update to environ(7) manpage o docs/41089 doc pax(1) -B option does not mention interaction with -z o docs/40423 doc Keyboard(4)'s definition of parameters to GETFKEY/SETF o docs/38982 doc [patch] developers-handbook/Jail fix o docs/38556 doc EPS file of beastie, as addition to existing examples s docs/33589 doc [patch] to doc.docbook.mk to post process .tex files. o docs/27605 doc [patch] Cross-document references () o docs/26286 doc *printf(3) etc should gain format string warnings o docs/24786 doc missing FILES descriptions in sa(4) s docs/20028 doc ASCII docs should reflect tags in the sourc 189 problems total. From info at rycin.net Mon May 28 15:35:23 2012 From: info at rycin.net (Mr. Zhou) Date: Mon, 28 May 2012 22:17:54 +0800 Subject: Tablet PC Message-ID: Dear doc at FreeBSD.org The following is our Tablet PC21 introduced: 7" TFT LCD Capacitive(5-Point) 800*480 Pixel Touch Screen CPU Allwinner A10 Gortex A8 1.5Ghz Android 4.0 operation system RAM 512MB DDR3 (Can be expanded to 1GB) Embeded NAND FLASH 8GB Office, Email, MSN, Skype, Video, Music Game etc. Other model please visit our website. Price: Sample $85 10pcs $80 50pcs $78 100pcs $75 Paymemt: 30% down payment and paid 70% balance before delivery. Price term EXW. Delivery time is 1-3 week after sample and order confirmation. Guarantee: 12 Months (Artificial damage excluded). Please feel free to contact us of your any question. Contact: Mr. Zhou E-mail: info at rycin.net TradeManager: cn116545946 Company: Rycin Technology Co., Ltd. Address: Building E, Baoyuan Industrial Zone, Laodong Road, Xixiang, Baoan, Shenzhen, China 518102 Website: www.rycin.net From daze at robobiz.ru Tue May 29 04:54:56 2012 From: daze at robobiz.ru (=?utf-8?B?0KHRgtCw0YLQuNGB0YLQuNC60LA=?=) Date: Tue, 29 May 2012 08:53:50 +0400 Subject: =?utf-8?b?0J7RhtC10L3QuNGC0Ywg0Y3QutGB0L/QvtGA0YLQvdGL0Lkg0Lg=?= =?utf-8?b?0LzQv9C+0YDRgtC90YvQuSDQv9C+0YLQtdC90YbQuNCw0Ls=?= Message-ID: ??????? ?????????? ????????? ????????? ??????* ?????? ?? ???? ?????? ? ?????????? ??????????? 2011 ?????? ??? ? ?????? ??????.?? ???? ????? ????? ??. ??. ??????? ?????????? ????????? ????????? ?????? ??????????? ?????? (???????? ??????) - ??????? ????? ?????????-??????????, ??????????, ???, ???????? ??????????, ???????? ?????? ???????????? ???? ?????????? ???: ????????, ???????? ???????? ? ??????. ????????????, ???????? ????????, ?????? ???????? (???????), ?????? ? ?????- ??????????, ??????? ???????? ??????? ????? ????????????? ???????????, ?? ????? ????, ????????? ??????, ????? ?????? ? ?.?. ?????? ?????? ??????????????? ????? ?? ??????* ?????? ??? ?????? ???????. ?????? ??????? ??????????? ??? ? ?????? ??????? ????????. ?????????? ???????????? ??? ??? ?????? ???????? ?????????? ????? ?????????? ?? ?????? ???????? ?????????? ?????????? ??? ??????. ??????????. ??? ??????. ?????? 2011 ???. ?? ???? ????? ????? ???? ?????? ??????? ????: 3.500 ???. ??????????. ??? ???????. ?????? 2011 ???. ????: 3.000 ???. ?? ???????? ???????????? ???????????? ??????????? ??? ??????? ???. 8-926-524-43-34. ????????. ???? ?? ?????? ?? ??????? ???????? ???????, ????????? ?? ?????? v-sevostyanov at list.ru From s.bhprivatecorrespodence at gmx.com Tue May 29 07:41:38 2012 From: s.bhprivatecorrespodence at gmx.com (Susan B Holford (Ms)) Date: Tue, 29 May 2012 02:41:28 -0500 Subject: Reply.. Message-ID: <20120529074128.AAFD3873969F@mail.artworkdigital.com.br> - This mail is in HTML. Some elements may be ommited in plain text. - Hello, Compliments and good day to you and your family.?I write you this mail as a reminder once more having waited patiently?for your response to my initial contact with you through snail mail.?However since i assume you did not get it i want to use this medium even though?it might not be the best form of communication in matters like this due to the?ever growing disbelief and illicit scams and fraud associated with it, i?seem to have no choice than to make use of it, coupled with the fact that?it might be just perfect due to the ability to redeem time. Without wasting much of your time i want to bring you into a business?venture which i think should be of interest and concern to you, since it has?to do with a perceived family member of yours However i need to?be sure that you must have received this communication so i will not divulge?much information about it until i get a response from you.?Kindly respond back to me. Regards, Susan From jesse.hagewood at gmail.com Tue May 29 16:43:41 2012 From: jesse.hagewood at gmail.com (Jesse Hagewood) Date: Tue, 29 May 2012 12:43:39 -0400 Subject: SoC project: Complete BSD-licensed text processing tools. Message-ID: Hey everyone, I'm one of the students participating in Google Summer of Code this summer, with FreeBSD as my mentoring organization. I thought I would share my project on this mailing list, in case it is of interest to anyone. My project this summer is to add features and/or complete the BSD-licensed text processing tools mdocml, diff/sdiff/diff3 (ports from OpenBSD) for the purpose of deprecating groff and the GNU diff utilities in the FreeBSD source tree. The first part of my project is to add features and make improvements to mdocml. Right now, my goal is to try to implement some text-formatting requests that are missing from roff. The missing requests are: .ad (adjust margins) .na .it .ns (no-space mode) .rs (no-space mode off) .ti (temporary indent) .ta (tab settings) .hy (hyphenation) .ne .nh .ni .ps I will be spending most of this week implementing them. So far, I have been working on .ns and .rs, and will have them successfully working probably by the end of the day. If you'd like to learn more, here is the project's wiki page: http://wiki.freebsd.org/SummerOfCode2012/JesseHagewood SVN repo: https://socsvn.freebsd.org/socsvn/soc2012/jhagewood/ Also, any questions/comments/criticisms would be greatly appreciated! -Jesse Hagewood From bjk at FreeBSD.org Wed May 30 05:01:41 2012 From: bjk at FreeBSD.org (bjk at FreeBSD.org) Date: Wed, 30 May 2012 05:01:41 GMT Subject: docs/167020: Bad command-line example in handbook Message-ID: <201205300501.q4U51fjN095145@freefall.freebsd.org> Synopsis: Bad command-line example in handbook Responsible-Changed-From-To: freebsd-doc->bjk Responsible-Changed-By: bjk Responsible-Changed-When: Wed May 30 05:01:15 UTC 2012 Responsible-Changed-Why: I will take this one. http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=167020 From michael.gullberg at gmail.com Wed May 30 14:24:35 2012 From: michael.gullberg at gmail.com (=?utf-8?B?bWljaGFlbC5ndWxsYmVyZ0BnbWFpbC5jb20=?=) Date: Wed, 30 May 2012 16:24:27 +0200 Subject: freebsd-doc Digest, Vol 479, Issue 1 Message-ID: <4fc62d9e.c40a700a.321a.0bb9@mx.google.com> Sent from my HTC ----- Reply message ----- From: freebsd-doc-request at freebsd.org To: Subject: freebsd-doc Digest, Vol 479, Issue 1 Date: Mon, May 28, 2012 14:06 Send freebsd-doc mailing list submissions to freebsd-doc at freebsd.org To subscribe or unsubscribe via the World Wide Web, visit http://lists.freebsd.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-doc or, via email, send a message with subject or body 'help' to freebsd-doc-request at freebsd.org You can reach the person managing the list at freebsd-doc-owner at freebsd.org When replying, please edit your Subject line so it is more specific than "Re: Contents of freebsd-doc digest..." Today's Topics: 1. Re: New docs for OPTIONS (Warren Block) 2. Re: docs/167020: Bad command-line example in handbook (crees at FreeBSD.org) 3. Dear Customer:Andriod 2.3 Tablet PC 20% off (PriceAngels) ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Message: 1 Date: Sun, 27 May 2012 10:02:01 -0600 (MDT) From: Warren Block Subject: Re: New docs for OPTIONS To: Chris Rees Cc: doc at freebsd.org, portmgr at freebsd.org Message-ID: Content-Type: text/plain; charset="us-ascii" On Sat, 26 May 2012, Chris Rees wrote: > We have a new world order for OPTIONS in ports (exciting, isn't it??), > and would very much like to document it. > > I've prepared the following patch which has had fairly extensive > review, apart from not having a formal approval by a docs person. > > Would anyone mind giving it a check and approving it please? Bapt > plans to commit the code later this week, and it'd be great to have > approval by then! > > Thanks, > > Chris > > > http://www.bayofrum.net/~crees/patches/optionsng-docs-patch.diff > > http://www.bayofrum.net/~crees/rendered/porters-optionsng.html Attached is a full patch that builds on that. Some simplifications and clarifications, and an added tip on helpful descriptions. -------------- next part -------------- Index: doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook/book.sgml =================================================================== --- doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook/book.sgml (revision 38891) +++ doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook/book.sgml (working copy) @@ -3663,19 +3663,17 @@ <makevar>USE_<replaceable>*</replaceable></makevar> - A number of variables exist in order to encapsulate - common dependencies that many ports have. Although their - use is optional, they can help to reduce the verbosity of + Several variables exist to define + common dependencies shared by many ports. Their + use is optional, but helps to reduce the verbosity of the port Makefiles. Each of them is styled as - USE_*. The - usage of these variables is restricted to the port + USE_*. + These variables may be used only in the port Makefiles and - ports/Mk/bsd.*.mk and is not designed - to encapsulate user-settable options — use - WITH_* and - WITHOUT_* for - that purpose. + ports/Mk/bsd.*.mk. They are not meant + for user-settable options — use + PORT_OPTIONS for that purpose. It is always incorrect to set any @@ -3880,11 +3878,12 @@ Correct Declaration of an Optional Dependency - OPTIONS= BAR "Enable bar support" off + OPTIONS_DEFINE= BAR +BAR_DESC= Enable bar support -.include <bsd.port.pre.mk> +.include <bsd.port.options.mk> -.if defined(WITH_BAR) && !defined(WITHOUT_BAR) +.if ${PORTOPTIONS:MBAR} LIB_DEPENDS= bar:${PORTSDIR}/foo/bar .endif @@ -4089,15 +4088,14 @@ Makefile Options - Some large applications can be built in a number of - configurations, adding functionality if one of a number of - libraries or applications is available. Examples include + Many applications can be built with optional or differing + configurations. Examples include choice of natural (human) language, GUI versus command-line, - or type of database to support. Since not all users want - those libraries or applications, the ports system provides - hooks that the port author can use to control which - configuration should be built. Supporting these properly will - make users happy, and effectively provide 2 or more ports for + or type of database to support. Users may need a different + configuration than the default, so the ports system provides + hooks the port author can use to control which variation + will be built. Supporting these options properly will + make users happy, and effectively provide two or more ports for the price of one. @@ -4109,7 +4107,7 @@ WITHOUT_* These variables are designed to be set by the system - administrator. There are many that are standardized in + administrator. There are many that are standardized in the ports/KNOBS file. @@ -4131,7 +4129,7 @@ Unless otherwise specified, these variables are only tested for being set or not set, rather than being set - to some kind of variable such as YES + to a specific value such as YES or NO. @@ -4173,11 +4171,11 @@ WITHOUT_X11 - If the port can be built both with and - without X support, then it should normally be + Ports that can be built both with and + without X support are normally built with X support. If this variable is defined, then the version that does not have X - support should be built instead. + support will be built instead. @@ -4187,7 +4185,7 @@ Knob Naming - It is recommended that porters use like-named knobs, + Porters should use like-named knobs, both for the benefit of end-users and to help keep the number of knob names down. A list of popular knob names can be found in the Background - The OPTIONS variable gives the user - who installs the port a dialog with the available options - and saves them to - /var/db/ports/portname/options. - Next time when the port has to be rebuild, the options are - reused. Never again you will have to remember all the - twenty - WITH_* and - WITHOUT_* - options you used to build this port! + The OPTIONS_* variables give the user + installing the port a dialog showing the available options, + and then saves those options to + /var/db/ports/${UNIQUENAME}/options. + The next time the port is built, the options are + reused. When the user runs make config (or runs make build for the first time), - the framework will check for - /var/db/ports/portname/options. - If that file does not exist, it will use the values of - OPTIONS to create a dialog box where + the framework checks for + /var/db/ports/${UNIQUENAME}/options. + If that file does not exist, the values of + OPTIONS_* are used, and a dialog box is displayed where the options can be enabled or disabled. Then the options file is saved and the - selected variables will be used when building the + configured variables are used when building the port. If a new version of the port adds new OPTIONS, the dialog will be presented - to the user, with the saved values of old + to the user with the saved values of old OPTIONS prefilled. - Use make showconfig to see the + make showconfig shows the saved configuration. Use make rmconfig to remove the saved configuration. @@ -4242,50 +4236,141 @@ Syntax - The syntax for the OPTIONS variable - is: + OPTIONS_DEFINE contains a list of + OPTIONS to be used. These are independent + of each other and are not grouped: - OPTIONS= OPTION "descriptive text" default ... + OPTIONS_DEFINE= OPT1 OPT2 - The value for default is either ON - or OFF. Multiple repetitions of these - three fields are allowed. + Once defined, OPTIONS are + described (optional, but strongly recommended): - OPTIONS definition must appear + OPT1_DESC= Describe OPT1 +OPT2_DESC= Describe OPT2 +OPT3_DESC= Describe OPT3 +OPT4_DESC= Describe OPT4 +OPT5_DESC= Describe OPT5 +OPT6_DESC= Describe OPT6 + + + ports/Mk/bsd.options.desc.mk + has descriptions for many common + OPTIONS; there is usually no need + to override these. + + + + When describing options, view it from the + perspective of the user: What does it do? + and Why would I want to enable this? Do + not just repeat the name. For example, describing the + NLS option as + include NLS support does not help the + user who can already see the option name but may not + + know what it means. Describing it as Native + Language Support via gettext utilities is + much more helpful. + + + OPTIONS can be grouped as radio + choices, where only one choice from each group is + allowed: + + OPTIONS_SINGLE= SG1 +OPTIONS_SINGLE_SG1= OPT3 OPT4 + + OPTIONS can also be grouped as + multiple-choice lists, where + at least one option must be + enabled: + + OPTIONS_MULTI= MG1 +OPTIONS_MULTI_MG1= OPT5 OPT6 + + OPTIONS are unset by default, + unless they are listed in + OPTIONS_DEFAULT: + + OPTIONS_DEFAULT= OPT1 OPT3 OPT6 + + OPTIONS definitions must appear before the inclusion of bsd.port.options.mk. The - WITH_* and WITHOUT_* - variables can only be tested after the inclusion of + PORT_OPTIONS variable can only be + tested after the inclusion of bsd.port.options.mk. Inclusion of bsd.port.pre.mk can be used instead, too, and is still widely used in ports written before the introduction of bsd.port.options.mk. But be aware that some variables will not work as expected after the inclusion of - bsd.port.pre.mk, typically + bsd.port.pre.mk, typically some USE_* flags. Simple Use of <makevar>OPTIONS</makevar> - OPTIONS= FOO "Enable option foo" On \ - BAR "Support feature bar" Off + OPTIONS_DEFINE= FOO BAR +FOO_DESC= Enable option foo +BAR_DESC= Support feature bar +OPTIONS_DEFAULT=FOO + .include <bsd.port.options.mk> -.if defined(WITHOUT_FOO) -CONFIGURE_ARGS+= --without-foo +.if ${PORT_OPTIONS:MFOO} +CONFIGURE_ARGS+=--without-foo .else -CONFIGURE_ARGS+= --with-foo +CONFIGURE_ARGS+=--with-foo .endif -.if defined(WITH_BAR) +.if ${PORT_OPTIONS:MBAR} RUN_DEPENDS+= bar:${PORTSDIR}/bar/bar .endif .include <bsd.port.mk> + + Practical Use of <makevar>OPTIONS</makevar> + + OPTIONS_DEFINE= EXAMPLES + +OPTIONS_SINGLE= BACKEND +OPTIONS_SINGLE_BACKEND= MYSQL PGSQL BDB + +OPTIONS_MULTI= AUTH +OPTIONS_MULTI_AUTH= LDAP PAM SSL + +EXAMPLES_DESC= Install extra examples +MYSQL_DESC= Use MySQL as backend +PGSQL_DESC= Use PostgreSQL as backend +BDB_DESC= Use Berkeley DB as backend +LDAP_DESC= Build with LDAP authentication support +PAM_DESC= Build with PAM support +SSL_DESC= Build with OpenSSL support + +OPTIONS_DEFAULT= PGSQL LDAP SSL + +.include <bsd.port.options.mk> + +.if ${PORT_OPTIONS:MPGSQL} +USE_PGSQL= yes +CONFIGURE_ARGS+= --with-postgres +.else +CONFIGURE_ARGS+= --without-postgres +.endif + +.if ${PORT_OPTIONS:MICU} +LIB_DEPENDS+= icuuc:${PORTSDIR}/devel/icu +.endif + +# Check other OPTIONS + +.include <bsd.port.mk> + + Old-Style Use of <makevar>OPTIONS</makevar> @@ -4301,6 +4386,12 @@ .include <bsd.port.post.mk> + + + This method of using OPTIONS + is deprecated, and will be removed at some point. + Do not use this method for new ports. + @@ -4317,7 +4408,7 @@ Wrong Handling of an Option - .if defined(WITH_FOO) + .if ${PORT_OPTIONS:MFOO} LIB_DEPENDS+= foo.0:${PORTSDIR}/devel/foo CONFIGURE_ARGS+= --enable-foo .endif @@ -4336,7 +4427,7 @@ Correct Handling of an Option - .if defined(WITH_FOO) + .if ${PORT_OPTIONS:MFOO} LIB_DEPENDS+= foo.0:${PORTSDIR}/devel/foo CONFIGURE_ARGS+= --enable-foo .else @@ -7987,7 +8078,7 @@ .include <bsd.port.pre.mk> -.if defined(WITH_WX) || ${HAVE_WX:Mwx-2.4} != "" +.if defined(WITH_WX) || !empty(PORT_OPTIONS:MWX) || !empty(HAVE_WX:Mwx-2.4) USE_WX= 2.4 CONFIGURE_ARGS+= --enable-wx .endif @@ -8004,7 +8095,7 @@ .include <bsd.port.pre.mk> -.if defined(WITH_WXPYTHON) || ${HAVE_WX:Mpython} != "" +.if defined(WITH_WXPYTHON) || !empty(PORT_OPTIONS:MWXPYTHON) || !empty(HAVE_WX:Mpython) WX_COMPS+= python CONFIGURE_ARGS+= --enable-wxpython .endif @@ -8495,7 +8586,7 @@ .include <bsd.port.pre.mk> -.if defined(WITH_LUA5) || ${HAVE_LUA:Mlua-5.[01]} != "" +.if defined(WITH_LUA5) || !empty(PORT_OPTIONS:MLUA5) || !empty(HAVE_LUA:Mlua-5.[01]) USE_LUA= 5.0-5.1 CONFIGURE_ARGS+= --enable-lua5 .endif @@ -8512,7 +8603,7 @@ .include <bsd.port.pre.mk> -.if defined(WITH_TOLUA) || ${HAVE_LUA:Mtolua} != "" +.if defined(WITH_TOLUA) || !empty(PORT_OPTIONS:MTOLUA) || !empty(HAVE_LUA:Mtolua) LUA_COMPS+= tolua CONFIGURE_ARGS+= --enable-tolua .endif ------------------------------ Message: 2 Date: Sun, 27 May 2012 18:15:18 GMT From: crees at FreeBSD.org Subject: Re: docs/167020: Bad command-line example in handbook To: b.heidotting at yahoo.com, crees at FreeBSD.org, freebsd-doc at FreeBSD.org Message-ID: <201205271815.q4RIFITd021085 at freefall.freebsd.org> Synopsis: Bad command-line example in handbook State-Changed-From-To: closed->open State-Changed-By: crees State-Changed-When: Sun May 27 18:15:17 UTC 2012 State-Changed-Why: This can be more portable (work with csh and sh) using env; http://www.bayofrum.net/~crees/patches/handbook-dump-over-ssh.diff http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=167020 ------------------------------ Message: 3 Date: Mon, 28 May 2012 05:00:26 +0200 From: "PriceAngels" Subject: Dear Customer:Andriod 2.3 Tablet PC 20% off To: Message-ID: <0.1.11B.9BC.1CD3C7E08707C9A.0 at pmta41036.emsmtp.com> Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1 To view the graphic version (HTML) of this e-mail, click on the following link or copy it into your browser: http://emaillink2.priceangels.com/u/gm.php?prm=aUv3Bnf3uC_143435532_217845_8293 About PriceAngels.com Welcome! Thank you for visiting PriceAngels.com, where you will find a wide array of high-quality products at unbelievable wholesale prices, and more important, we guarantee Free-Shipping all over the world! Customer-Centric Company PriceAngels.com is the next generation of online-shopping. Offering our customers more type of products, more conveniently, and at even lower wholesale prices has always been the focus of PriceAngels.com. We provide a best-of-breed online-shopping platform to our customers all over the world, no matter you?re a wholesaler who is looking for new merchandise and high profits , a retailer who wants to empower your commerce offerings, or an individual shopper who is looking for the latest products with good quality and lower price, you will be satisfied with us. We?ve Only Just Begun From the moment we founded PriceAngels, our vision has been to empower the people worldwide in buying and selling online. We have served customers from over 30 countries, and we?re still growing. In the years to come, you?ll see priceangels.com create new technologies, expand into more geographies and continue to improve the lives of wholesalers, retailers and individual shoppers around the world Our Promises We promise to: Free-shipping all over the world. Source only the best consumer goods and ensure the highest quality. Streamline the buying and payment process, and make it as easy as possible. Help the customers all over the world discover products and manufacturers in China. Deliver the goods to the customers all over the world with speed and precision Provide 24-hour customer support on weekdays. Learn More To learn more about PriceAngels.com today, explore our website the products, special offers, and you can also read some customer reviews. If you want to unsubscribe from our mailing list, use the following link: http://emaillink2.priceangels.com/u/un.php?par=aUv3Bnf3uC_217845_8293_$sid$ ------------------------------ _______________________________________________ freebsd-doc at freebsd.org mailing list http://lists.freebsd.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-doc To unsubscribe, send any mail to "freebsd-doc-unsubscribe at freebsd.org" End of freebsd-doc Digest, Vol 479, Issue 1 ******************************************* From secretshopper1112gmail.com at mailserver.radbdg.net Wed May 30 14:24:50 2012 From: secretshopper1112gmail.com at mailserver.radbdg.net (Secret Shopper®) Date: Wed, 30 May 2012 21:17:08 +0700 (WIT) Subject: Online Mystery Shopping Assignment. Message-ID: <20120530141708.4434222146@mailserver.radbdg.net> We have a mystery shopping assignment in your area and we would like you to participate; Secret Shopper? is accepting applications from qualified individuals to become mystery shoppers. Its fun and rewarding, and you choose when and where you want to shop. You are never obligated to accept an assignment. There is no charge to become a shopper and you do not need previous experience. After you sign up, you will have access to training materials via e-mail, fax or postal mail. ABOUT US Secret Shopper? is the premier mystery shopping company, serving clients across America and Canada,Australia,New Zealand with over 500,000 shoppers available and ready to help businesses better serve their customers. We have now commenced our pilot program in Europe and are now seeking to recruit mystery shoppers to carry out prospective assignments. Continual investment in the latest internet and communication technologies coupled with over 16 years of know-how means working with Secret Shopper? is a satisfying and rewarding experience. Mystery shopping as seen on ABC NEWS, NBC NEWS, L.A.TIMES. Stores and organizations such as The Gap, Walmart, Pizza Hut, and Banks. One amongst many others pay for Secret Shoppers to shop in their establishments and report their experiences. On top of being paid for shopping you are also allowed to keep purchases for free. Secret Shopper? NEVER charge fees to the shopper. Training, tips for improvement, and shopping opportunities are provided free to registered shoppers. Mystery shoppers are either paid a pre-arranged fee for a particular shop, a reimbursement for a purchase or a combination of both. You are to shop secretly and invest just a token. This fee will be paid upfront. During this shop you will visit the location and make several observations as regards the customer service. You will be required to interact with the shop attendant. You may conduct the shop alone or as a couple. The preliminary assignment will pay $300 for the duration of five (5) working visits. Kindly Fill Out the application form below and we will get back to you shortly with the assignment: PERSONAL INFORMATION: First Name............................................. Middle Name............................................. Last Name............................................. Street Address ............................................. City, State, Post code ............................................. Cell Phone Number ............................................. Home Phone Number ............................................. Age.................................................................... Current Occupation...................................................... Alternate Email Address ............................................. AVAILABILITY: Days/Hours Available Monday ............................................. Tuesday ............................................. Wednesday ............................................. Thursday ............................................. Friday ............................................. Saturday ............................................. Sunday ............................................. Hours Available: from _______ to ______ We await your urgent response. Thank you for your interest. We look forward to working with you. Sincerely, Peter Adams Secret Shopper? From uqs at FreeBSD.org Wed May 30 18:52:49 2012 From: uqs at FreeBSD.org (Ulrich =?utf-8?B?U3DDtnJsZWlu?=) Date: Wed, 30 May 2012 20:52:46 +0200 Subject: SoC project: Complete BSD-licensed text processing tools. In-Reply-To: References: Message-ID: <20120530185246.GK10094@acme.spoerlein.net> On Tue, 2012-05-29 at 12:43:39 -0400, Jesse Hagewood wrote: > Hey everyone, > > I'm one of the students participating in Google Summer of Code this summer, > with FreeBSD as my mentoring organization. I thought I would share my > project on this mailing list, in case it is of interest to anyone. > > My project this summer is to add features and/or complete the BSD-licensed > text processing tools mdocml, diff/sdiff/diff3 (ports from OpenBSD) for the > purpose of deprecating groff and the GNU diff utilities in the FreeBSD > source tree. > > The first part of my project is to add features and make improvements to > mdocml. Right now, my goal is to try to implement some text-formatting > requests that are missing from roff. The missing requests are: > > .ad (adjust margins) > .na > .it > .ns (no-space mode) > .rs (no-space mode off) > .ti (temporary indent) > .ta (tab settings) > .hy (hyphenation) > .ne > .nh > .ni > .ps > > I will be spending most of this week implementing them. So far, I have been > working on .ns and .rs, and will have them successfully working probably by > the end of the day. > > If you'd like to learn more, here is the project's wiki page: > http://wiki.freebsd.org/SummerOfCode2012/JesseHagewood > > SVN repo: > https://socsvn.freebsd.org/socsvn/soc2012/jhagewood/ > > Also, any questions/comments/criticisms would be greatly appreciated! Great! Please keep me in the loop wrt. mdocml as I still hope to get it in the tree pre-10.x and set fire to groff. Thanks Uli From claudiu.vasadi at gmail.com Thu May 31 07:55:39 2012 From: claudiu.vasadi at gmail.com (claudiu vasadi) Date: Thu, 31 May 2012 09:55:39 +0200 Subject: 12.13.2 Network Limits - updating to reflect the different settings between architectures (i386&amd64) Message-ID: Hi guys, Recently I was reading http://www.freebsd.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/configtuning-kernel-limits.html(section 12.13.2. Network limits - NMBCLUSTERS) and I realised that there is no mention of amd64 and/or i386 architecture. The limit for the i386 architecture is 32768 AFAIK but for amd64 it can go upto 65.000 and even more (according to memory I think). I think that the docs should be updated a bit to reflect the different limits for each architecture. -- Best regards, Claudiu Vasadi From newsletters at priceangels.com Thu May 31 09:54:12 2012 From: newsletters at priceangels.com (PriceAngels) Date: Thu, 31 May 2012 04:40:40 -0500 (CDT) Subject: Dear Customer:Save 99%-here is how Message-ID: <1338457240_SectionID-79275_HitID-1338456826670_SiteID-8693_EmailID-15540082_DB-34_SID-37@ss38.on9mail.com> Your email program does not support HTML. To view an online version of this email, please click the link below. http://ss38.on9mail.com/new/en_send_preview_iframe2.aspx?SID=37&NewsletterID=79275&SiteID=8693&EmailID=15540082&HitID=1338456826670&token=4585e8050821c125fc720e2545b544e68a812e66 To unsubscribe, click the link below. http://ss38.on9mail.com/RWCode/subscribe.asp?SID=37&SiteID=8693&Email=doc at freebsd.org&HitID=1338456826670 From gjb at FreeBSD.org Thu May 31 13:14:50 2012 From: gjb at FreeBSD.org (Glen Barber) Date: Thu, 31 May 2012 09:14:48 -0400 Subject: 12.13.2 Network Limits - updating to reflect the different settings between architectures (i386&amd64) In-Reply-To: References: Message-ID: <20120531131447.GC1763@glenbarber.us> Hi, On Thu, May 31, 2012 at 09:55:39AM +0200, claudiu vasadi wrote: > Hi guys, > > Recently I was reading > http://www.freebsd.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/configtuning-kernel-limits.html(section > 12.13.2. Network limits - > NMBCLUSTERS) and I realised that there is no mention of amd64 and/or i386 > architecture. The limit for the i386 architecture is 32768 AFAIK but for > amd64 it can go upto 65.000 and even more (according to memory I think). > > I think that the docs should be updated a bit to reflect the different > limits for each architecture. > I think this may also be device-specific. We should find that out before updating the document. Glen From no-reply at priceangels.com Thu May 31 14:39:03 2012 From: no-reply at priceangels.com (PriceAngels) Date: Thu, 31 May 2012 16:08:50 +0200 Subject: Dear Customer:Souvenirs for 2012 London Olympic Games From PriceAngels Message-ID: <0.1.12F.CC2.1CD3F36E761EEE2.0@pmta41047.emsmtp.com> If this e-mail is not displayed pro= perly, use the following link: [1]http://emaillink2.priceangels.com/u/gm.php?prm =aUv3Bnf3uC_143435532_220220_80616 [2] 3D"PriceAngels.com" [3] Home = [4] New Arrivals [5] Best Sellers = [6] Special Offers [7] $0.99 Gadgets [8] Drop Shipping [9][im=] < a href="http://b.ems.to/fw/t/WwQ6:ko1:SyRZ2" target="_blank"> [twitter_16.png"] [10]3D"Must [11]3D"Free [12] 3D"Fr= New & On Sale ? 10% OFF 10% OFF 8% OFF [13]3D"Free [14] [15] 3D"Free = = [16] 3D"Free [17] Wrist Watch with Date for Men= [18] 1.1-inch Screen Stereo MP3 Play= er [19] Android4.0.3 1.5GHz 4G 8-inch Five Point Capacitive Tablet PC [20] GPS Navigator with FM Transmitter/Middle East Map $22.16 [DEL: $13.98 :DEL] $12.58 = [DEL: $125.82 :DEL] $113.24<= /strong> [DEL: $65.0= 9 :DEL] $59.88 ? ? 15% OFF 10% OFF = [21] 3D"Free [22] 3D"Free [23]= 3D"Free [24] 3D"F= [25] Android 3.5-inc= h Touch Screen Wifi GPS Smartphone [26] Upper TFT LCD Screen Module for NDS Lite [27] USB 2.0 Charging Data Sync Cable Android 4.0 Ice Cream Sandwich Tablet PC <= /a> $136.59 $9.14 [DEL: $3.32 :DEL] $2.82 [DEL: $106.48 :DEL] $95.83 10% OFF 20% OFF 15% OFF 10% OFF [28]= 3D"Free [29] 3D"F= [30]3D"Free [31] 3D"Free [32] Anti-Dust Plug Stopper Headset Hole Pin Stopper [33] Hard Back Case for iPhone 4S/4 = [34] Nikon F to Sony NEX Lens Mount = Adapter Ring [35] Lovely Steal= ing Money Cat Coin Bank [DEL: $1.88 :DEL] $1.69 [DEL: $10.59 :DEL] $8.47 <= /td> [DEL: $18.50 :DEL] $15.= 73 [DEL: $1= 5.46 :DEL] $13.14 ? [DEL: 12% OFF= :DEL] 10% OFF= ? <= tr> = [36] 3D"Free [37]3D"Free [38]= 3D"Free [39] 3D"F= [40] Bluetooth Wirel= ess Keyboard [41] On-ear Stereo = Headphones = [42] SOLOPRO 228P 2.4G= 4 Channel R/C Helicopter [43] = 4-Channel Foam R/C Helicopter Plane $25.46 [DEL: $10.87 :DEL] $9.57 [DEL: $148.60 :DEL] $133.74 [DEL: $97.71 :DEL] 8% OFF 10% OFF ? ? [44]3D"Free= [45] 3D"Free [46] 3D"Free [47] 3D"Free [48] T10 12V White Light 5-LED Car Turning Signal Light Bulbs [49] USB 2.0 10.0M Pixels Webcam Camera fo= r PC Laptop [50] Bluetooth Stereo= Headset Universal Cellphone Earphone [51] RC Helicopter Copter Airplane Toy with Remote Control [DEL: $3= .74 :DEL] $3.44 [DEL: $5.26 :DEL] $4.73 [DEL: $22.38 :DEL] $15.= 09 [52][3D"h=] [53]3D"facebook" [54]Faceboo= k [55]3D"twitter" [56]twitter [57]3D"youtube" [58]youtube= = Note:Pl= ease do not reply to this email. if you have any questions please [59]contact= us Price Angels CO | Limited Flatrm /704 7/F Bright Way Tower= ,33 Mong Kok Road ,Mong Kok, Kl Tel:+86 755 86382312. [60]Privacy= Notice Copyright @ 2011 PriceAngels.com. All rights reserved.<= /p> If you want to unsubscribe from our mailing = list, use the following link: [61]http://emaillink2.priceangels.com/u/un.php?par=aUv 3Bnf3uC_220220_80616_$sid$ [e=] References 1. 3D"http://emaillink2.priceangels=/ 2. 3D"http://emaillink2.price=/ 3. 3D"http://em=/ 4. 3D"http://emaillink2.priceangels=/ 5. 3D"http://emaillink2.priceangels.com/u/nrd.php?p 6. 3D"http://emaillink2.priceangels.com/u/nrd.php?p=aUv3Bnf3uC_80 7. file://localhost/tmp/3D" 8. ="http://emaillink2.priceangels.com/u/nrd.php?p=aUv3Bnf3uC_80616_220220 9. 3D"http://b.ems.to/fw/t/WwQM:ko 10. 3D"http://emaillink2.priceangel=/ 11. 3D"http://e=/ 12. 3D"http://emaillink2.priceangels.com/u/nrd.php?p=aU 13. 3D"http://ema=/ 14. 3D"http://emaillink2.priceangels=/ 15. 3D"http://emaillink2.priceangels.com/u/nrd.php?p 16. 3D"http://emaillink2.priceangels.com/u/nrd.php?p=aUv3Bnf3uC_80 17. 3D"http://emaillink2.priceangels.com/u/nrd.php?p=aUv3Bnf3 18. 3D"http://emaillink2.priceangels.com/u/nrd.php?p=aUv3B 19. 3D"http://emaillink2.priceangels.com/u/nrd.php?p 20. 3D"http://emai=/ 21. 3D"http://emaillink2.priceangels.com/u/nrd.php?p=aUv3Bnf3uC_80616_22 22. 3D"http://e=/ 23. 3D"http://emaillink2.priceang=/ 24. 3D"http://emaillink2.priceangels.com/u/nrd. 25. 3D"http://emaillink2.priceangels.com/u/n 26. 3D"http://emaill=/ 27. ="http://emaillink2.priceangels.com/u/nrd.php?p=aUv3Bnf3uC_80616_220220 28. 3D"http://emaillink2.pricea=/ 29. 3D"http://emaillink2.priceangels.com/u/nrd. 30. 3D"http://emaillink2.priceangels.com/u/nrd.php?p=aUv3Bnf3uC_ 31. 3D"http:/ 32. 3D"http: 33. 3D"http://emaillink2.priceangels.com/u/nrd.php?p=aUv3Bnf3uC_ 34. 3D"http://emaillink2.priceangels.com/u/nrd.php?p=aUv3B 35. 3D"http://emaillink2.priceangels.com/u/ 36. 3D"http://emaillink2.priceangels.com/u/nrd.php?p=aUv3Bnf3uC_80616 37. 3D"http://e=/ 38. 3D"http://emaillink2.priceangel=/ 39. 3D"http://emaillink2.priceangels.com/u/nrd. 40. 3D"http://emaillink2.priceangels.com/u/n 41. 3D"http://emaillink2.priceangels.com/u/ 42. 3D"http://emaillink2.priceangels.com/u/nrd 43. 3D"http://emaillink2.pricea=/ 44. 3D"http://emaillink2.priceangels.com/u/nr 45. 3D"http://emaillink2.priceangels.com/u/nrd.php?p=aUv3Bnf3uC_8 46. file://localhost/tmp/3D" 47. 3D"http://emaillink=/ 48. 3D"http://emaill=/ 49. 3D"http://emaillink2.priceangels.com/u/nrd.php?p=aUv3Bnf3uC_ 50. 3D"http://emaillink2.priceangels.com/u/nr 51. 3D"http://email=/ 52. 3D"http://emaillink=/ 53. 3D"http://emaillink2.pricean=/ 54. 3D"http://emaillink2.priceangels.co=/ 55. 3D"http://emaillink2.priceangels.com/u 56. 3D"http://emaillink2.p=/ 57. 3D"http://emaillink2.priceangels.com/u/ 58. 3D"http://emaillink2.priceangels.com/u/nrd.php 59. 3D"http://emaillink2.priceangels.com/u/nrd.php?p=aUv3Bnf3u 60. 3D"http://emaillink2.priceang=/ 61. 3D"http://emaillink2.priceangels.=/ From sillyvalley at yandex.ru Thu May 31 17:03:33 2012 From: sillyvalley at yandex.ru (Borzykin Vladimir) Date: Thu, 31 May 2012 21:03:26 +0400 Subject: Broken links at amd64 Project page Message-ID: <64281338483806@web25h.yandex.ru> http://www.freebsd.org/platforms/amd64.html AMD64 Documentation -- most links redirects to AMD Support & Drivers, actual documentation moved this way http://developer.amd.com/documentation/guides/Pages/default.aspx Best regards, Vladimir From gjb at FreeBSD.org Thu May 31 17:36:26 2012 From: gjb at FreeBSD.org (Glen Barber) Date: Thu, 31 May 2012 13:36:23 -0400 Subject: Broken links at amd64 Project page In-Reply-To: <64281338483806@web25h.yandex.ru> References: <64281338483806@web25h.yandex.ru> Message-ID: <20120531173623.GG1763@glenbarber.us> Hi, On Thu, May 31, 2012 at 09:03:26PM +0400, Borzykin Vladimir wrote: > http://www.freebsd.org/platforms/amd64.html > AMD64 Documentation -- most links redirects to AMD Support & Drivers, > > actual documentation moved this way > http://developer.amd.com/documentation/guides/Pages/default.aspx > Thank you for the report. The page should be updating shortly with updated links (except one I could not find a replacement for). Regards, Glen From perrin at apotheon.com Thu May 31 22:57:56 2012 From: perrin at apotheon.com (Chad Perrin) Date: Thu, 31 May 2012 16:57:55 -0600 Subject: SoC project: Complete BSD-licensed text processing tools. In-Reply-To: <20120530185246.GK10094@acme.spoerlein.net> References: <20120530185246.GK10094@acme.spoerlein.net> Message-ID: <20120531225754.GB19871@hemlock.hydra> On Wed, May 30, 2012 at 08:52:46PM +0200, Ulrich Sp?rlein wrote: > > Great! Please keep me in the loop wrt. mdocml as I still hope to get it > in the tree pre-10.x and set fire to groff. Make it a party. I'll bring lighter fluid. -- Chad Perrin [ original content licensed OWL: http://owl.apotheon.org ]